THE

HANDY
A

BOY

Modern

Radical

of

Book

Handy
andPtofitablG

RsiiniGS

5j/A."NkclvHaU
.Author

of "jm Bay

Craftsman

"Handicraftfar
yfwi

over

six

ing-orawings

Han(fy Boys" Etc

illustratifins and

nunarcd

by

andNormanPHall

aumor

uia

work-

BOSTON

LOTHROP.

LEE

"-

SHEPARD

CO.

Copyright,

1913,

by

Published.

All

The

August,

rights

Norwood,

1913.

reserved.

Handy

Boy.

Press

j^oriBOoS
Bervrick

"

Lee

Lothrop,

"

Smith

Mass.,

Co.
U.S.A.

Shepard

Company,

Do

and

Something

Be

Something,

INTRODUCTORY

The

handy

boy

practicalbusiness
it is
be

for

in the

encouraged

thorough,

boy

handy

man,

important

so

becomes

NOTES

learn

to

man

worker.

accurate

be

to

skilled

"

mechanic,
That

why

he should

handy, and why

pursuitof playtime pastimes which

is

will

develop

handiness.
"

The

Handy

training the

to

things in

which

it contains

can

to the

more

he

him

to

boy's

any

is
the

boy

comes

boy

who

will

and

to

working

simply
with

lack

applied is

employ
of the
to

of

knack

be

clumsy

he could
value

easilyforgotten.

not

than

boys

some

portion

which

more
infinitely

of his spare

handy boy ideas, can

out

tendency

as

naturallywill appeal

will be of

and

naturally to

more

to

instruction

instruction

than
practical

once

that

use, and

to come,

knowledge

view

of worth-while

Such

intenselyinterested.

of the

sense

for years

because

Handiness
but

will be

of hundreds

doing

and

be put to immediate

possibly use

not

making

the

doing things handily, by applying

of

ways

with

especiallyplanned

been

has

in the

boy

methods

handy

"

Boy

time

to

others,

to

menting,
experi-

acquire it.

siness
Clum-

doing things gracefully,and

must

it

overcome

by properly

applying himself.
The

of

man

admitting that
did
the

not

bother

house, and
he

had

today

who

he is not
about

handy,

boys
is

of

the

good time, but

are

would

growing

prescribed for them

to

he

might

would

boys

with

do, who,

no

with

of

have

had
have

if he but
desire
the

to

or

that

yesterday
the

who

the
knew
more

rightkind

for

like.

justas good

do

by

conveniences

tree-huts,and

now

like to make
up

of the

this

do

kites, constructing

buildingboats, wagons,

thingshe

today

inabilityto

one

was

making

doing something useful, and

making

his

excuses

haps
Per-

time

enjoyment
how.
than

of

Many
what

of encourage-

vi

NOTES

INTRODUCTORY

and

ment

suggestion
do

to

Besides
train

might

something

him
in

to

him

think

himself

for

ambition

an

and

to

make

to

"

handiness,

boy's

Handy

The

pared
pre-

"

Boy

his

of

use

will

will

and

ingenmty,

possible

best

tomorrow,

while.

his

use

the

of

men

worth

something

be

and

developing

handy

become

still
in-

time

always.
The

selected

doing,

after

hundreds

the

in
his

of

of

handicraft

publications,
Youth's

is

Handy

The

for Handy

handy

Oak

boy
his

upon

Park,
May

31,

the

for

through

own

books,

The

lished
pub-

Canada,

and

Journal,

Home

Housekeeping,
and

Magazine,

electrical
forms

and,

as

"

in

The

at

hand

suggestions

tools
The

and

and

Boys'

Boy

juvenile

the

World,

Craftsman,

mechanical

indoor

of

material

while

work,

is needed

money

handy

of

many

and
and

Boys.

other

Boy,"

Boys,

constructive

his

and
many

articles

Good

Boys' Magazine,

Boy,

woodworking,

craft, and

camp

of

for Handy

Handicraft

"

and

World,

There

American

with

States

Delineator,

World

making

handicraft

Ladies^

The

been

through

gained

United

the
in

The

Technical

World,

of

his

have

enjoy

corresponding

of

published

Companion,

The

readers

"

Boy

most

has

through

part

every

articles

Home

Ladies'

The

in

of

boys

author

the

boys,

Handy

The

what

and

thousands

newspapers

Woman's

which

of

with

working

of

into

study

knowledge

years

much

"

in

contained

suggestions

and

is used
are

Boy

wherever

provided

materials

Handy

outdoor

Craftsman

Boy

may
"

is

be

by

making,

toy

handicraft
and

Handicraft

possible
which

earned.

encouraged

in

in

all

whatever
Thus

the

to

depend

A.

N.

resources.

Illinois,
1913.

H.

ONTENT

PART
AUTUMN

AND

WINTER

PASTIMES

CHAPTER

Boy's

Handy

The

Location

of the

with

Workshop

Sills

The

Comers
Floor

The

"

Tar-Paper

"

Frames
Framework
Rafters

"

Siding

"

Roof

The

Batten

Boy's

Handy
A
"

"

Work

Home-Made

The
The

Bench

Work-Bench

Sliding-Stick
"

Bench-Vise

Stove

"

Door-

Latch-String
Construction
Care

"

of

Window-

"

of

"

"

ings,
Shav-

Waste.

CHAPTER
The

and

Wall

The

"

Length

Out

Weight-Box

Roof

Window

Roof

Rafters

The

Installing

"

The

"

"

work"Plumbing
Frame-

and

Lay

Latch
"

The

"

Wall

Gable

To

and

Hip-Roof

Painting

"

and

up

Supports

The

Door

with
"

Post

terial
Ma"

Shingle Gauge-Board

"

the

Wooden

"

with

Workshop

Oily Rags

Putting

"

Window-Frame
Door

Framing

of Roof

Plan

Workshop

"

The

"

Workshop

Pitch

Ridge-Pole
Home-Made

Walls

the

Rafters

Roof

Shingling

"

"

Boards

The

Building

"

The

"

Floor
"

the

up

Trim

Determine

To

The
A

"

Frame

Outside

"

"

Frames

Boarding

"

The

"

The

"

the

out

Foundation

Framework

Shop

Drawing

"

Staking

"

The

Covering of Boards

"

Roof
"

Small

"

Workshop

Joists

the

Boarding

of

Size

Lean-To

the

Test

to

Workshop

Workshop

Home

Determining

"

Way

Yard

Back-

"

II
Tool

and

"

The

Chest

Framework

Packing-Case Work-Bench

Fastening

the

Work-Bench

31

Bench-Vise

The

"

and
to

Tool-Cabinet

the

Floor

with

viii

CONTENTS

Hinges
Chisels
Tools

Excellent

An

"

"

Tool-Cabinet

Tool-Chest

Selection of Tools

"

List of Tools

"

for

Handy

Boy's

How

of Nails

Wood
Pincers

What

"

Right

and

Hard

Wood

Withdrawing
Hardware
A

"

Pivot

Hinges

Hinge

Square
Parts

"

"

Tools

Dividing

Wrench

Specks of Paint from

To

"

Glass

Boy

Handy

about

Nail

Drive

to

Level

Screws

"

"

with

Gauging
a

Pipe

Small
Old

Remove

Sash

Equal

Plumb-Bob

Wrench

Putty

ter's
Carpenof

Disks

To

"

"

Cutting

"

"

"

"

Digger

Anvil

Hatchet-Head

Box-

Number

Post-Hole

The

"

Ornamental

"

into

"

"

Boy

Attaching Hinges

"

Cutting Large Wooden

"

into

Handy

"

"

Clinching

"

Spinning-Top

To

Keep

Remove

Soldering.

"

CHAPTER
The

Screw

"

Board

a
"

for Boring Holes

Rusting

Pencil

and

Cutting Slots

Makeshift

from

with

Spacing

"

Box-Hinge

Home-Made

"

Thin

Drilling Hinge Screw-Holes

"

Rule

"

"

Large Holes

Depth-Gauge

Wire

with

into

Driving Screws

"

"

Nails

How

and

Hinging

and

Home-Made

Jack-Knife Plumb-Bob

Plumb-Board

Boring

"

Haromer

your

Screws

Locking

Hinges

"

Pencil

and

Hold

with Screws

"

Depth-Gauge

Gauging

"

Screw

Boxes

Junk

"

Home-Made

Nail

Rusted

Driving Nails

"

Screw-Heads

Countersinking

"

Them

"

to

Battens

or

Drive

to

Supporting
Bend
Withdrawing

Blind-Nailing

Fastening Cleats

"

How

How

Short

"

"

46

"

Nails

"

and

Use

to

Wood

When

Nailing

Wrong

Nails

"

Nails

of

Things

Doing

of

in Hard

Do

to

Toe-Nailing

"

Them

Sizes

"

StartingHoles

"

Nails

Ways
Handiness

Acquire

to

Kinds

Handy

Important

Most

Outfit.

HI

CHAPTER
The

The

"

Tool

Medium-Sized

for Bits and

Rack

Good

"

IV

House

the

78

Making
Dryer
Cabinet

"

"

Additional

"

Shelves

the

Broom-Rack

The
Book-Case

Ideal
"

Blacking-Case.

Clothes

Closet

"

Windmill

Clothes-

Bath-Room

Toilet-

Room

Room
A

"

Shelf.

Pot

Boy's

Handy

"

CHAPTER
For

for

Refrigerator

Window

"

Soap-Grater

"

to Sell

Things

Plate- Warmer

Desk

"

.92

Writing-Desk

Stool

"

Book

"

A
and

Combined

Magazine

Desk
Rack

and
"

CONTENTS

ix

CHAPTER

VI
PAGE

Gifts

PRAcncAi

Materials

for

for

Handy

the

Making

Gifts

Key-Board

Simpler Spool-Rack

Match-Box

"

Boy

Methods

"

"

"

Post-Card

Make

to

102

of

Finishing

Spool-Holder

Paper-Spindle
A

"

"

"

Rack

eter-Board"
Thermom-

Spool-Rack

Necktie-Rack

Calendar-Board

and

"

"

Pen-Tray

A Letter-Rack.

"

CHAPTER
Handy

VII

Clocks

Boy

...

Electric

An

Alarm-Clock
The

Flash-Light
"

"

Unique

Boy

Handy

Mantel

-113

Clock

"

Clock

Light Outfit.

CHAPTER
The

"

Vm

Electrician

124

Marvelous

Achievements
Work

Experimental
The

"

Common

Zinc

Pencil

Ampere

The

Ohm

Double-Pole

Electro-Magnet

"

"

"

Battery

Home-Made

Battery

Fluid

Cell

Measurements
A

"

"

mate
Bi-Chro-

of
Volt

The

"

Home-Made

necting
ConThe

"

Switch

Push-Button

Electric-Bell

"

Amalgamating

"

Methods

"

Home-Made

Home-Made

duced
Pro-

Cell

Storage Battery
Larger Sal-Ammoniac

Plunge-Battery

Binding-Posts

"

Element

Time

The

"

Cell

"

Knife-Switch

Dry-Battery

Bi-Chromate

Bi-Chromate

Electrical

"

"

The

"

Cell

Battery

Home-Made

Cells

Battery
"

Electricity Spare
be
Electricitymay
"

which

The

"

of Carbon
The

"

"

by

Gravity Battery

Form

Battery Cell

with

of Batteries

Sal-Ammoniac

Another

"

Forms

"

Home-Made

Cell

Means

Battery Cell

Plunge Battery
A

The

"

Sal-Ammoniac

The

Obtained

Outfit

The

"

"

"

An

shoe
Horse-

Electro-Magnet.
CHAPTER
Electrical
An
"

A
"

The

Toys

Handy

for

Windlass

The

"

Shocking

The

Secondary-Coil
"

131
The

"

Hoisting

Machine

Toy

Interrupter Works

Boys

Derrick

Electro-Magnet

"

DC

"

The

Toy

The

Electro-Magnet

Cables

Induction-Coil

Handles
Electric

"

An

Motor

"

the Derrick

How

"

The

"

The

"

"

Works

"

Primary-Coil

Interrupter
Truck

Derrick

The

How

Wheels

the
"

CONTENTS

The

Upper Shaft
The

"

Mechanical

The

Shaft

for

Gearing
Base

Tent

The

"

"

CHAPTER

Motor

Pulley

The

"

Aeroplane Model

Aviator

The

"

it Works

How

"

Toys

Small

foe

"

the

How

"

Lever

"

Support

Center

Suspension-Cords

"

XI

Handy

Simple Construction

The

Whirligig
the Turtle

Mechanical

Whirligig
The

"

Ideas

Boy

The

Airship

"

"

How

Boy

Car

have

to

Switch
A

Outfit
"

"

The

Christmas

Do

Boy's

"

Circuit
Tree

Outfit

Lamp

Moving
at

Upper

"

"

"

The

"

The

Lamp

ing
Cover-

Propeller

Fireplace

Claus

Frame

Claus

Santa

Balloon

The

"

Hearth

The

"

Fitting

"

The

"

Purchasing Lamps

"

Battery

Connections
and

"

The

"

Light Outfits

Tree

Cell Connections

The

Mantel-Shelf

The

The

"

Christmas

"

Santa

"

Time

Rudder

The

"

Enter

in Place

Material

Moving-Pictures
A

Framework

Guy-Ropes

"

Sockets

Standard.

CHAPTER
Handy

Christmas

at

Mantel-Framework

The

"

Covering

Lamp

Toy
Make

to

XH

Balloon

Airship

the

Mantel-Framework

The

Toy

"

How

"

193

can

The

"

Stays and

The

Fireplace
the

Clog-Dancer

Turtle

Buzz-Saw

Christmas

for

the Handy

What

"

Crawl.

CHAPTER

Handy

Toys

The

"

Cricket-Rattle

"

185

Boys

of Small

Operating the

"

Jumping- Jack

"

Pulleys

"

Control

The

"

The

"

Riders

The

"

"

Pylon.

Mechanical

The

opy-Top
Can-

Platform

Revolving
and

Belts

"

Shafting

Upper

Horses

CHAPTER

"

and

Levers.

Water-Wheel

The

"

The

"

The

"

Pulley Supports

Aeroplane

Toy

Case

Merry-Go-Round

The

Seat
The

"

i68

Wheel

the

Center

"

The

"

The

The

"

Toy

The

"

Gallop

Horses

The

"

Battery

Boys

Mounting

"

The

"

Wheel
Steering-

"

Handy

for

Water-Motor

Toy

The

Belts

Seat-Arms

Toys

The

"

Splendid Proscenium

"

"

208

Theater

Picture

Home

XIII

A
The

Development
Stage

of the Panorama

Framework

"

The

Show
Picture

xi

CONTENTS

Rollers

The

"

Scene

Forest

Moving

The

"

Sticks

Guide
"

Films

Scenery

"

"

Street

Handy

Boy

Magic

Coin
to

Material

Trick

20

of

Trick

Paradox

Match, then

Boy

Paper

into

Doll

The

"

Patter

Coffee
A

Paper Log

Tripod
which

"

can

The

Boy
A

Walls

New
"

The

"

Coins

crease
In-

Transforming

"

are

Table

Prepared

Kettle

"

The

the Doll

Trick.

for

the

245

Building
Cabin

"

Walls
an

Make-Believe

Paper

Cabinet

The

"

sistant"The
Asing
Turn-

"

XVI

Tepees for

"

Trick

Trick

Performing

"

Clown

"

Boys

Building

"

Trick

Disappearing-DoU

Handy

for

be Built with

Snow

Silver
14

Cabinet

The

"

"

Indian

Log-Cabin
Roof

The

"

Other

"

paring
Pre-

work
FrameA Kettle

Village

Camp-Fire

"

Things

Tubes.

XVII

CHAPTER

Handy

It

The

"

XV

Trick

The

"

Stick Chimney

The

of

Making

Paper Shower

The

"

Packing-Box

Newspapers

"

Bar

"

Wand

and

233

Playhouses

How

Magic

Restoring

CHAPTER

Newspaper

Patience

"

Magic

Hand-Untying

"

"

Climbing

The

"

Chinese

The

"

Larger Table

Show

Glass.

Magician's

The

Pivoting Figures for

"

One-Boy

CHAPTER
Handy

"

XIV

for

"

Breaking

"

the Contents

More

paring
Pre-

Scene

220

Egg-and-Handkerchief
Marked

Roof

Moving-Picture Projector.

Side-Table

"

"

scenium
Pro-

"

Magician

Splendid

Practice

the

Scenario

Scene

Scene

Dog

CHAPTER
The

Attaching

"

Preparing

"

Captured

Imitation

The

"

"

Picture

Pictures

the

"Film"

Picture

The

"

Tunnels

Coasting

252
Idea

Rolling Large

"

Snow

Balls

Construction
Signal System
Lanterns
for Coasting after Dark.
"

Framework

Tunnel

The

of

"

Tracks
the

"

The

"

Tunnel

Installinga Semaphore

Semaphores

"

Telltale

"

xii

CONTENTS

XVllI

CHAPTER

PAGE

Handy

Boy

Coasters

The

Right

Sled Runners

Sort

Lumber

The

"

Connecting

Runner

"

"

of

The

"

Handle-Bars
Runner

258

Shoes

Seat Board

Double-Runner

Cross

AND

Boy

Model

Sled Seat

The

"

Coaster

The

"

II
PASTIMES

SUMMER
CHAPTER

Handy

The

"

Shoes.

PART
SPRING

The

"

Single-Runner

Runner

"

Braces

"

Coaster

XIX

Aeroplanes
.

for the

Sport

Developments
Model

Boy

The

"

Aeroplane

Bow

Hooks

Propellers

Main

The

The

Thrust

The

Aeroplane
Models

Built

Elevator

by Percy Pierce

The

"

Handy

Boy's

The
in

Egg-Beater

Winding

Distance
"

Motor

The

"

Motor

Position

Measuring
Sight

Measuring
Model

Winder,

Plate

Device

Contests

"

"

Instrument
The

"

Model

for

The

Boy

It Winds

Aeroplane Contests
Model

Stick
"

Rules

"

Care

"

The

"

The

"

284

the Motors

Flags

"

Models

Graduated
Slide

Wells

Tripod

Operating
for

the

Governing

Aeroplanes.

CHAPTER
Handy

"

Ideas

Launching

Hair-Line

Stabilityin

Selley

Hydro-Aeroplane.

Other
How

"

"

"

Propellers

Take

The

"

Plane

XX

and

Winder
to

peller-Shafts
Pro-

The

"

The

"

The

"

The

"

Main

Motors

Planes

The

"

Fin

Aeroplane
The

"

The

"

The

"

CHAPTER
The

Model

Nealy

Wells

Bearings
The

"

XXI

Kites

296

....

Popularity

The

Sticks

"

Framing

265

Recent

"

The

"

PropellerBlank

The

The

Fuselage

Thrust
Elevator

ts
Propeller-Shaf

The

"

Turn

The

"

of Mind

Building Models
The

"

"

The

"

Bearings

The

"

Model

Plane

Motors

Propellers

The

Fuselage

The

"

in

Used

"

"

"

Preparing Propellers

"

Fuselage

Mechanical

Materials

The

"

with

of Tailless
the

Sticks

Kites
"

The

"

The
Bridle

Conyne
"

Kite

Covering

"

The
the

Kite

Frame-

CONTENTS

xiii

PAGE

work

Flying-Line

"

Stick

Attachment

The

"

the

Covering

"

Bridle
A

"

The

"

Kite-Reels

"

Cells

Along for Making

Wall

Made
Tent

Screen
Tent

Tent

The

"

Cooker
A

Burlap

Pier

"

Boy

Tent

"

Electric

An

"

Fire
of

Fireplace
"

Fireless

Camp

Wash-SheU

"

"

Outside

Open

an

Stove

Refrigerator

Home-

Flash-Lamp

"

"

Hikes

Bags

"
"

Knife

"

Signs of
Signs

"

Scout

Sheaths

Getting

"

XXIII

Craft

Scout

Cup

"

Supports of the Wall

Lean-To

Making

"

CHAPTER

"

The

Tent

to

Candle-Stick.

Camp

Handy

Wall

Camp

"

Camp
Wall

Materials

"

Trenching Around

"

Shovel

Camp

The

"

"

Cot

Sheet-Iron

"

Tent

in

The

"

Camp

"

A Log Bridge
Broom

Tent

Lean-To

Tenderfoot

of the Tent

Backwoodsman's

"

Camp

Long

Portion

Upper

Campfire Crane

Kite-Reel

XXII

Things in Camp

"

Making

"

"

Attaching the
Hand

312

is not

Boy

Handy

Take

Frames

Craft

Camp

The

Bridle

Kite-Reel.

Body

Boy

Side

"

"

CHAPTER
Handy

The

"

"

Bow-

The

"

Assembling the Kite

A Good
Simple Kite-Reel

"

Sticks

The

"

the Framework

Kite

The

"

Kite-Sticks

The

"

Covering

"

Box-Kite

End

Kite

Malay

the Sticks

Framing

"

Trail

without

Signs

Stone-Heap

Material

"

Trails

"

"

Twig

Watch

Your

"

Cup

Knapsack

for

Packing the Knapsack

Blazed

"

323

Knapsack
"

Drink

the

as

Flexible

"

Folded

Signs

Paper

DuffleRubber

Cup

"

Knotted-Grass

"

Compass

"

Getting

"

Lost. in the Woods.

CHAPTER
The

Boy's

Handy

Signal

XXTV

336

Lantern
.

after Dark

Communicating
are

Made
"

The

"

The

Shutter

Candle

the Lantern

The

Lantern

Key

Lever

The

"

Light

The

"

"

"

The

Back

Boy
The

Tree

"

"

The

tions
Connec-

Key

Box

of the Lantern

"

Operating

XXV

Huts

34"

Advantage

Foundation

Stick

the Flashes

How

"

Code.

Morse

CHAPTER
Handy

Box

of

Ladder

Tree-Hut
"

The

over

Platform

Ground

Hut

Framework

"

"

The

Aerial

The

Floor

xiv

CONTENTS

Joists

The

"

Walls

Struts

in Sections

Opening

"

Dumb-Waiter

"

Shaft-Opening
Car

The

"

Wire

Boards

Erecting the

"

Door

The

Dumb-Waiter

The

"

Cable

Walls

Handy

Boy's

Lifting Cable

Aeeial

it may

What

Raising

and

be

Car

Used

The

"

Handy

Boy's

Ladder

Lifting Cables

The

for

Lifting Cable

Lower

"

"

Counterbalance

The

"

The

"

the

The

"

Protection.

XXVI

for

the

351

Cable

Conveyor

it Operates

How

"

Ends

The

"

Attaching

"

Device

the

Cable

for

The

"

Car.

CHAPTER
The

The

dow
Win-

The

"

of

Top

at

"

Roof

Board

the

Construct

to

Conveyor

Lowering

LiftingRope

"

CHAPTER
The

How

"

Newel-Post

Sheave

Railing for

"

Floor

The

Upper

Guides

The

"

XXVII

Sail -Wagon

356

Fair

Wheels

Substitute
The

"

The

"

for

Stern

Sail-Boat

Wheels

Mast-Step

The

"

The

"

Mast

XXVIII

How

the

How

Skatemobile

of

Skate

Wheels

Skatemobile

Handle-Bars

to

is Made

"

Seat

"

Invented
but

Wheels

Other

Attached

are

Races

"

Popular

The

"

RoUer-

the

Separating

"

Forms

Skatemobile

"

SingleSkate

Reach-Board

The

"

be

with

the Skate

How

"

362

Came

.the Skatemobile

Type
The

Bow

tions
Connec-

Qat-Boat Rig.

"

The

and

Skatemobiles

Boy

"

Wagon-Bed

"

Tiller,Tiller-Post

CHAPTER
Handy

The

"

of Skatemobiles

Hood
A

"

"

Head-

hght.
XXIX

CHAPTER
Boy

Handy

Roller

Sb:ate

Sails
.

A
"

New

The

Straps
The
Sail.

and

Rope
"

DelightfulSport
Stays

Method

Connecting

"

of

"

The

Square Sail

"

The

Fastening the Sail to the Spreader

Handling

Socket

"

The

the

Sail

"

Sail Cloth

The
"

Sail

Three-Comered

Method

of

Covering

The

"

368

HandSail

Holding

"

the

CONTENTS

XV

CHAPTER

XXX
PAGE

The

Handy

Boy

Gabdener

Home-Made

374

Wheelbarrow

The

"

Wheel

The

Framework

"

Wheelbarrow

of
The

Box

Umbrella

Sweet

Peas

Flower-Boxes

Flower-Box

Bower

Small

"

Wooden

Window

The

Legs

Trellis

"

Trellis

"

"

"

the

A
"

The
"

"

for

Wheel

Barrow

Wheelbarrow

the

Flower-Box

"

Painting

Plant-Box.

"

Index

385

LIST

OF

HALF-TONE

(In

addition

ILLUSTRATIONS
nearly

to

600

PART

An

Derrick

Electro-magnet

illustrations.)

text

Hoisting

Load

of

Brads

284

Frontispiece

FACING

Fig.

17.

Fig.

27.

Fig.

Fig.

161.

Fig.

162.

Fig.

163.

Interior

"

60.

Fig.

194.

Fig.

195.

Fig.

197.

Fig. 198.
Fig.

202.

Hip

Shelves

"

Radiator

"

Window

"

Windmill

"

Thermometer-Board

Key-Board

"

Spool-Holder

"

Spool-Rack

"

The

"

Fig. 196.

with

Additional

"

shown

Workshop

Workshop

"

of

Plate-

for

in

Fig.

12

19

Roof

27

Clothes

Closet

Warmer
79

Refrigerator

Clothes-Dryer

Three

Necktie-Rack
Match-Box
Post-Card

Fig.

203.

"

Fig.

204.

"

Fig.

205.

"

Pen-Tray
Letter-Rack

Fig.

"

Fig.

220.

"

Unique

Fig.

221.

"

Clock

Fig.

225.

"

Fig.

226.

Fig.

227.

Fig.

228.

Fig.

229.

"

Fig.

273.

"

Fig.

286.

104

Parts

"

206.

PAGE

of

Spool-Rack

the

Rack
and

108

Calendar-Board

Mantel

Clock
118

Fig. 287.
Fig.

322.

Fig.

323.

Fig,

324.

"

"

"

Flash-Light

Dry-Battery

Cell

Sal-Ammoniac

Battery

Gravity

Battery

Storage

Battery

Cell

Cell

126

Electric-Bell, Battery

Home-Made

and

Push-Button
.

"

The
A

from

Shock

Toy

Electric

Top

View

"

The

Buzz-Saw

"

The

Eccentric

"

Pull

the

"

of

this
Motor

Electric
Whizzes

Toy

Make

Motor

Dance

you

is

Jumps

162

Truck

when

Jack

Friends

your

Truck

Clog-Dancer

String and

will

Twist
Circus

"

"

the
in

Comically

"

"

Cord

Himself

186

LIST

XVUl

OF

ILLUSTRATIONS

HALF-TONE

FACING

Fig.

328.

Fig.

329.

Fig.

400.

Fig.

401.

Fig.

408.

the

Whirling

"

Cricket-Rattle

it

Makes

PAGE

Chirp
190

"

Turtle's

Crawling

The

"

Shell

is

Log-Cabin

Newspaper

Mould

Jelly

246

Building

"

"

Walls

the

Log-Cabin

with

Village

Indian

Play

the

of

Newspaper

Kettle

and

Tepees

248

Tripod

PART

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

424.
425.

426.
427.

Launching

"

"

of the

Illinois'

Aviation

Field,

Model

Aeroplane

Wells
Wells

Harry

"

Yard

Nealy
Pierce's

Percy

Pierce's

Percy

Pierce's

449.

"

Fig.

450.

"

Fig.

451.

"

Fig.

454.

"

The

Fig.

452.

"

An

"

from

Model

Hand

Club

Aero

Cicero,

at

his

the

Model,

at

the

of

Club

Aero

26s

Chicago

also

View

of

his

Back-

270

Workshop

Percy

448.

Fig.

Illinois

Launching

Arthur

Fig.

Aeroplanes

Contest

The

"

Model

II

his

Launching
"

Pelican

Model
"

No.

282

Wells

Bi-Plane

Inclosed
"

Distance

Egg-Beater

No.

Hydro

Model

6," Rising

from

the

Water

Device

Measuring
Winder

Motor

284

Fig.

453.

Winding

"

the

Rubber-Strand

with

Motor

the

Egg-Beater

Winder
I

Fig.

S4I.

"

Fig.

S42.

"

Fig.

543.

"

Fig.

563.

Completing
Hoisting

"

the

Building

Ready

for

At

Start

the

Platform
Material

340

Inspection
Off.

Race

of

the

Lincoln

Park

Skatemobile

Club

362

Fig.

564.

"

Skidding

at

the

Turns

Makes

Skatemobile

Racing

all

the

More

Thrilling
Figs.

569-572-

"

Several

Makes

of

Skatemobiles

366

carpentry and

home
is

should

handy boy

The

handy working-placefor

experimental
for

somewhere

corner

have

his

work.

What

work-bench, tool-chest

tool-cabinet, materials, miscellaneous

allowed

are

some

comers

buildings that
of

lack

boy

room

of

the

are

ideal

different
meet

must

are

workshop
for

spare

many

in

"

The

up,

for

set

and
of

so,

how
as

and

of

necessary,

Craftsman
other

to

build

ideas
of
a

requests have

workshop plans, I

other

through

Different

as

he

the

"

been
am

in

"

be

former

the

home

Handicraft

found

in

the

handy books,

from

the

received

from

workshop

and

finds them.

and
will

tions
condi-

course,

suggestions for fittingup

Boy

cover
dis-

some

either

many,

yard.

conditions

following chapter. Neither

however, shows

work;

through preference,buUd

back

locations

Boys," and

Handy

workshops;

barn, woodshed,

place, or
in the

attic

to

locations;and

the

and

apparatus,

good

in which

garage,

workshops

make

There

equally as

suitable

any

themselves

every

or

splendidly equipped basement

have

others

workshops;

have

boys

Some

models.

is needed

describingin

tion
foundareaders
this first

THE

chapter of

"

building.

build

The

shoiild be

every

method

of

will not

have

occasion

house, or

A
nor

work

workshop
of

bench

head-room
for such

BuUding

is

be had

the

shop

to

need

or

you

at

some

time

some

if you

know

great deal of

are

of

of elaborate
to

necessary
small

design,

house

stove, and

provide

get along with

can

inside,with
and

the

shop

feet 6 inches

material

the construction
is not

your

required

expensive.
ond-hand
Sec-

necessary.

purchased cheaply,and

often

hauling it away,

building

altered,and

get it quickly

watchfulness,you

the proper

cottage, boat-

save

be

not

lumber

be

for the cost

use,

strate
opportunity to demon-

an

point;

New
can

wiU

you

wiU

You

make

not

Material.

out

may

uncover

lumber

is. not

the

where

buUding

of his way.
such

With

bargain in

as

easy

to

handle

as

it

is

contractor

little
your

vicinity.
Second-hand

to

handy-man.

lowest

wUl

being wrecked

anxious

have

equipment,

Irnnber
can

wiU

8 feet square

at

able

immediate

construction,and

working-space.

measures

be

knowledge until

not

yourselfyou

structure

other

comfortable
which

this

proportionslargerthan
and

for

hen-house, summer

of similar

abilityas

your

will not

small

building. Maybe

frame

likelythan

Besides,you

money.

of

be familiar with

should

upon

build

to

the

boys

if not

small

more

garage

do

to

of you

draw

to

later; but

construction

the

matter

erectinga

years

"

Boy

handy boy

need

BOY

present, perhaps; but the workshop plans

at

studied,no

because

how

Handy

great many

shop

HANDY

new

THE

HANDY

material,and
that

the
for

work

The

cost.

I.

placed

used

together,and

to

upon

holes and

Then,

when

on

the

withdraw

preserved material

separate pieces

nails; but

can

be

aJl of the remainder

Workshop

with

cracked

ends

Cut

of boards

you

buildingwill have

have

coats

of

naUed

sorted

first-class appearance.

broken,

away

that

are

to

be

the old nail-

the boards

paint are

out

Roof.

outside,and carefully
putty all

coupleof

the

that is usable

Lean-to

unexposed portions.

cracks when
a

to

while,consideringthe saving in

Back- Yard

badly

decayed, and

WORKSHOP

little time

best

"

-YARD

requiressome

exposed places,and

be

BACK

is well worth

Fig.
can

it

nailed

are

extra

BOY'S

in

place.

added, your

little

You
at

the

FiG.

ground

Draw
can

upon

space

2.

"

Plan

done

of

Draw

your

available.

of the

with

your

Workshop;

4"
3|5--2'-Q"~.

building,the
a

be

Size

3-2"-

I*

for the

quantityof

material

disposal,in

Determining

of

the

take into consideration

must

your

BOY

HANDY

THE

Workshop

When

Plan

'"

Like

have

you

also the amoimt

3'-2"-This.

located

place

first thing to do is to

Workshop,
ruler

the ruler represent

and

just as
pencil.

foot of the

you
Let

want

every

workshop;

it.

This

inch

then

yoiir

HANDY

THE

plan will
2

shows

be drawn

draw

Also

to

the

to

cabinet,and the

Elevation)
; also

Front

If these

drawings have

building; that

for your
the

over

list of the
to

that

see

estimate

to

requiredfor
mistakes

no

the

material will

is sold

Lumber

foot is reckoned
inches wide, and
board feet,and
feet

as

inches

piece2

'

14,
For

16, 18, and

further information

for Handy

Boys."

have

studied

learned

what

With

it is a

over

simplematter
Then

the size
the

so

limit.

cost

feet

board

(boardfeet).A

long. Upon this basis

inches

8 board

Boards, studding,and
12,

required

enlarged upon,

or

1,000

can

you

piece i inch, or less,in thickness,12

a
12

long contains

and

tion).
Eleva-

carefullychecked

made,

reduced

the

by

will be

after you

say,

thick,4 inches wide, and

inch

material

been

within your

come

draw

(the Side

of limiber needed.
be

tool-

that you

so

floor,walls, roof,etc.

have

amount

shown.

as

carefully
made,

prepared,and

material

building can

of the

is to

thick,

is left. Then

followingbuildingconstruction
is

material

Figure

5 inches

one,

side

one

been

much

closelyhow

figurevery

now

space

pictureof

foot.^

buildingexactlyto scale (the

of your

the front

pictureof

working

work-bench, the

to have

plan

if you

openings

size the

much

to the

window

and

stove

WORKSHOP

the walls

Draw

correct

justhow

will know

yi inch

scale of

door

the

-YARD

BACK

workshop plan.

indicate

and

BOY'S

20

about

feet

thick,4

long contains

inches

wide, and

4
12

feet.

other

foot

12

piece

stock

in 10,

material,come

of greater length
lengths (pieces

Working-drawings, see

Chapter

s of

"

craft
Handi-

BOY

HANDY

THE

it is best

usually specialstuff);and

are

buildingthat

lengthswith

three

little or

will cut

lengths that

in

its lean-to

building,and
and

less time

to build

this

buildingis upon
well

exactly as

Fig.

3.

plainness,and
to

Out

plan
care.

The

angles to

and

Out

of

the

sides

the

Square

The

and
parallel,

way

so

adjacent to
of

your

plain
purpose

pretentious

more

will relieve

of

Comers

their

Building.

attractive

tion
addi-

is not

at

exactly,so
waU

the

will be

with

opposite
at

right

it.
a

ground

another
run

be done

must

small

hand, is shown

buildingis to

of the workshop

la5dng out

each

stakingout

stake into the

If the

were

be located

building{A, Fig. 3),then

Fig. 3).

serve

spot selected for it

must

surveyor'stransit
a

over

However

the little buildingan

the

the walls

First drive

it

Workshop.

corners

proper

kind.

material

yard.

the

upon

walls will be

The

make

the back

Staking

though

Stake

to

other

any

of

simplesttype

requiresless

outside,it wiU

trained

How

"

than

or

advantage.

roof

shed

your

into two

up

is of the

Fig. i

or

the

as

design. Vines

the best

plan

so

buying, order the

In

waste.

no

to

up

workshop shown

The

be cut

boards, etc., can

your

to

at

building,when
in

Figs.3 and

one

an

adjacent corner

comer

4.

of your

at

to
parallel

sidewalk

(B,
or

THE

is too

great

means

of cord

of cord

you

EF

to

correct

may

be

"

represent the outside

cords

other

stakes

latter would

interfere with

driving two

stakes

and

about

4).
(Fig.

them

connect

to

an

those in the

then
The

is

not

be

the

the

get the

This

each

three-four-five

changed

them.

The

stakes

corner

with

those

at

be

in the

time, and

exactlyin
to test

two

the

upon

nails,it
line with

opposite

certain that
stakes

originalcorner

by

in line

corner,

the

the

is done

tops of the stake

rule,to

up

necessary

By l)dng flat
nails

new

right

stakes,as

Hnes, one

stakes.

Then

building;

be

corner

stakes; but it is weU

you
can

puUed.
If the soil

Foundation.

high

the

sary
neces-

checking

it wiU

at

is

are

of your

from

away

undo

new

to

comer

the

angles by
have

then

matter

easy

inches

sightingacross

ground, and
is

ground

length

rightlengths.

nails into their tops in Hne

Drive

stakes,and

comer

by

by

ging
chan-

In

stake C.

the framework.

into the

12

the

for

until

corners

Hnes

startingthe framework,

substitute

with

two

of the

are

angle

to alter the

know

is, provided you

Hnes

exactlyright,it

other

the

the

it is correct.

oppositeangle at

that

that your

but, before
to

angle at

the

certain

measurements

The

the

only

that

angles

stake

stake D, be careful not

With

AD.

find that

move

that

prove

you

of
position

the

great enough,

not

or

If you

sides.

of the other two

squares

BOY

HANDY

and

there

will be

small

dry,

and

Httle

buildingas

has

chance
your

not

of

on

the

site of your

recentlybeen

disturbed

the
settlement),

workshop

may

be

buUding

floor of

(so
as

placed directly

HANDY

THE

the

upon
to

be

less

or

be

shows

BACK

damp,

supported

WORKSHOP

-YARD

if the

ground surface; but

more

should

BOY'S

sills set

upon

is low and

ground

is filled-in

or

the

ground,

joist

Figure

posts.

on

likely

this construction.

It is customary

set

to

3 to 4 feet in the

Supports from

Post

ends

below

extend

wiU

tom
their bot-

ground, so

the frost line.

haven't

If you

"^""rff'

POST

,-.,-:-6" FENCE
Fig.

s-

Constructed

Floor

"

post-auger with

digging

After

loose

in the

them,

throw

down

solid with

better

if you

end

the

stick.

in with

water

pour

of

the two-shovel

them,
The

and

earth

tamp
wiU

in
it

pack

it.
sawed

be

posts should

tops of the

Posts.

settingthe posts

around

earth

upon

69.

page

on

post-holes,and

the

Supported

are

dig post-holes,
try

to

of diggingdescribed

method

The

which

Sills that

upon

off square

and

level,to receive
The

be 4 inches
each

For

Sills.

and

wide

end, and

at

building 9

the

inches

center, on

by-4S spiked togetherwill

post tops,

rest

level on

wood

raise the low

must

be

on

the

ends

same

do.
them

as

be

deep, and

supported at

6-inch

fence-posts.Two

After

placing them

and

until the
level

the sills should

feet square

by

means

piecesare

the

of

level.

other, also;

so

on

2-

the

chips of
One

sill

place a

THE

10

each

straight2-by-4 across
the

of

center
to

proves
case

you

make

and

lower

do

not

than

Toe-nail

68.

level like the

in

16 inches

are
floor;if the joists

2-by-8s,or

best method

The

notching their
and

the

space

ends

much

is

the ends

stuff

fasteningthe joiststo

to

fit over

the

of the floor

be varied

If the floor is laid

to

as

in

Use

in the widths

and
in

Fig. 5,
thick.
nesses
thick-

notching

the notches

bring all

by

i6-penny

inches

2-by-6s,and

the

directly
upon

Fig. 6, 2-by-4S placed flatwise

2-by-4Scan

plates,and
joistends
floor

fit over

Floor

joiststo

work

these

to

the

Lay

to

sides.

joiststhe depths of

accordingly,so

shown

material

2-by-4Sand

the siUs is

should

of the tops to the

level.

same

in

siUs,as

through the

either

centers.

on

of

as

will support

centers

on

generallya slightvariance

of such

Fig.

feet,or thereabouts,

inches

spikes for fasteningtogether aU

There

can

i6-penny

longerthan this,use

2-by-6s12

them
toe-nailing

then

in

In

53).

are
Joists. If the floor joists

length,2-by-6splaced

your

shown

one

on

sill

one

its ends.

up

the siUs to the posts with

spikes (seeToe-Nailing,page
Floor

if

2-by-4S,and,

other,block

level

your

carpenter'sspirit-level,
you

home-made

these

the

have

BOY

pair of ends, rest

length of

be

use

151, page

the

HANDY

upon.

boards,

be

used

the siU

Boards

as

the sflls. This

not

drive

will be

for floor

plates,as
soon

wiU

Six-inch matched
do

ground, as it is shown

them

as

sufficient for sill

joists.Notch

the

shown.
you

give you

have
a

spiked

solid

flooringis best.
very

close

the

platform
In

lajdng

together,as

THE

BOY'S

HANDY

allowance

be made

must

of the floor
The

Wall

Z"x4'

"i

BACK

for

-YARD

WORKSHOP

swellingto prevent

ii

bility
possi-

any

buckling.
The

Framework.

Rafters

"v.

usual

of

way

constructing

("2"X4"PLATE
Double
2"x4"

2"X4"

PLATE

Fig.

Fig.

the

7.

wall

"

6.^

Put

of the

Framework

Together

framework

the framework

raise it into

FLOOR

2"X4-

The

the Wall

Workshop

Flat upon

Framework

of one-story

of

one

and
position,

waU
brace

Shown

in

Fig.

the Finished

is
buildings,

to

-JOIST

i.

Floor.

put

gether
to-

(Fig.7),
temporarily(Fig.16);

flat upon
it

Rafter

the floor

then

make

on, untU

so

wall

second

BOY

HANDY

THE

12

and

all four walls

in

are

plumbed

and

make

splendid platform on

fastened

into

raise that

Then

place.
The

together.

position;and
the frames

floored-over

which

build

to

up

are

joists
these

frames.
For

in

and

Figs.I

frames

6, it is best

in this way,

and

the roof rafters have

floor and

at the front

should

and

each
sure
as

out

of

plates,and

the

wall

between

the

the

across

of the

corner

that

shown

shape.

in

Plumbing

the

then

has

the

doorway

you

been

nail

been

position,it

soon

the frame

should

be

and

(Fig.6).

up

stripsacross

as

plate

piecestogether,
the

from
in

put in place and

As

how

through

put

fit the

and

shows

bottom

sawed

diagonal braces

Framework.

raised into

then
has

frame, as

front

posts, the top

together. The

doorway,

these

the

opening. Figure 7

Fig. 16, to prevent

Leave

Make

corner

platesabove

it is square;

feet,higher than

wall frame.

rear

stuis,the

is put

frame

the headroom

inches,the ceiling
height
pitch.

the

the window

all of the framework

been

is shown
rear

make

you

inches,or

its proper

wall

wall

6 feet 6

after all the framework

removed

be

and

them
fitting

on,

feet 6

the

is extended

to

as

the side wall stvds after

long,and

higher than

below

front

Test

roof,such

the front

set up

put

shop
2

roof

2-by-4S for
bottom

the

be

the

this much

above

then

9 feet

of the

rear

this,to give

and

to make

been

buildingis

at the

Use

lean-to

the rafters.

If your

frame

with

buUding

small

wall

ners,
cor-

twisting

place mitil
fastened.
frame

has

plumbed vertically

THE

before

HANDY

the

brace

braces
be

can

then

plumb

then

the

fasten

other

end.

braces

on

and

fastened,and
end

the

68

and
are

wall frames.

rear

Fig.

The

Fig. 6.
the

ends

WORKSHOP

place.

One

be

Fig. 150.

spiked

to

the top

of the

Good

started;

the brace

it,

to

some

one

The

scribed
plumb-board is de-

in

"

each

plumbing.

to

shown

the

of

other

easiest to have

home-made

Double

8.

naU

attend

you

end

nails in the
and

13

end

plateof the front

rafter

as

shown

in

Roof.

Board

rafters should

be

trimmed

fit

to

plates.

The

Roof

covered

apart,

with

as

It is very
boards

is to

roof

be

rafters,
placing them

the

shop

important to

leave

shown

side of the

Use

or

8-inch

Covering

this much

of

the rafters run,

shinglesand

Boards

and

laid

in

spaced about

layer of boards

laid

over

inch

between

the

the air will reach

the

space

dry them

pine for

common

about

photograph (Fig.17).

interior

shinglethe roof, so

shingled or

metal, lay the

or

the

across

under

second

the

composition roofingpaper,

if you

6-

If

Boarding.

roof boards

the

It wiU

while

Rafters

in

-YARD

of the frame

handling of

page

Roof

BACK

nailed

are

one

making and

The

BOY'S

out

after rains.

these boards.

the
3

same

inches

the

direction

that

apart, with

openings between

them, makes
put

quickly (Fig.8).

on

boards, it
shown

as

good roof,and

is necessary
in

inches

g.

fasten

How

"

of their surface

equals100
of

should

purlinsbetween
bunches

space

lower

10

thickness,with

10.

jointsof

succeedingrow

"

roof, if

the

to

be

laid double

of

Board

the

FiG.

of the

Frame

exposed

feet,or

square

to

of

shinglesalong

the

covering that

provide supports

^-thousand

Four

Fig.

be

can

for

these

the rafters

shingleswill
laid with

Roof.

weather.

feet square.

edge, or

square

The

eaves, of the

the

first
roof

layer lap-

upper

Gauge-Board for Laying Shingles.

the lower

layer; and

the

shinglesof

between
overlapthe joints

must

4^^

the

each

shingles

preceding row.

Project the
wall

To

approximately I'j/i
squares

cover

ping

to

it is

Fig. 9.

Shingling,

row

BOY

HANDY

THE

14

of

the

first

row

of

building,and

shinglesi

inch

or

so

beyond the

project the shinglesthe

same

ship-lapis

in the

groovededge, and
is

lap

has

ship-laphas

rabbeted

two

makes

of cut

This

square.
course,

is described
Beveled-siding

surface.

exposed

an

edges. Ship-

of
drop-siding,

covering than

neater

the shoulder of the upper

off instead

is beveled

flooringfor sheathing.

than

Drop-sidingdiffers from ship-lapin

rabbet, which

totiguedand

edges. Flooring

generallyused

more

BOY

HANDY

THE

i6

on

for
page

26.

When

thicknesses of boards

two

warmth,

it is customary

then
first,

to

tack

to

put

and

Door

The

top of the paper.

for these wiU

Outside

The

Trim

be

shinglesmust

or

in

shown
the

shop

covered

Fig. i
in

has

Fig.

be found

12

against the
trim

should

be

is first sheathed

around
below

and

be nailed
the

the

trim.

window
in

the

sidiag

The

shop

with

then
ship-lap,

sided

then
The

paper.

the corners,

and

the

buildingfitted close

openings; then

place,and

with

the

outside

cut
beveled-siding

trim.

6-inch

boards

the

base, up

the roof

top of the

lapped around

door

to fit between

Use

also,because

while
covering of drop-siding,

wall

gestion
place. Sug-

23.

and
heavy building-paper,

with

should

page

fitted between

beveled-siding
placed on
paper

be set in

upon

be put on,

must

however.

on,

must

Frames

Window

fasten

this,and

over
building-paper

coveringis put

the second

ing,
floor-

ship-lapor matched

on

or
shingleson
beveled-siding,
drop-siding,

Before

insure greater

used,to

are

for the
each

boarding,and

outside

comer,

around

trim, and
around

the

the door

them

run

walls

and

just

window

i8

THE

openings.
top

on

sidingis

of the

stripmust
bottom

If

beveled

to it than

with

with

one

Framework,

14.

other

floored

floor,one

so

then
first,

over,
at

time

that the end

Fig.

be

spiked to

them

cuttingaway

from

thickness,for

plate. The
on

(Figs.14

15.

"

the

ends
be

The

each

distance

walls

End

15),raised

Wall

The

as

the

position,

platesare halved,

the side

platesand

consists
halved-joint

platesone-half

the width

framework

door

into

on

and

Framework.

of the

studding in this

built up

are

of the top

equalto

spacingis varied

floor is framed

The

lapped over

end

roof,diEfers very

of the

and

(Fig.16).

centers, except where

where

that

all four

can
plates

style

more

Side Wall Framework.

than

(Fig.16). The

braced

water-table.

roof,and

(Fig.13).

little in construction

to this

on

This
The

water.

(Fig.12) has

Roof

The

"

(Fig.ii).

shed

to

as

be fitted

lean-to

water-table
so

be fastened

cap must

on,

top

on

Gable

Fig.

and

put

stripof sidingshould

Workshop

The

to be

base-board,for

be

BOY

HANDY

and

shown

is

window
in

of the

spaced

in

of their

adjoining
16 inches

openingsoccur,

Fig.13.

Fl(J.

17.

"

IXTKKIUR

UF

WuKKSHOP

SHOWN

I"'

FiG.

IJ

J9

20

To

Determine

the

is shown

thing
is the

into
rises,

rises

Fig.

feet 3

16.

How

"

J^-pitch;if 4
When

feet 6

have

you

19

pitch of

The

roof construction

and

20.

the

The

roof.

first

The

(thedistance between

building 9

inches,the

the

Roof.

pitch

by dividingthe height to

the span
in

BOY

Figs. i8,

is the

Wall

rises 3 feet with

which

ends

of the

proportionobtained

which

To

Pitch

in detail in

supports). Thus,

easy

HANDY

determine

to

the roof

THE

roof has

Framework

the

feet

same

roof

}^-pitch.A

roof

is Raised

span

the rafter
a

wide,
a

which

and

with

Braced.

of 9 feet would

have

inches,a }4-pitch.

decided

the

upon

roof's

pitch,it

is

an

matter

Lay
at

Out

the

plates. The
roof is shown

the

proper

method
in

angles to
of

Fig. 19.

Startingat

of

Length

the

meet

layingout
A

Rafters, and

the

the

and
ridge-pole

the rafters for

steel
carpenter's

point A,

which

oflf their

cut

square

is far

wall

^-pitch
is

sary.
neces-

enough

from

THE

22

will be

both

the

building,sHde
the blade

square

at F.

comes

}4

off the rafter

Saw

of the

thickness

lower

The

the 6-inch

the

across

inch inside of line

mark

on

of the
shown.

rafter,as
to allow

FG,

the

on

for the

(seeFig. 18).
ridge-pole

end

rafter is notched

of the

plate. Figure

wall

of the

center

will be the center

pointF

line FG

the

building. Square

the

3-inchmark

E, and

at

The

and

roof

until the

up

comes

square

BOY

of the

peak

the

of the

tongue

HANDY

shows

20

how

to

to

lay out

also the way

the steel square;

fit

to

lay out
an

the

over

this cut

with

projection

eave

of 6 inches.

Ridge-Pole is used

The

the

of the

ends

upper

inch thick and

platefor

at the

rafters with

glass,sash-cord,and
much,

$1.50, and
box,

or

you

get

can

make

yoxu"

to

fix the

swing

lower

open.

you

with

window

can

are

not

either

the author

upper

weight-

though
sash in

sideways,or

buUt

out

for about

with

necessary,

nail the

ing,
open-

afford to pay

cannot

sash to slide open

When

weighi-boxes,
sash,

small

frame,

own

Weights

without.

If you

those

Double

ones.

couple of window-sash

rafters at

(Fig.13).

rafter

weights,for

convenient, because
and

second

$3.00.

about

top wall

then
first,
ridge-pole,

A window-frame

Window-Frames.

will cost

Spike the

then the intermediate

board

the

across

upon.

the

buildingto

be

fastening

Before

stand

to
scaffolding

oppositeend, and

the end

this

wide.

of

matter

it should

Rafters, lay boards

the

of the

end

one

simplifythe

rafters,and

5 inches

Up

Putting

to

very

place,

hinge it

back-yardwork-

THE

HANDY

shop,when

BOY'S

boy, he

found

window-frame, fastened

and

made

Fig.

side

pocket

23

"

Details

These

proved to

Figure 21
A
not

old

lower

23

sashes,made

sash

upper

sash

his

permanently
slide into.

to

be

shows

Home-Made

difficult to

Fig.

21.

Show

very
a

Section

Elevation

How

Cannot

This

WORKSHOP

-PLATE

Fig.
21-23.

the

for the

SectionalFigs.

coupleof

own

-YARD

BACK

Buy

to

Construct

22.

Window-Frames

if you

Them.

satisfactory
arrangement.

sectional elevation of

Window-Frame

and

put together. Figure

through the buildingwall with

that

Weight-Box
22

the frame

shows
in

is

section

place.

The

THE

24

sill

HANDY

(A) is a pieceof 2-by-8cut

the sides of the window

with

the

slightlyto

outside

shed

frame.

the

into

of

the

slots

upper

side of the
of
the

and

to

board

the

inch

jambs, and
sash
the

in

edge

(B) and
boards

the

This

and

plenty
E

the

on

up

NaU

the

tance
dis-

form
if the

stud

inside,

boards
back

of the

window-stool,G is the apron,

I

represents the outside

outside

window

separates the

continuation
is the

allow

weight-box,and

boarded

trim.

which

square,
a

The

the stud each

2)4 inches,to

to

of

means

sash-pulleys.The

of the

is the
head

and

of the

two

extend

Z, is

sashes

holds

down

at the

stripacross

same

windowrstop,which

stripmust

trim.

the

the lower

the

jamb

of

frame, also.
be

Sash-weightscan
Each

start

bevel,so they can

of the frame

walls

is the

place.

to

inner

the

on

the

plasteredor

if is

how

openings provide a

window-frame, and

head.

window

These

be at least

outside

sheathing,and

strip^2

out

even

sUl is tilted

shows

from

is set

at

edge projects

The

23

sash-weights. The

weight-box. Board
and

walls.

will also .do for the window-trim.

board

jambs

is not

workshop

the outer

Figure

receive

to

frame, must

inside and

the studs

weight-boxes to repair sash-cords.

the

for the

room

the

sawed

place.

cut

are

between

of

{B) are

be fitted back

getting at

face

pieces removed

boards

jamb

studs,and

rain water.

The

to fit between

opening; its inner edge

the inside face of the

beyond

the

BOY

must

be

of the sash, so

justa
as

to

purchased from
trifle heavier

balance

it

any

than

nicely.

hardware

one-half

the

dealer.

weight

THE

BOY'S

HANDY

Door-Frame

Make

edge
nail

of

each

stripsup

stripsand

These

WORKSHOP

places for

proper

the

of the

center

side stud, and

the sill form

25

if
altogether,
the

you

the inner

so

side studs.
the

across

set

door-jambs.

pieceof 2-by-6,and place it

about

to

comes

the

at

siU out

-YARD

be eliminated

may

studding

your

BACK

Then

head

stops for the door

plate.
strike

to

against.
A

door
or

in

hinged

one

the

upon

plenty good enough.

to

floor.

Make

diagonal in the
is

as

the door
and

shown,

get

can

direction

boards.

the

cut

shows

Screw

Be

to

sure

in relation to the
the door

this

diagonalbatten

place.

T-hinges (seeFig. iii,

with

24

door-jamb. Build

it in

it will brace

so

Figure

it of matched

fasten

same

run

hinged

properly. Hinge
also

59;

page

Hinges

58).

Hinging, page

If you

stud

place; then

them, and

to fit between

edge

the

place

battens in

nail the end

the

is

Door

Batten

(Fig.25),fasten

door-lock

rim

it upon

the

inside face of the door; if not, the old-fashioned

enough,

with

shop.

run

up

in detail in

outer

shown

end

-eye

screw

and

top; and

padlock when

to

latch,catch,and

The

Fig. 24, and

tied to

hasp (Figs.115-117,

outside

the

upon

Latch-String wiU

and

Latch

Wooden

nut

to

screwed

or

catch

guard

Fig. 26.

are

The

hole bored

some

hold

to the

such

plenty good

59)

page
are

in

positionin

latch,and should

through the

thing should

stud is

the

should be
latch-string

door
be

of to raise the latch.

jamb

fastened
from

away

shown

nail in the top of the

or

through

you

be

provided as

near

the

tied to the
The
a

means

button
of

26

lockingthe
the latch

the

door

from
be

cannot

Siding.
on

HANDY

THE

This

BOY

the inside.

this is turned down,

When

Ufted.

workshop building has

outside,then

covered

with

its walls

and
building-paper,
Fig.

PLATEJ

IWALL
i^
1

sheathed
then

26.

PLATE[ |
"
"

fe

^i

LATCH

CATCH

GUARD

STUD.

-STUD

in

Fig.

with

Fig.

24.

Fig.

25.

Fig.

26.

"

"

"

Batten

Rim

Details

ic

Fig.

24.

with

Door

Door

Lock

of Wooden

beveled-siding. The

before the

siding;and

of the base-board

Wooden

Latch

for Inside Face

wooden

of this trim

trim

cap
to

form

Latch-String.

of Door.

Latch, Catch, and

outside

and

25.

must
a

Guard.

must

be

be nailed
water-table.

put

on

on

top
Then

Fig.

27."

Workshop

with

Hip

Hoof.

28

THE

tion

for

the

HANDY

Instead

stucco.

could
beveled-siding

be nailed

The

only difference between

The

Wall

workshop

of

Construction

with

the

BOY

of

of

on,

this

stucco, drop-siding or
course.

buildingand

gable-roofis

at

the

corners

that

of

the

(Fig.28),

HIP-RAFTER

JACK-RAFTERSi

Fig.

28.

The

"

of the

Framework

where, instead

of

angles to

another, to furnish

inside

for the
The

Roof

on
rafters

square

one

comer-post,

method

two

posts

in

are

Fig. 27.

set

at

right

nailingsurfaces

comer

boards.
The

Framing.
each

Shown

Workshop

be

side,can
shown

rafters,the distance

and
hip-rafters,

in
across

laid out

Fig. 19.
comers,

by
In

the center
of the

means

the

case

of the

diagonally,must

jacksteel-

hipbe

HANDY

THE

taken

as

rafters

bevels

be located

can

be

then

top with

the roof.

tin

the

or

in

end

eave

of

is blocked

ornamental, and

Fig. 28, and

roof

The

in the

tail
largerde-

be

boarding must

beveled

SHINGLESBOARDSv

ROOF

be

nailed

hip, from
of the

to
^"'-

be-

the

jomts

tween

the

shinglesand

metal

flashingwith

from

rusting.

make

of

the

Detail

roof

tight.

should

rafters
the

of Raiter

Ends.

this

Paint

sides,to prevent it

both

upon

ceilingso

matched-and-beaded

^Q-

the

red-lead

side

under

PLATE,

"WALL

roof

cover

The

it

the latter

length and

proper

easily. The

be,

to the eaves,

down

the

jack-

galvanized

each

peak

shorter

after
hip-rafters,

determined
to make

of the

strip

must

over

the

is shown

This

Then

iron

ends

29

triangularstrip,to give a sUght kick-up

shinglesmust

also.
of

upper

WORKSHOP

hip ends, and

the

the

-YARD

position,and

drawing, Fig. 29.

at

BACK

upon

in

spiked

can

on

to

The

rafter is curved

each
up

the span.

been

have

BOY'S

be

boarded

with
the

ceilingwill match

walls.
The

Painting.

of

two

coats

The

first coat

it has

exterior of your

paint
may

be of

dried,putty

partlyfiUed

with

"

the

priming

workshop should
coat

or
white-lead,

nail holes.

paint,and

and
any

The

be

given

finishingcoat.

hght
holes

color.

After

will then

the putty will stick better

be

than

if

HANDY

THE

30

into

pressed

used

upon

color

used

If

extend
be

wood,

the

make

be

lapped

of

tin

were

around

the
tack

with

Be

your

warm

stand

careful

of

do

covered
there

place

spontaneously.
corked,

and

edges

as

cut

Protect

far

paint

been
of

the

cans,

away

inch

^
of

and
the

as

Fasten

the

the

of

any

the

shingles
the

second

tin

workshop

pipe,
should

though

piece
coUar

ceiling,

floor, beneath
iron

catching

top

roof

same

against

wood

the

the

from

away

the

over

through

out

or

and

the

large enough

stove,
for

the

(Fig. 17).
from

shavings
allow

not

Keep

fit

to

galvanized

keep

is

just

close

upon
to

roof,

least

at

(Fig. 12).

heavy

and

the

water-tight,

place.

of

to

stove,

outside

in

has

workshop,

your

possibility
be

shingle

piece

very

pipe

stove-pipe,

it

legs

stove

the

must

its

of

coat

heating

through

any

roof

over

given

for

Stove

eliminate

the

be

flashing

trimmings.

collar

metal

Whatever

should

keep

to

tin

to

and

for

sure

to

fire.

roof

stove-pipe

wall,

the

Install

you

holes.

dry

BOY

for

always
bottles
from

oily

waste

remain

exposed
of

danger

the

around

or

rags

when

of

accumulating

them

benzine
stove

to

as

to

the

air

catching
and

in

fire

turpentine

possible.

Every

handy boy

mechanics,

electrical work

or

If there
which

build

you

isn't

fit up

can

enough

for the

building,you

construction

expended to

shop, and

10

2-by-8for

if you

and

Uve

if there

the

the

better

is

or

attic in

if you

cannot

ter
Chap-

in

large

apartment

an
use

comer

difference
of

cost

inches in

in

be

can

just as

between

vise.

probably be willingto do
if there is a buildingin course
31

of its

cost

bench

can

be

tools.

for the braces

jaw of the

to

practicalas

Fig.30, 2-by-4Sshould be

width,for

window

piledup

the

ready-made

advantage for

shown

outside

an

excellently.

will be

he will
or,

bench.
work-

somewhere

corner

the purpose

serve

and

the

the stored articles

legs,4-inchboards
or

find
Even

home

of those described in

one

Work-Bench

the bench

8 inches

of

permanent

carpentry,

room
Sometimes, the apartment buildingstore-

bought 'one,and

the

large enough,

Home-Made

For

the basement

can

opening into it,and

A

requiresa

"

probably get permissionto

can

side,it will

be

hobby

portionof

bench.

of the basement.
is

his

back-yard shop hke

I, probably you

one

whether

"

the

and

raUs,2-inch

bench-top,and

If you
your

used for

know

stuff

piece

carpenter,

purchasingfor

of construction

you;

in your

32

THE

neighborhood, you

can

need
The
2

from

high.

Fig.

as

too

probably get

illustrated

feet 8 inches

bench

BOY

the carpenter foreman

bench

suit your

HANDY

30.

working
high,you

is necessary

"

is 5- feet

These

can

to make

it of

material

as

you

job.

long, 24

inches
may

be

wide,

and

altered to

Boy's Work-Bench.

If you
saw

the

dimensions

Handy

space.

on

such

are

short,and

off the ends

a

of the

comfortable

you

find the

legsas

height.

much

HANDY

The
2

iG

BOY'S

long,the

inches

23

lower

the

at

ends.

The

frame

comers,

in order

so, before

manner

fit as

The

"

that

legs {A

and

long,and

them

with

and

Framework

made

rails B
or

be

and

C,

then

be

shown.

cut

Trim

and

The

fastened

the

comers

ing
fasten-

above

square

the

at

the
the

of the Work-Bench.

completed

of the frame.

rails

upon

5 inches

must

7,3

F, Fig. 31)

place the legsA

thus

the

and

C 4 feet

CHEST

bench

be square;

may

nailingthese piecestogether,it is essential

all foxir comers

should

31.

TOOL

Then

shown,

as

Fig.

rails B

connect

tops

AND

the four

long.

and
floor,flatwise,
B

-BENCH

Cut

Framework.

feet 6 inches
and

WORK

diagonalbraces
to

rails B

of the

and

to test

and

in the

piecesso they will

in the illustration.

ends of rails G and H

should be nailed to

legsF, then

THE

34
to

legsA.

When

stood

look like it does

Cut

the

on

or

front

screw

lo-inch

be

hand
The

jaw

with

the

then

71).

The

diameter

it may

the

be cut

from

it to the face of the

so

of

the

make

to

be

first

placed even

flush surface

be about

be

can

with

vise is

good

length of

}4

one

for

the

purchased
of these

in

simple matter.

inches

thick,8

inches

legs. Nail it,temporarily,

and

to bore

this

back of the

legas

socket that

comes

above

the

the

hole,bore

be made
and

screw,

much

with

as

this hole

cut

chisel

it should

is necessary

to

the bench-screw

through

largestbit

number

fully}4

Then

bench-top.

If your

leg.

cuttingwith

hole should
the

inch

bench-screw,and

apron,

finish the

of

should

and

of the

edge

bench, directlyin front of the left-hand leg,

top about

the

as

front

for 50 cents, and

of about
the

The

iron bench-screw

An

store

largeenough
and

long, with

vise.

locate the hole for the

jaw,

5 feet

Fasten

place.

of the vise should

to

the face

across

fasten it to the framework

be

planed smooth,

construction

the

wide, and

the

board.

in

Bench-Vise.

hardware

should

an

the face of the

at

and

diagonal,as shown;

the face of the apron

The

framework

that extends

should

board

nail them

piece should
with

legs,the

each bench end.

over
equalprojection
bench-top pieces the length of the apron, and

the
or

its

wide board

the

legswith

Cut

BOY

Fig. 31.

or

This

off

8-inch

an

upon

(Fig.30),next,

(Fig. 31).
cut

in

apron,

of the bench

ends

HANDY

of small

isn't

holes,

(seeFig. 153,

"ich
be

page

largerthan
enlarged on

the
the

receive the threaded

(Fig.32),

Some

THE

36
for the
inch

Bore
sliding-stick.

of

means

provided to

fit the holes

adjusted for

hole to

apron,

the

keep

Several

each

holes
shown

as

iron

or

in the

end
A

of

be

of work

the proper

bored
and

Fig. 30,

Packing-Case

illustrated

in

only
20

of this

long piecesof

through

cents

to

34.-

boxes

is very
which

and

work-bench
be

Packing-Case

adjustable
peg

Work-Bench

the

should

peg

placedin

work

Fig. 34

two

be

vertical.

should

purpose

pin should

this must

and

The

pin.

hole in the

and
sHding-stick,

Fig.

them.

through it %

through the

different width

jaw
in

of holes

end

one

wooden

BOY

number

centers, then fasten

on

jaw, by
be

HANDY

cut

fit

to

Work-Bench

Tool-Cabinet.

is to support the

the vise.

Tool-Cabinet

like the

easy

to

build,and,

can

be

purchased

as

one

it

for 15

quires
reor

apiece,a so-cent bench-screw,and several lengths

HANDY

BOY'S

of boards

which

box

will do

not

for

for many

cost

AND

over

small

purposes;

Fig.

boxes

-BENCH

TOOL

likelybe picked up

can

it should

woodshed,
One

WORK

35.

"

will be needed.

View

one

One

37

in the basement

or

dollar.

bench, and

be

but

make

if you

of Back

CHEST

factory
perfectlysatisa

vise

two

of Work-Bench

largepacking-casewould

make

good electrical work-bench.

The

packing-casesshould

in size for
can

bench

boxes

The

matter

if there

deeper than
rear.

similar to the

probably get boxes

store.

is

be about

be

difference

the other

shown

of this size from

should
a

one

it

can

of

by

20

20

in

by

You

near-bydry-goods
It wUl

widths, and

be allowed

inches

Fig.34.

equal length.

in the

30

to

if

one

project at

not

is
the

38

THE

The

first thing to

enforce

them

do,

wherever

boards
nails.

shown

connect

the

across

the

Fig. 36, and

the bottom

upon

front,and

StripsA, B,
Board

main

work

same

the

the

C need

should

be

width,

placed in

the

back

the top,

board

across

than

more

board

surface

the

and

with

the

front.
wide.
the

should

even

it forms

wide, as

as

strips

4 inches

or

bench, and

it forms

as

side with

by

across

inches

12

of the

diagonalbrace

nail it to

re-

end,

on

35),with stripsB

and

be

or

side

them

apron

not

10

surface

is held when

Cut
and

and

working

of the

with

place them

Then

the board

to

signsof loosening,
by-

show

(Figs.34

back, with

getting the boxes, is

after

driving in additional
in

BOY

HANDY

be

againstwhich

the vise.

to

of the

fit between

bench.

the

lower

order

to

C,

should
left

upper

the

down

bench

right comer,

in

shown

as

board

the

of

comer

to

This

from

run

and

stripsB

Fig.

brace

35,

the

in

bench

properly.
The

is

Bench-Vise

structed
con-

the

left end

the bench.

Cut

the vertical

board

fit between

at

ends

G to

of the left-hand

of

the

ing-case
pack-

fore
(Fig.36),and, be-

nailingit
Fig.

36.

"

The

Board

for the Vise

Forms

in

place,saw

Pocket

Sliding-Strip.

piecei}4 inches

wide

and

HANDY

BOY'S

6 inches

pocket
The

long

The

best way

6 inches

be 6

to bore

with
position,

AND

end.

G.

will havQ
that

hole

to be

than

the

with

even

through

the

enlarging can

be

the

face

the

the

of

pieceof board

number

plate

wooden
The

for

the

an

work.

of small

it to the left

its proper

bench-top,and
E, and

then

to

through

(5ENCM-SCREw|i

|l;

'Socket

This

wards
after-

to

the

the

on

jaw.

For

Fig.

37.

Figs. 3 7 and

38.

edge

or

to

holes shown

inches wide

holes

through

of the lower

it will slide
peg

through

"

38.
of Bench-

Details

Vise.

sHding-strip(Fig.38),cut

height so

is to nail

bench, in

the apron

Fig.

to

bench.

of the bench-screw

end

handle

the

G, and

board

iron

the

chisel.

of

face

inside
screw

done

the iron socket

Screw

height of

jaw, to receive

(Fig.37).

with

opening forms

largerthan

the iron socket

39

wide, 2 inches thick,

the front of the

through

cut

CHEST

the hole for the bench-screw

the top

The

This

8 inches

straightthrough it,through

board

TOOL

the vise.

or

shorter

jaw, temporarily,to

bore

lower

of
sliding-strip

vise-jawshould

about

BENCH

of the

out

for the

and

the

WORK

end
the

and
it

18 inches

}4

inch

of the

long,bore

apart, and

jaw, at

nail

the proper

opening in board

G.

Cut

fit the holes.

in the apron

adjustablepeg

to

board

(Fig.34) are

bored

support the end of long piecesof

THE

HANDY

35 show

how

40

and

Figures34
the

Fasten

is

excellent

an

its
it.

Work-Bench

One

bottom

do.

The

the back

the

front

of the bench

floor while

the

slidingover

and

of the bench

the

to

and

shown

may

be

which

will

provide

and

the

the

to

pair to

rear

Either

at

the

pair on

attached

floor,and

venting
pre-

working

are

another

the floor.

to

soHd

you

back, and

pair are

attachingthem
surface

bench

the

This

Hinges.

with

Floor

the

making

pair of hinges on

front,win

to

to

of

way

BOY

method

of

used, the only thingto consider being

the

best

hold

for

the

hinge

screws.

The

right-handpacking-casewfll

An

Tool-Cabinet, and

Excellent

convert

it into

provide

racks

battened

case,

and

the

of the

hinge the

58).
to the

Good

edge

aU

that

door

upon

for tools.

the door.

Box

The

is necessary
the

door

be

may

be

may

hinged

it is better

the

face

edge

to

this

strip(seeHinges

hinge-haspto

then
packing-case;

of the

the

you

to

front,and

boards

packing-case,but

door

Screw

padlocked if you

Figure
A

end

then

screw-eye

cabinet

hooks

hinge a

hinge-stripto

Hinging, page
hasp

and

the

narrow

is to

togetherfor

directlyto
nail

one

make

to

packingand

door, and

may

keep your

wish.

shows

34

for

Sack

of

Bits

Chisels, made

and

strip of wood

and

easilymade

of

by notching

screwing it

the

to

door.
A

Tool-Chest

is

about
packing-case,

28

inches

out

grocery

box

or

small

long, 14 inches wide, and

10

HANDY

BOY'S

inches

deep.

WORK

Select

renail all the boards

The

This

chest shown

is

solid

reach

under

the

in

without

the

with

form

common

front.
a

should

move
re-

One

tray.

be

for the

of
moved
re-

dropFig.

(Fig.41),and

should

be

shown

(Fig.39).

hinged

Batten

with two

to

the

together the
battens,as

strips2 inches

39.

it

boards

cover

shown

wide

in

and

inch

illustration.

Set the

the
a

lower

band

shown

in

stapleto

edges of

of 2-inch

ledge for the

cover

Fig. 42.
the

cover

narrow

Then

upon
the

rim

edges as
and

stripsaround

the box.

to set upon.

Hinge the

Fasten

band

then, by throwing the hasp

hinge-haspto

stripnailed
over

the

to

face

box, locate

at

This
cover

this

point

will form
in

the cover,

staple,and

rim

in the

shown

the

as

number

make

the top of the

come,

side

under

cut

thick,and

the

the

the

upon

Fig.40.

nailingthe stripsto

where

Complete Tool-Chest.

The

"

remaining portion of

for the cover,

in
drop-leaf

chest,

side boards

the box

as

has

40

tray and

having to

of the

condition,and

down

the

the

nail

41

them.

Figs.39 and
over

-CHEST

tool in the bottom

of

of

reenforce

to

TOOL

that is in sound

improvement

an

can

leaf

box

AND

front, because

you

get

-BENCH

place
and

drop-leaf;
slippinga

HANDY

THE

42

padlock through
locked, but

the

the

staple,not

drop-leafwiU

(Fig.loo,

chest-handles

BOY

be

will

only
also.

Procure

end

be

pair of

screw

to

one

each

of the box.

tool-trayshould

The

Fig.

inside

length of

box, and
tacked
the

cover

57),drawer-pulls(Fig.102),

page

(Fig.103) for handles,and

sash-lifts

or

the

or

to each

the

40.

"

The

box,

3 inches

end

be

made

Tool-Chest

about

than

the

Opened.

one-half

deep, and

of the

trifle shorter

of the width

small

box, inside,for

of the

stripshould

be

cleat to support

tray.

Hooks

and

pocketsmay

be

fastened

to

the inside of the

THE

44

get alongvery well

hatchet,cross-cut

at the

saw,

and
screw-driver,
you

wiU

have

because
As

you

OF

LIST

Hammer

Tack-hammer

Nail-set

Wooden

20-inch

22-inch

bit
smoothing-plane,chisel,

in your

Cross-cut

Back-saw

FOR

Saw

I
I

Ratchet-brace

Auger-bits,yi inch,J^ inch, yi inch,

^ inch, % inch,and i inch
Wood-drill
Bits; several small sizes
Expansive-bit

Brad-awls

Gimlets

brace,
bit-

tools,

of carpentry.
tools wiU

I
I

with

8-inch

be

made

of different sizes
of different sizes

Firmer

2
I

Cold-chisel

Jack-knife

Draw-knife

Spoke-shave

Half-round

Wood-rasp

Flat

Metal-file

Slim

Taper-file

Rat-tail

Bevel

Marking-gauge
Pair of Wing Dividers

Level

Pair

Wrench

Automatic-drill

Oilstone

Screw-driver
Spiral-ratchet
Hand

Screw-driver

Screw-driver

If you

File

wood-file

2-ft. Folding-rule
Try-square
Carpenter'sSteel Square

Countersink-bit

OUTFIT

Chisels,% inch, yi inch,)/i

inch,^ inch,and i inch
Gouges, yi inch,and ^ inch

sweep

TOOL

he win

these

to

these,I have

MEDIUM-SIZED

Coping-saw or Bracket-saw
i8-inch Fore-plane
14-inchJack-plane
g-inchSmoothing-plane

kind

aid in the selection of

Mallet

addition
any

and

it is supposed that

course

work, additional

Of

square.

indispensablein

TOOLS

Rip-saw
Compass-saw
Key-hole saw

to

following:a hammer,

the

start,are

following

the

out

is

progress

required,and,

BOY

good jack-knifein

knife

HANDY

Cutting

Grindstone

Oiler

Pliers

Bit

know

of

friendlycarpenter

likelybe glad to giveyou

in your

advice

about

neighborhood,
the selection

HANDY

BOY'S

WORK

BENCH

AND

CHEST

TOOL

45

of

tools,

your

depend
of

the

and

his

upon

Chapter

opinion

hardware

average

of

the

"

are

Wood

volume,
is

invaluable

"

"

The
"

and

can

that

than

"

for

Handling

the

Handy

untrained

of

tains
con-

Tools,"

"

Boys,"
handy

and

Training,"

Manual

Working-drawings
for

"

Craftsman

Boy

Elementary

Handicraft

material

You

you.

reliable

more

The

Proper

upon

Finishing,"

for

out

being

as

author's

on

chapters

them

dealer.

"

suggestions
there

pick

perhaps

in

the

aU

of

boy.

panion
com-

which

ff=ltaa4n
CHAPTER
THE

HANDY

III

BOY'S

handy boy

in his

confidence

completion.

knows

Handiness

just how

pleasureto
boy

any

of his spare

work.

more

natural

to

can

acquireit
in

This

of

The

material

and

How

things for
of

methods

to

tion
por-

working

out

lack of the knack

by

thinks

the

out

cause

prepared for
a

the purpose

boy
and

large number

selected

of

thingshandily.

of its

because

the greater part of it is

Drive

boy

know,

to

One

Them.

"

of showing

The

fulness
generaluse-

to
applicable

Handy Boy."

of the most

tant
impor-

in carpentry, is the proper

nailingmaterials together. Perhaps you

given the

to strike

to
a

than

employ

overcome

presentedin followingchaptersof

Nails

never

been

boys, yet

to

ideas

been

doing

has

be

chanic.
me-

operationwhile working.

chapter has

methods

will

simply a

can

it,works

boys

experimentingand
is

successful

trained

some

who

about

go

him

Clumsiness

tool

to

feelingof

to

watch

properlyapplieshimseh, and

effect of each

through
like

and
doing thingsgracefully,

who

is with

tools

time

handy boy ideas.

of

it

carry

his

comes

others,but

job, it

handles

and
systematically,
It is

tackles

abilityto

He

OP

THINGS

DOING

When

WAYS

HANDY

matter

nail square

much
upon

have

thought,beyond taking care

its head
46

to make

it drive

straight.

HANDY

BOY'S

HANDY

be

Straightnailingmust
more

to

necessary

splitthe

it cannot
but

board

of putty is

time you
of

and

wood

conditions

three
the

naU,

"

are

wrought-ironand
nail

wire

common

for

where

and,

of the wood

Copper
Figures 55

upon

splitthan

not
a

to

and

in

made

of

and

the

the

very

dry

wood

more

thoroughly seasoned;

bond

wood,

between
as

between

the wood
that

of

as

fiber of

wiU

you

use

brad

and

better kind

below
small

through

of

the surface

holes

be used

as

sible.
pos-

for outside

and

break

off.

of nails.
to

use

wood

more

there

pends
always de-

is more

wood

is not

thin,soft,and

thick,hard, and

easily

easilythan

easUy than

because

wrong

will have

the

for the

Thin

soft wood

wood,

and

size of naU

working material.

thick

every

nail.

You

nails,but

forms

common

The

to Use.

rust

not

wrought-iron(bright

should

nails
galvanized
nails would

Almost

drivingthe

brass.

brass

so, make

power

should

large a nail, the

too

rough work,

doing

magic

dom
sel-

naiUng, it is the result

drive the heads

to

61 show

of Nails

Sizes

wood,

or

wire

where

work

wish

you

The

dependence

while

in

easilywithdrawn,

new."

as

no

where

improper nailingcan

(smaU-head wire naU)

finishing-nail
work

it is

place it

to

workmanship.

galvanized),
wire, copper,
of

but

47

good, and

nail is

carelessness in

or

NaUs

of Nails.

bent

much

too

THINGS

course,

do the most

good

as

splita pieceof

little need

the

"

poor

positionfor
Kinds

it to conceal

of

one

it wiU

limited,and

placed on

DOING

than
straight,

the result of

to look

be made

naU

wood.

spHt as

OF

mastered, of

drive

where
rightposition,

the

be

WAYS

"

which

is

strong

so

very
"

green

hard

dry

wood.

Nails

known

are

2-penny nails,4-penny nails,6-penny

as

nails,etc., according
evolved
the

weight

nails
per

the old

in

weighed

penny

became

penny,

so

is often

Following is a

of

having

penny

reckoning nails by

nails

-^-

thus, 2-penny

nails,
/[-penny 4 pounds

Through abbreviation, the

then
The

bearing upon

any

as

thousand

on.

and

pun,

term

method

thousand

per

substituted.

was

had,

of

pounds

length, the

to

EngMsh

pounds

thousand, and

pound
has

from

BOY

HANDY

THE

48

in

term

mysterious

some

manner

has not, and

penny

never

of nails sold for

number

the

word

supposed.
Sizes of Nails:

List of the Standard

are
longer(20to 60-penny nails)

Nails 4 inches and

known

spikes.

as

Nails

Driving

When

into

Thin

edges of boards, holes should

or

be

drill to lessen the

enough

smaller

securely,and
and

it is

to
delicate,

soap,

to

apart

so

make
as

to

run

danger

than
a

the

first be

of

it drill

splitit.

close

started

with

splitting.The

nails

so

the

good plan,when
the end

and

Wood,

of the awl

easily,without

awl

an

holes

should

nails will drive

the wood
or

the

to

is very

driU into

wedging

the

in

thin

bar of

grain

HANDY

BOY'S

Should

Holes

wire

nails

with

force

be

HANDY

be

Started

enough
than

Supporting

OF

Hard

naUs

make

to

you

simple method

Short

Nails

short

too

are

use

have

not

bend.

them

THINGS

49

also,when

Wood

wiU

with

to

These

small

be driven

holes should

while

driving them,

also be done

hold

to

of

Pincers

prevent bending; this should

to

DOING

the nails.

shows

Figure 54

in

used, so the

are

smaller

WAYS

the nails

when

convenientlybetween

your

fingers.
When

been

Nail

driven

part

it at
with
to

"

drive

point.
break

The

point

of

its withdrawal

break

out

what

its

Figure

Withdrawing
the hammer

block, and

how

53 shows
a

Besides

For

substitute

When

can

not

be

and
nail

be removed
end

gripped with

hammer.

very

an

increase

of

leveragein

block of wood

long nail,start

thjcker blocks

from

the square

naU-set,or

the head
a

all.

as

increasingthe leverage,such

the surface of wood

of the

just as likelyas

board, it should
a

get

before

become

going to

after

a
slipping

Nail, by

head.
then

to

possible

the wood,
work, splitting

point with

pair of pliersor the claw of

is

begins to bend, but

is

necessary

wrought-ironnail,until

draw
with-

straightor replaceit

nail wiU

bent

of the side of

by drivingback
of

nail after it

figureon

having

generallyquickest to
it out

hammer

after

Bend,

to

By strikingit justright,it

"

must

is

of the side of your

out

making
does

you

in, it

and

nail.

home

Tendency

way

once,

another

doing so

Shows

beneath

with

thin

draws.
the nail with-

blocks

injuryby the hammer

tect
pro-

head,

HANDY

THE

so

and

make

it

possibleto

BOY

withdraw

naUs

without

bending

them.
44, and

Figures43,
Right

and

Nailing.

Wrong

Figs.

43-52-

45 show

"

Right

and

examples of
To

Wrong

avoid

Methods

board,
a
splitting

of

Nailing.

THE

52

are

many

too

becomes
when

put under
how

Fig. 54.

"

"

"

if any,
Hold

to

are

How

to

Withdraw

How

to

Support

which

your

nails to

there

including the

and

it wiU

be

so

Short

of

extent

There

is

use

many

are

in

bad

as

that

wood,

the

Slender

size of

given

conditions

handle

entire

the

Nails while

Driving Them.

material,and

the handle

leverage,and

thought

After

nail-head.

hammer
upon

spht

consider

to

startingthe

end.

enables

the

strain,

That

gives

When

nail with

you

have

properly,always
the

nail-head,and

to

you

head

down
learned

once

concentrate
never

strike

short,light

long, heavy strokes,bringingthe

to

wood

of wood

area

strokes,use

the

the

too

terminin
fixed rule for de-

no

blows.

upon

as

it will

that

the heaviest

square

have

subjected.

close to

amount

spot

if you

Nails.

kind

Hammer

the maximum

to

strain.

many

surface,because

53.

often

any

one

fibers of the

many

weakened,

Fig.

nails in

many

few, separatingso

BOY

This is a fault to overcome,

necessary.

it,because

HANDY

mind

your

the

BOY'S

HANDY

hammer.

instant

your

for

out

blow

thought

shift your
mashed

eye

points wiLL protrude from

unless
the

wish

you

piecestogether,so

done

instead,if there is

work

point

points will

wiU

damaging

its hard

bend

and

be

of

be

not

view;

to

holding,use

by laying the

then

drivingthe nail

(Fig.46).

surface
drive

riveting

should

exposed

cHnched

their

pieceof work,

nails not

hatchet,and

over

The

long that

so

side of

be

can

will strike

then

for the purpose

which

of nails
a

nail,or
be

never

of
possibility

any

the side of

upon

the

so

ends

The

screws.

bent

speak. Chnching

parts of nice work

on

the nail-head.

work.

them

to

53

squarelyjust as long as

the under

clinch

to

THINGS

something else,however,

to

Nails should

Nails.

Clinching

DOING

upon

finger,a

the surface of your

upon

OF

will strike

and

eye

that you

watch

WAYS

hammer

The

keep

you

HANDY

The

tight up against the

wood.

Figure
When

47

into the

will drive

grain,the
hammering
Fig. 48.
you

do

in, and

ends

its

lay

the

it

chnch
If you
a

do

the

point will

stick up

51 show

This

form

two

of

clinching.

grain,the

them

the

across

clinch
nail

ends

as

nail

shown

into the wood.

this,the middle portionof

not

where

of the

over

of

way

point wiU sink

the nail wiU

by
in
If

drive

(Fig.49).
examples

of

nailing consists

diagonallyinto piecesof work.

instance

wrong

you

flat.

end, bend

In this way

Figures 50 and
nails

when

wood;

will not

over

Toe-Nailing.

right and

nails in the direction

chnch

you

the

shows

In

in

driving

Fig. 50 is shown

is the only possibleway

toe-nailing

to

an

nail

HANDY

THE

54

the ends
shows

of two

how

uprightsto

is
toe-nailing

against another.
when

the nails at hand

form

done

the

How

and

Screws

Drive

to

little use

than

for others

long for

which

close up

piece of

toe-nail

to

the nail-heads

Of

screws.

the

shown

in

Figures 62

Them.

of

varieties

common

convenient

boards,as

the

edges of

the

board

one

work.

toe-naUinggenerallyused

of

hoards,in
tongued-and-grooved
upon

drive

to

too

are

piece,while Fig. 51

horizontal

is sometimes

It

Blind-Nailing is

BOY

these

flahhead screw,

upon

are

cealed
con-

Fig. 52.
show

66

to

will have

you

and

round-head

in carpentry.
finishing-screw,

fasteningtogetherhard

When
driU
the

for the

holes

in the

The

largerthan

the diameter

in

it; and

screw,

the wood

and

take

you

it is best

to

largerthan
wide

boards
shift

care

of

beneath
To

hard

bore

to

wood

board

into

easier if

Hard

they

are

makes

screw

trifle

wiU

not

trifle

be

its way

it.

on

across

wide

boards,

piece considerably

shrinkagein

good deal,and

to

be

should

wood,

splitting

will thread

in the upper
the

the

board

Battens

split.If

wiU

wood

Screws

should

so

screw

hold

of

danger

in the holes in the cleats

the screw-heads

Drive

or

because

the screw,

enough

good

the holes

amounts

the

or

the

upper

so

Cleats

Screw

it,the

It

the hole in the lower

the

When

driving them.

of the screw,

than

smaller
into

hole

thin

eliminates

driving easier,and

the wood.

bind

before

screws

very

wood,

the width

if the
or

necessary,

screws

battens

of

not
can-

to take

place washers

support them.
Wood.

Screws

wiU

drive into

soaped,that is,pushed into

HANDY

BOY'S

piece of

HANDY

so

soap

soaping slender
there is less

WAYS

to

as

danger

the

coat

and

screws,

of

OF

thus

By

with

grease.

making

them

drive easier,

Screws

heads

the surface of soft

below

enough

be

can

be

concealed
to

necessary

with

bevel

before
countersink-hit,

drive
Do

below

the

and

breaking

To

rules

Withdraw

few
To

given

for

also
Screw

loose,take

smaU

drive it down

screw-holes
the

so

the

it

with

heads

wiU

the wood
or
first,
also

naUing
When

Screw.
a

few

apply

to

will

driving

blows

has become

screw

with

iron held to the head

hammer
of the

helps
for

screw

helps.
in

piece of wood,

staplesuch
the screw,

over

drilled

same

45).

and

it. A red-hot

Lock

far

wood

Together, along the

Close

been

Rusted

seconds

the tops of the

too

rusted,strikingits head
to loosen

putty; but for hard

have

(seeFigs.43

screws

driven

so
countersunk,

or

driving them,

Screws

holes

split. The

wood,

be

can

surface.

Drive

Not

grain,unless

55

threads

twistingtheir threads

Countersinking Screw-Heads.

THINGS

off.

them

win

DOING

so

it wiU

so

is shown

as

in

work

not

Fig. 82, and

that the top fitsin the

screw

slot.
On

pages

Handy
more

56, 57

Boy

59, under

Hardware,

to use,

the

shown

are

pieces of

common

occasion

and

illustrations of aU

hardware

togetherwith

the

heading of

which
names

by

the

will have

boy
which

they are

generallyknown.
Boys'

work

is often

of

so

unusual

character

that hard-

^
55

62

WROUGHT-IRON-NAIL

SCREW

FLAT-HEAD

63

56

COMMON-NAIL
ct

ROUND-HEAD

-r"

FINISHING-SCREW

WASHER

67^
CARRIAGEBOLT

57

FINISHING-NA

"
64

58

69

FLATHEAD
MACHINE-SCREW

BRAD

MACHINE-BOLT
65
70

59
ESCUTCHEON-

PIN

ROOFING

ROUND

NAIL"
TIN
CAP

MACHINE-SCREW

HEAD

SQUARE'

HEXAGONAL
NUT

NUT

72
60

'^^

BURR

Shingle-nail
COPPER

GIMP-ROUND-

TACK

TACK

81
NETTINGSTAPLE

RUG-

HEAD

RIVETS

8oO

ref7r! ,s?J
CUT-

"

MATTING

STAPLE

JACK

DOUBLE-POINTED

84
83

85

'iwmfflwc

CUP-HOOK

SCREW

STAPLE

-HOOKS

CUPrHOOK
SCREW-

HOOK"
Figs.

$$-"""

"

Handy Boy
S6

TACKS

Hardware.

SASH-Llf^X

CHEST-HANDLE
Figs.

89-103.

"

Handy

Boy
S7

Hardware

(Continued).

THE

S8
be

must

ware

adapted

for,and

intended

is needed.

grandfather.

if

what

has

hardware

of odds

and

of the

out

pieceof work,

Such

is wanted.

of

ends

and

then

be

kept together,which

lookingfor
and

Hinges

128

to

certain

is invaluable

140

and box

upon

doors

upon

the face of
of

method
cover

there

is

boy

be

wiU

to

In

door, which
the

to
one

the
your

good

when

than

nature

it

and

same

cover,

large enough

shown

in the illustrations.

screw

Fig,128
is the

Fig.

of
the

comes

all the

and

Figs.

fasteningthem
hinge is screwed

simplestand quickest

133

shows
In

manner.

one

show

ordinarily
use,

alongsideof
hinge-strip
to

to

similar

114

different methods

covers.

in

about

better

are

time

Figures 104

attachingitj

hinged

must

the

show

start

accumulate

boxes

saves

needed

piece.

Hinging.

hinges which

of

forms

of small

to

always
fails to

it seldom

largeboxes, because piecesof

two

can

long

every

is

of hardware

scrap

take

number

varietyof junk.
or

of

by his

ordinaryis

collection

odd

an

it will not

and
collection,

one

gesting
sug-

number

originallysaved

was

something

contribute

wiU

it is

helpfulin

and
handy boy should
experimenter,
every
he has not
one
already. Every repairmade

house

to

than

author

miscellaneous

collection

part of

certain

supply what
the

This

when

to

The

of which

description,some
resorted

other

purposes

illustrations will be

Boxes, filled with

Junk

BOY

he calls his

boxes,which

to

these

just what

for

HANDY

flap of

Figures 129

how

each

box-

instance,

the

door, or

the

hinge to, as

and

130

show

the

how

6o

THE

the

same

and

into the

of

form

hinge is

edge of

Fig.129

of the

of the

the second

box-cover

in

shows
to

The

the doors

and

that the

so

Fig. 129.

to the side
to

hinge-

of

shows

in

enough
not

may

and

cover,

upon

the full width

be

stile cannot

material,it

shown

as

width

screws

be made

of thin

method

is often used

or
hinge-strip

hinging

is

sary
neces-

Fig. 128, or

to drive

splitthe

as

in

in all of the
wood.

(Fig.105),the loose-pinbutt-hinge
butt-hinge

narrow

the box

doors

(Fig.104),and

and

broad

hinge (Fig.114)are
box
and

107)for fasteningupon

Attaching Hinges.

When

door, they

be

it is in

this method

scheme

must

is made

in order to have

edgesof

and

This

opening,and

(Fig.109),and
to

hinges as

Fig, 130,

the inside face of the

placethe hingeseither

Fig.140,
screws,

hinging

in

it is screwed

and Fig. 140

hinge-strip;

the door

When
to

door,

flap narrower

hinge is screwed

Fig. 130

top edge of the box.

of the cabinet

used.

the

the

that shown

appUcationof

an

cabinet doors, when

of

flapof

of the

used in

are

conceal

to

door, like

screwing the hinges to

to the

methods

edge

stile.

Figure 137
of

the

flapis not exposed as

the

cabinet,whUe

or
strip,

into

it is desirable

the thickness

the inside
In

sunk

possible.By using a hinge with

as

than

BOY

These

door-jamb.

cabinet doors, when

much

HANDY

must

Figs.129 and

130,

door and

jamb

the

so

facesof

broad

butt-hinge

the

doors

hinges are
sunk

fastening

back-flaphinges(Figs.106

square

and

box

screwed

into the wood,

there will be

when

and

covers,

best for

the door

covers.

to the
as

shown

tightjointbetween

is shut.

The

edge

recesses

in

the
for

138

Figs. 128-140.

J39
"

How

to

Hinge Doors

61

and

Box

Covr

62

HANDY

THE

the

hinge flapsmust

door
and
close

and

the

they

jamb,

to

to

both

accuratelyupon

laid out

in order

be cut

must

at the

get them

the proper

heights,

same

will

the door

depth, so

the

properly.

Figure 141
mark

be

BOY

shows

its location

how
with

to
a

place the hinge upon

knife,and

Fig. 143

how

to

the

depth

of

with

recess

and

shows

gauge

the

door

Home-Made

The

Depth-Gauge.
is

gauge

nothing

than

more

of wood
head

block

with

flat-

driven

screw

into it to the proper

depth so

the distance
the

between
Fig.
Fig.

141.

Fig.

142.

Fig.

143.

How

"

"

to

out

Position

of

Use

to

the

the

top of the

screw-head

Hinge.

Depth-Gauge.

How

"

Lay

and
143.

block

is

to the desired

Depth-Gauge.

equal
depth

(Fig.142). The
be

must

because
is

trifle deeper than

there is

much

and

sunk

deep,or

will not

between

the

close

jamb.
one

On

is sunk

properly,as

thickness

of the

the

flapswhen

the

taken

there

more,

the door
too

space

if this is not

folded,and

flapsthat

the

care

will be

the other

hinge

jointbetween
if the

the

edge will

flap,

by sinking the

wide

hand,

deeper than
the

of

cess
re-

hingesare

other,the

bind

door

against the

HANDY

BOY'S

door-jamb. With
careful

WAYS

HANDY

cutting,there

wUl

If you

Fasten

deeper.
in

door

the

an

the

the

the
same

in

to

to

63

getting the

cut

while,

trim

little

to

placesfor
in

too

recess

it

then
door, first,

way

with

block it out,

matter

easy

mark

jamb; proceed in

the

happen

hinges to

position,and

THINGS

trouble

no

be used

can

it is

deep enough,

be

should

deep,a pieceof cardboard

if not

DOING

depth-gauge properly set, and

your

depths uniform.

OF

the

the

set

hinges upon

hinging a

to

cover

box.
wiU

There

of

be

if you

work,

joint. If

the

It is best

of

three
The

or

in each

in

hinge,and
follow

the

bind.

the

when

the holes

are

the

chances

of

driven

screws

the

in

wood;

when
staggered

the
row

that

is

there

are

T-hinge (Fig.in)

are

flap.
and
as

greater area

the screw-holes

along the

working

do

lessens

hinges are

heavy work, such

over

often

their exact

from

likelyto spHt

(Fig.no),
strap-hinge

straps extend

marking

screws

Several

wood.

grain are

same

more

upon

the

get it parallelwith

after

the

position,as they

the screw-holes

why

not

prevents

spHtting the

along the

hinge) over

crooked,they will

on

first; besides,it

started

screws

put

the

get the

to

"

of

to

Screw-Holes,

Hinge

hinges out

used

hingesare

This

centers.

pin

joint,and

things

two

the face

to

the

Drill

for

out
center

of the

center

not

watch

(the encased

knuckle
exact

in screwinghinges to
difficulty

no

same

are

the
shed
than

doors, etc.
the

spread out

flapsof
so

grain of the wood;

the

The

long

the buttscrews

do

therefore,the

64

THE

screws

take

wood

around

firmer

them

of

account

there

of

T-hinge

danger

of the

strap-hingewiU

carry

equal size,of

good

method

of

on

course,

attachinga

be put

T-hinges. Strap-hingesmight

with

is less

long straps.

two

shows

Figure 134

hold, and

having

BOY

splitting.The

than

weight

more

HANDY

box

cover

in the

on

same

manner.

Nail Pivot

The

smaU

hinging a

of

door.

that it consists of
the

below

door, into

and

above

it,to

below

nails

positionsfor

the

another, and

drive

in

It is cut

Fig. 136.

and

shape shown,
end

upper
tacks

them

out

of

to

the

cardboard

in

both

exactlyover

come

the
one

ends.

is easy

to

pieceof

tin

make

is shown

brass

or

of the

punched through it.

of the

edge

the upper

through

and

position;then locate

into the door

that

illustration

Set the door

pieceof

wiU

three holes

has

is fastened

driven

it in

they

so

Box-Hinge

Home-Made

hold

method

shelf above

of the door.
folded

the

by

see

through the

the ends
in

is a novel

Fig. 135
will

You

nail driven

opening,and wedge

the

in

Hinge shown

with

cover

pairof holes,and

The
small

the lower

pivoted to the end of the box with a tack driven

tion
through the singlehole. The dotted hnes indicate the posi-

end

is

of the

Box-Hinges

Ornamental

nickel and

brass

Figure 138

shows

box
one

having
flapmay

hinge when

and

cover

(Figs.112

finish,and
they

how

cover

be bent

with
to

the

are
are

113) are

and

used

upon

tacked

to

rim, and

fit over

is open.

cover

the

fancy boxes.
the

Fig. 139
edge

of

sold in

back

shows
cover

of

how
with-

BOY'S

HANDY

out

WAYS

HANDY

rim, and

OF

nailed to both

be

DOING

the

THINGS

edge

and

65

top of the

cover.

with

Gauging
wishes

in

Fig.

inches
the

in

width, from

board

carpenter

with

his left

with

fingereven

144.

How

"

to

of the

scribes
from

get the knack

Gauge

the
of

Rule

rule,he slides

line that

with

edge.

is

This

and

the

parallelto
is easy

to

the
the

hand,
2-inch

point

Pencil.

rule

along the

and

exactly 2

do, as

soon

as

holding the first fingeragainst the

edge of the board, and the pencilpointagainstthe

rule; and this is easilyacquired with practice.
Gauging with

board, he

then, holding his pencil with

against the end

inches away

When

Pencil.

his first

with

144,

Fig.

board, and

folding-rule
upon

measurement;

you

and

ripa strip,
say

his

holds
as

to

Rule

Carpenter'sSquare

and

Pencil.

end of the

Figure 145

66

shows

how

square

can

Such

THE

HANDY

can

be done

gauging

also be used

operationsas

that of

with

steel sqtiare.

try-

for the purpose.

the above

off

measuring

BOY

nxmiber

considerable

save

time

the width

of times

be

strip to

over

of the

cut, and

then

connecting the points with

a

straightHne;

and

mechanic

quick to adopt

the

pert
ex-

is

always

every

time-

saving operation possible,

because

time

is valuable

to

him.
Another

time-savingoperation

is that

Dividing
Number
,FiG. 145.

How

"

to

Gauge

Square

and

with

it

minute

requiresa

will divide
then

it into

the

more

min-

several

two

or

to

lay off

takes

his

it

across

Fig. 146. When

is of

an

the

odd

width,

divisor that

equal parts desired,and

of

mechanic
his

rule, or

largesquare,

as

curately.
ac-

Instead

doing this,the

Parts,

the frac-

tional measurements

of

Equal

utes

board

figureout

to

number

in

into

Board

of

shown

penter's
Car-

Pencil.

of

and

the board

places
as

in

Fig.

146.

"

How

to Divide

Board

into

Equal

68

THE

shape of

When

can

do

end

easilybe

imder

win

another

Fio.

150.

such

be tied

top,

may

be

Fig.

work

as

the

handle.

upper

to

Fig.

and

148.

"

such

149.

the peg

is shown

bolt-nut

end of the

is used

point
rectly
di-

top

plumb-

Level.
Plumb-Bob.

Plumb-Bob.

driven

into the

hole.

in

jack-knifeplumb-bob,

Spinning-Top

Jack-Knife

that will be

"

double-pointedtack

as

its use,

weU-balanced

151.

"

exact

an

(Fig.149). The

bob

Plumb-

wedged into

Plumb-Board

to

or

147

grotmd
A

is in

by

so,

above.

Board.
Figs.

the

on

tom.
point at the bot-

the bob

line,and

point

"

of the

located

for
excellently

line may

to

suspended, the point of

the upper

very

BOY

boy's top, taperingdown

line with

HANDY

Fig.150

but

for the

plumb-lineis attached

is

more

does

the

convenient

plumb-bob, and
to

same

the

nail driven into

BOY'S

HANDY

close to

board

In

the

exact

above

board

is

whether

with

this

serve

than

Level

the bottom

angles to

keep board
the back

of B, and

of board

end

B,

cut

used
A
are

shown.

as

fastened
a

positionof
It should

the
line

to

be

must

The

Instead

of

round

is

nut, top,

or

edge, and

the

to the

notch

braces

to

piecesC

to

are

ends

of

top of board

notch

through

any

151

placed exactlyat right

cuttinga

A, and

Fig.

nothing more

diagonalsC
ends

hole

in

triangularframework.

Nail the upper

tie the lower

pieces of

shown

one

straightbottom

edge.

the

excellently.This

board

board, just above

this,as

the

vertical.

the blocks D.

with

such

plumb-board B

sides of the

determine

can

settinghorizontal
one,

have

must

plimib-

your

rest.

parallel.

board, cut

When

to

The

plumb-lineseveral

upright, you

haven't

purpose

plumb-board

board

The

of the

the

over

comes

for

if you

your

end

69

of the notch.

is necessary
and

straightand

shown.

as

bob

center

Home-Made

win

be

THINGS

of its width.

upright is plimib by

the

the exact

framework,
A

guard

DOING

center

lower

notch,

the

not

level

wire

plimib-hnewhen
up

of the

center

placed against an

or

OF

end, in the

one

notch, and fasten

inches

WAYS

plumb-board should

of the

edges

HANDY

in the lower

the center

the

small

upper

of the

part of

weight, may

be

for the bob.

Digger.

Post-Hole

in need

of

for framework

AH

boys, at

post-hole
auger,

with

time

one

which

to

digpost-holes

supports, yet post-holeaugers

are

spade,it is necessary

dig a

available. With

to

another,

or

not

always

very

large

THE

7"

hole in order
two

HANDY

get down

to

spades, you

to

make

can

BOY

depth,but, having

desired

small,deep hole

easily

very

by followingthe scheme
in

Fig. 152.
Make

over

the

push

the

with

your

spade

hole,with
each

When

down

the

handles

152.

"

How

Post-

Dig

to

from

away

one

has

been
can

you

loop over

fulcrum, and

another,

loop will

wire

The

hft.
a

as

as

facing

handles; then push the

two

and

far

dig

to

blades

the wire

push it,drop

side of

wish

spade

as

time,

each

-you

the

ground

at

spade

the

pushed

the

foot,one

spot where

Then

handles.

spades into

the

in.

loopto slipdown

wire

placing one

Fig.

shown

as

act

force

you

Holes.

the handle
will press
them

against the loosened

while

they

size of the wire

raised

being

are

loop can

be

earth

ends

apart, the blades

and

hold

out

regulatedto

of

the

it between
hole.

The

suit the width

of

the hole.

Boring Large Holes.

needs
hole

to bore

hole

It

is

only occasionallythat

largerthan

being plenty largeenough

axle, drum,
handles

are

or

any

of the

inch in

to

other

diameter,a

receive

boy

i-inch

broom-handle
broom-

parts for which

used, so it is hardly necessary

for him

to

own

HANDY

bit

BOY'S

largerthan
be

ring of

small

step

splittingout

"

Fig.

iss-

DOING

holes inside of the

the

Fig.

153.

Cut

Boring

Holes.

How

in

the

Fig.

to

boring a

"

shows

the second

holes

154-

with

How

"

Cut

Round

Large

shown

as

cuttingit

between

"

71

the size of the hole

C
circle,

wood

THINGS

be cut

can

first step in

Depthfor

Gauge

Large holes

the

ing-Tube
Mail-

"

OF

A shows
illustration,

shows

cut, B

WAYS

this.

In this

Fig. 153.
to

HANDY

to

Slots.

Holes.

and
chisel,
"

The

the

Cutting of

between
are

or

to

up

is done

out

{A)\

more

the holes is
trimmed

up

hole,after

the circle with

Slots

slot is marked
one

the finished

shows

trimming

end, and

slot

between

the third operation

chisel.

similarly(Fig.154). First,
then

hole

them

splitout (C);

is bored

(5);

and

to the finished line

then

at

the

each

wood

then the sides of the

(Z?).If

the ends of

HANDY

THE

72

the slot

to be

are

BOY

be

they must

square,

squared up with

the

chisel.

Cutting Large
and

now

The

then

on

wheelbarrow's

the

for various

circular

375, in connection

and
construction,

purposes.

cutting is

trated
illus-

with' the details

the work

through

way

the holes

to bore

is described

board, it

justso far,and

is

times
some-

farther.

no

will need
such

for Boring

Depth-Gauge

mailing-tubewill

the

serve

end

to the lower

on

eye

Then

the

it wiU

The

the

only

be

tube

depth

of the hole

keep

to

necessary

stop boring when

brace
that

has

the

reached

point.

A Hatchet-Head

When
of

Fig.

156.

"

Hatchet-Head

Anvil.

head

will furnish

nails,etc., and

the

sharp edge

which

over

flat

surface

on

top edge of the

to bend

wire

an

need

anvil,place
in

bench-vise

as

Fig. 156;

which

to

blade

wiU

and

vil.
An-

in

hatchet

in

its top will extend

when

top of the tube, and

of

piece

(Fig.155).

length so

of the bit-brace

reached.

been

holes,and

purpose

be cut off to the proper

should

an

doing

boring holes part

necessary

has

wheels

occasion

375-

When

of

Fig. 584, page

page

You

wooden

out

easiest method
in

of

to cut

has

Every boy

Disks.

Wooden

metal.

your

shown

then

the

straighten
present

HANDY

BOY'S

HANDY

Cutting Wire.

Wire

placingit
giving it
it back

the

upon
few

and

WAYS

be

can

DOING

THINGS

quickly and

cut

of the

edge

sharp blows

forth

OF

hatchet-blade

with

Fig.

157.

hammer,

73

easilyby
anvil,and

then

bending

few

times until it breaks.

Figure
A

As

of

facing each

ordinary monkey-wrench

An

be turned

to

be used

can

and

the

is not
smooth

ing.

Tools

Pipe-Wrench.

subjectto

are

dry place.
rustingis to
of suet.

rub

If the

damp, placean
in the

bottom

them

rust

even

good

way

can

in which
or

pan

of the tool-chest

Keep

to

get

the

pipe,

possiblewith
of

jaws

Tools

from

though kept
to

you

the

Rust-

in

prevent them

keep

them

or

tool-cabinet.

paratively
com-

from
a

piece

is very

containingunslaked
or

the

you

with kerosene
occasionally

location
open

To

of

alone.

wrench
Small

enable

piece

(Fig.158),

rough surface

which

"

the

good grip upon

nuts

as

of the wrench

jaw

one

file wiU

158.

two

other.

The

FiG.

Wrench.

Pipe-Wrench, by slippinga file between

Small

of pipe

Makeshift

fitted with
carriage-bolt,

flat sides

with

"

wiU

you

it consists

turned

for

tightening

as

etc.

nuts,

used

be

can

work

such

Wrench

Makeshift

which

see,

shows

157

lime

This will

THE

74

absorb

the moisture

cabinet
with
To

of

fresh

To

in

replacinga

broken

In

is often

if you

But

putty.

will soften and

them, givingthe

only

he

so

electrical and

penny

able

his

mother,

to

others

are

have

no

are

about

this.
When

Glass.

paint, and

the

paint

has

penny

circular motion.
know

how

but

solder,

to

metal

so

in his

he will also
pans,

for

leaky.

never

yet been

as

difficult to

metals

window-

by rubbinga

you

soldered,
successfully

solder; but
and

solderingtin,copper

all the

with

easily.The

togetherpieces of

become

very

trouble

oil-can

and
wash-boiler,tea-kettle,

they

when

metals

Some

have

the

remove

sash

experimentalwork,

other

to

pane

off

easilyremoved

solder

can

mend

be

while

then

Soldering. Every handy boy should

not

or

the putty, and

come

to do

speckled with

been

hard

will fill an

Specks of Paint from

Remove

has

of doors

out

hardened, the specksare

over

replaced once

gasoHne, squirt this along

or

of the chest

contents

window-sash, it

old

an

be taken

pane

the
be

must

Sash-Putty.

lightit,the putty
should

keep

lime

Old

hardened

benzine

and

BOY

supply.

Remove

glassof

the

The

dry.

HANDY

will have

you

brass,and
occasion

to

wiU
these
solder

anyway.
It is easy

of

course

to find out

to

the
how

solder,once

only

way

it should

you

get the knack

to

get the

be

done,

knack

and

then

of
go

of

it; and

anything
ahead

is

and

do it.

Solderingoutfits

can

be

bought

very

cheaply.

small

THE

76

ning is

an

until it is brightand

in the flame

of

but
flat-irons,

be

careful

the

portion of

every

tinned, be careful

Suppose
a

this has

When
the

hand

hole

the

melt

pointof

the

solder

the

point of

spreadit
If the

solder

over

over

coating

it; then rub the

be

red

able to tin the

case

will

you

heat,for

if this is

off.

is

repairingthe bottom

and

sandpaper

rosin

some

the heated

at the

the

time

same

As

copper.

be worked

must

smooth

soldered

patch,brightenits edges and

over
Then
put soldering-fluid

is

or

file.

soldering-fluid
right

in your
hole

with

bring the
the

solder

around

end

the
of

melts,

slowly,to

it out.

large enough

also the
the

or

copper

left,touch

in the

copper

be

rosin upon

which

it with

done, put

the hole and

hole to

the

liquidand

not

drop

solderingjob

against the

the

With

all,it is important to brighten the tin

been

down

her

soldering-copper
properly

it to

by rubbing

the copper,

the

the

and

tin,and then, with

and

with

may

heat

to

first

your

First of

pan.

around

not

heats

all sides of the copper

cooled,in

With

tinningwill

the

done

You

Heat

quicklybrighten

file;then place some

it has

it.

reheat

to

furnace.

mother

and
fire,

copper'ssurface

before

copper

have

on

the

point and

the surfaces.

solder upon
entire

the

or

your

rosin,thus melting the rosin into

the

pointof

get it red-hot.

to

it from
a

stove

than

not

surface vsdth

pieceof tin,rub

of

hotter

heated, remove

its heated

up

sides and

clean; then placethe copper

ia

or
gas-burner,

it until it is somewhat

copper

BOY

operation. First,file the

easy

the copper

HANDY

edges of

edges of

the

to

requirea

the tin

patch.

holes,and the

HANDY

edges
and
the

until

BOY'S

of

naelt

edge
the

the

HANDY

tin

the
of

patch,

solder,
the

solder

WAYS

place
and

and

patch
has

set.

OF

the

allow

under

DOING

piece
the

it.

of

THINGS

tin

over

solder

to

Hold

down

77

the

flow

hole

around
the

patch

IV

CHAPTER
HANDY

THE

HANDY

house
and

or

add

BOY

these
take

have

he

them

house ; then your

if you

receive

fillthese

to

to

followingpages

are

apartment, and they are

or

money.

in your

use

with, and

the

earn

orders is to make

will be recommended

suggestionsupon

neighbors

get such

them, and

start

work

for the house

in

see

to

to

ment,
apart-

or

for

only

not

can

house

own

duplicatearticles

for

them

wiU

satisfaction,
your
The

for his

in the world

friends

from

family. And

suggests a good opportunityto

the articles and

orders

of the

orders

easiest way

mother's

for the

littleconveniences

many

conveniences

well,which

The

HOUSE

THE

apartment that wiU help to lightenhousekeeping,

but
as

make

Can

to the comforts

provide

ABOUT

BOY

few

complete

others.
very

easy

tical
prac-

to carry

out.

Figure i6o
Additional

shows
Shelves

every

or

small houses

is

usuallyare

space

of 4

scheme

This

not

so

largenor
above

5 feet between
78

appeal

shelf,and

the

but that there

numerous

The

space.

will

closets of apartments

provided with only one

5 feet 6 inches
or

providing

Closet.

Clothes

for

the
Ordinarily,

shortageof storage

placedabout
a

are

novel

for

housewife.

to

closets

singleshelf is usually
the

it and

which
floor,

the

leaves

and
ceiling,

the

Fig.

ie2."

Window
Fig.

1(J3.
"

"Windmill

Clothes-dryek.

Refrigekator.

Fig.

IIJO." Additional
FOR

Clothes

Shelves
Closet.

Fig.

161."

Kadiator
W.VRMER.

Plate-

THE

HANDY

BOY

ABOUT

THE

HOUSE

79

greater portion of this is useless if additional

shelvingis

provided.

not

Splendid shelvingcan
top of another

putting

to

they

as

these

in

up

even

there

rented

wall,and

the

to

by standingboxes

and

Fig. 160;

nailed

not

are

in

be made

be

can

one

on

objection

no

apartment, because
be

can

puUed

out

at

time.

any

The

down

the boxes

shelvingwill

of the

appearance

in

lengthso they will

be better if you

fit fairly
snug

plasteredwalls (Fig.160). Perhaps

the

of the

boxes

rightsize

at the grocery

store, and

between

pick

can

you

cut

save

out

cutting

them.
As
but

rule closet shelves

if you

get boxes

can

Nail the boxes

is

shelf at each
of boxes

row

the sheK

shelves,you
four

the

toward

out

small,there
which
So

wall

to

much

of the

put up

the

for the

more.

that

ends

unless

of

are

the top
over

nailed.

these

extends

the

there

extend

their ends

shelf which

side

around

closet is very

large enough opening through

packages and

closet,on

will hold

shelves

the

across

articles to be stored.

shelving. Across

base-board,a pieceof board

side of the

wide,

will notice

which

closet;and,

upper

18 inches

other,to keep them

These

provideda

wide,

closet,extendingfrom

trim,to

will stiU be

inches

12

or

they

to each

you.

board

will have

walls

and

side of the

placing another

By

deep, so

illustration you

the

than

more

shelving16

new

this

the top of the door

to

to

to

position. In

in

the

make

may

you

not

are

which

may
to

the

top of the

be fastened from

side

and
keep shoes,slippers,

8o

THE

rubbers;

and

BOY

broom-handle

pole will

of the

edge

than

more

radiator

Plate-Wanner,

shown

in

largerthan
then

wide;

the

do

to

Make

the box

of the

shelf.

the available

This

curtain-

as

with

box

frame

such

the

with

inches

6 inches

sides,even

the

edges, as
of

is

as

couple of

between
crosspieces

two

two

uprights

top of the radiator,using boards

fasten

by

hanging-space.

service

by providing it

Fig. i6i.

ends

upper

originalcloset

made

be

made

curtain-polebetween

or

double

may

be

coat-hangersmay

uprights,and screwing the

the front

to

for

pole

supporting a
short

HANDY

bottom
in the

tail
de-

Fig. 164, spacing

them
when

the

that

so

frame

placed upon

is

the

diator
ra-

the cleats will

between

come

164.-

FiG.

Detail

of the Plate-Warmer

of Bottom

in

Shown

iron

sections.

and
crosspieces

sides

of

double

the

box,

strips. Stretch
Nail
the
cover

box,

shown,

as

box,

of the
form

to

screen

wire

to the

the

screen

wire

as

strip2
for

the ends

of

thickness

Then

Fig. i6i.

fasten
these

the

inches

wide

between
strips

and

between

ledge,and

upper

faces

the

tack

of these

tightas possible.
the back

across

and hinge
hinge-strip,

board

of the top of
to

this for

(Fig.161).

Fasten

the box

in

placeupon

the

radiator

with

wire

at-

82

THE

bar

about

Figs. 166

BOY

inches thick fastened

nails driven

HANDY

to

into the window-sash.

and

167.

The

front

the

This

of the

battens,and
is

two

in

clearlyshown

will drop
refrigerator
when

the

is

sash

lowered, if

it has

been

loosely

fitted
so

win

not

bind

the

wood

when

becomes

swells;

and

wet

it

that

enough

but, if there

is any

as
difficulty

sult
re-

the

of

end

the
edges sticking,
bar
the

be wired

can

nails

which

driven

were

into
sash

the windowfor the

that
||iow

of

purpose

the
lifting
the

to

front

of

so
refrigerator,

these wiU

pull

it down.

the

Set
Fig'. 167.
Fig.

165.

Shown
Fig.
Fig.

166.

in

Detail

"

of

Window

Section

of

refrigerator

Refrigerator.

upon

Fig. 162.
Detail

"

167.

Front.

"

tlie

dow-sill,
the outer win-

Sliding Front.

Through

Window

pleted
com-

and
and

secure

Sliding

it with

wires from

THE

the

front

HANDY

in the

to

should

be bored

air-vents.

Fig. 163

cracks

given a good

Windmill

Fig.

and

168.

in

of

Detail

"

for

blowing in.

number

when

not

circular
serve

the laundress
a

be used

top may

put up

is

the

wood

condition.

of years,

in

and, except

clothes-dryer
may
a

be mounted

dothes-post.

its littlefleet of yachts,

stirring,
paddles of the windmill,sail around the

continuously. It is a practicaltoy that

course

If there

for

compartment

of air is

the

sails form

whose

A hole

Fig. 163.

breath

heavy

of the

Clothes-Dryer.
in

any

clothes-dryershown

upon

Shown

are

with

puttied,and

The

Windmill

83

paint to keep it in
The

be covered

of each
be

should

coat

use

end

HOUSE

If there

from

snow

Clothes-Dryer.

has been

THE

window-frame.

through each

Small

should be

ABOUT

boxes,they should

keep dirt,rain

paper,

the

to

corners

largecracks

BOY

wash
on
excellently

clothes-postin the
for

post. A

day.

center

of the

support; otherwise,you

2-by-4 will

serve

wiU

yard, its

will have

the purpose.

to

Set it

about

8 inches

base with
more

or

being

the

less

the

inch

thick

thick

ground,

and

and

they

the upper

the

wiU

ends, which
Cut
hole

ends

should

arms

base

the

is aU

the

it at

brace

then
shown

through its

inches

in

Fig. 163

wiU

of

if you

be

course

so

bevel

long,and
lower

ends

about

determine
block
center

the

for the

shown

at

base-board

B,

The

ends

upper

the bevels.
and

square,

king-boltD.

bore

the blocks

2J/2 inches

about

by

to

with

only one

bolt

or

screw,

and

arms,

into

block

the

near

Either

end.
or

lower

ends

arms

to

shown

then
first,

the

screw

of

block

spacingthe
Fasten

ends

drive the nail E

bolt

Clothes-Dryer.

blocks

the upper

inner

Windmill

inches

Nail

the

each

of

^-inch

Cut

of

Plan

of

the lower

higher than

angle of

8 inches

C.

for.

used

as

long.

"

for

the stronger.

to fit the

inches

24

much

wide

169.

is

get pieces

can

their ends

to fit the blocks

be

be

may

Fig.

the

substantial

more

wide

dryer, but

(Fig.170),cuttingthe

and

base

The

windmUl

6 feet

arms

BOY

braced.

of the

arms

Cut

the

elaborate,but

well

so

inches

into

diagonalpieces.

Strips I

HANDY

THE

84

in

arms

the

B,
as

Fig. 169.

connect

naUs

THE

HANDY

each

on

BOY

ABOUT

opposite pair of

(Fig.170). These

wires

THE

with

arms

be

should

longer than the distance between

twisted

back

170 and

171; then

nail

be

slipped

one

of the

can

through

lever

at

the

should

shown

as

inches

12

and
nails,

end

one

brace

wire

about

cut

the

85

in

be

Figs.

be

used

to

twist

loops and
as

themselves

on

HOUSE

the wire to take up

slack,when

the

justing
adFiG.

the

arm

the

between
the

and

would

be

the bottoms

fasteningto
each

about

7 inches

boom

171.-

"Wire

should

of Arm

and

Base.

Brace.

be measured

carefuUy,

side to side until these

ends

the bottom

Uttle

all the

are

securelywith

yachts need

and

for

necessary

second

flat

long; and
gaff,as

to make

to

Cut

wire
in

as

fectly
per-

but, for

as

shapely

172

marked

shows

upon

it.

provide a naihng surface

the mast

length of the hull,and

shown

them

the dimensions

enough

fasten

made

quickly. Figure

cut

the blocks C.
the

be

not

sailingin water;

it is weU

possible.They can be
top view of a' huU, with

for

-Detail

ends

arm

of appearance,

sake

Make

of the

huUs
as

as

fasten

170.-

screw.

or

The

the

FiG.

shifted from

arms

then

same;

170.
Fig.

tances
dis-

The

level.

bolt

Fig.

to the proper

ends

171.

loops to

Fig. 174,

to

G and

the
the

the hoom

gaf
ends

fit over

I about
of both

the mast.

THE

86

driven

brad

through

heightsfor

the boom

slidingdown

the

and

HANDY

BOY

the

and

the sails to the mast,

attach

muslin

heavy

the mast

for the

thread.

sails,
Brace
fasten

shown, and

as

small

loops from

gaffsticks with

linen

strong

and

boom,

the proper

the

gaff,will prevent
Use

mast.

just below

mast,

cloth

the

to

pennant

mast-head.
The

(Figs.172

peg

173) is

necessary

the boom

from

to

this

By

prevent

swinging over
the

port side of

the

and

yacht.
the

arrangement,

yachtswQl always sail counter

which
matter
clockwise,no

FiGS. 172-174.

Details of Yachts

"

for

i6q)
^''

j-gction (Fig
^
"*

Windmill

Clothes-Dryer.
.

Pivot
the post support with

long.
the

Bore

end

of

and

the

base

block

about
f^-inchcarriage-bolt

bolt,and,

washers

screw-eyes

into

also into each

into

in

the

ends

of the

it and

the post.

of blocks

arms

It

pieces,because

at

is not

after

and

to

5 inches
to receive

block

base

the

mounting

between

sUp clothes-lines through.

clothes-line

the

f^-inch hole in the top of the post

place several
inch

in this di-

headed

their bows

172.

with

them

mount

you
Fig.

is blowing,provided

the wind

way

Screw

B,

}4-

{M, Fig, 170),

C
0

(Fig.170),to

necessary

nmning

to

it

cut

through

THE

one

of screw-eyes

row

below, and

so

boiler

day.

hour's

an

Fig.

made

it

the tin to

Broom-Rack.

in
in

the next

that

175

is

for the

one

row

very
wash-

in less than
than

requiresnothing more
in

shown

Laundry

tin tacked

to it.

176.

"

of

screw-driver.

Fig. 176, with

the

frame.
or

The

The

tin from

can
perforations

the

tomato-

be made

pieceof tin

piece,and

upon

through it into the board.

The

wood

of the soap-grater

painted.
construction

of

the

broom-rack

as
Fig. 177 requiresbut little description,
one

Soap-Grater.

Lay

the screw-driver

should be shellacked

shown

Fig.

complete

do, and the rightsize

board, and drive

to

in

and

175

with the end of

Tack

down

87

176.

pieceof
perforated
wiU

HOUSE

grating soap

can

similar to

Figs.

can

You

THE

the screw-eyes.

for

time, because

made

frame

run

is shown

as

convenience

wash

on

be

through all

on

handy laundry
half

it may

Soap-Grater such

ABOUT

BOY

HANDY

aU

of the dimensions

for that

it is
are

shown

in

each

at

Fig. 178.

end

To

of the

BOY

HANDY

THE

88

space,

slot,first bore

the

cut

then

and

the

out

cut

with
Bore

wood

in

for

of

177.

Bath-Room

Cabinet

that

of

few

"

using

the

lower

boards

with

for the

door, and

as

battens

stood

its inside
reduced

is 16

18 inches

end,

on

depth
to

Fasten

portion.
screwed

across

this to

one

and

sides of the

together the
them
side

the

near

of

the

has

4 inches

by sawing through

Broom-Rack.

hinge

shown

illustration

high,when

ends
and

and
box

box

The

and

been
178.

box

inches wide

and

and

be made

can

additional

in' the

177

ToUet-

grocery

boards.

Figs.

shows

179

out

178.

back

door.

Figure

Fig.

kitchen
the

to

or

rack

the

the

it to

and

screws,

chair-raU
Fig.

(Fig.

putting up

screw

saw.

the three

at

places marked

178),

tween
be-

small

hole

i-inch hole

the

box,
cover

ends,

cabinet,

shown.
To

the top of the box

nail

board

largeenough

to

make

THE

90

to prepare

door.

toothbrush-rack

Screw

several

the wood

best

the

unless

keeper
keep
the

blow

has

her

182.

"

pots and

floor,where
in under

untidy, and

white

lower

in

an

Pantry

another

toilet-

enamel.

Give

Shelf for Pots

kettles.

none

apartment,
the

and,

house-

Hill nil

problem

they will
the

The

cupboards,

i^s"MJsmM.

hard

provided

contains

jiiLi

with

cabinet

of the enamel.

seldom

pantry

Fig.

painted

coats

is
pot-closet

inside of the

for the

mirror to the front of the door.

will look

cabinet

BOY

HANDY

in

and

Kettles.

finding suitable places to

To

set

catch

the

too

well

objectionto

cooking

utensils

of
particles

dust

fittingpantry
this arrangement

upon

which

door,

is

is that

THE

each

time

must

be

the

Shelf

Pot

the

be

inches

back

and

the

can

12

or

of

means

its

the

wire

to

for

should

HOUSE

91

brushed

or

they

up,

front

be

the

beneath.
of

the

pantry,

of

the

base-board,

as

in

If

so

the

this

shelf

each

end

the

wire

broom

pots

be

obtained

the

to

the

from

the

shelf.

of

the

base-board,

be

can

can

be

hangers

in

the

of

there

way,

wiU

placed

not

board

the

By

shelving.
be

no

upon

be

tion
obstruc-

one

across

supported
will

The

illustration.

set

side

by

shelving,

pantry

screw-eyes

under

Nail

for

the

in

shown

board

kettles.

top

high

beneath,

mop

or

and

the

to

the
in

shelf

admit

is

which

base-board,

the

of

edge

attached

and

adding

board

this

hangers,

ends,

suspending

floor

made

of

should

near

washed

is

by

height

wide

edge

support

wires

the

at

above

provision

how

shows

182

enough

10

floor

pantry

THE

ABOUT

BOY

moved.

Figure
A

HANDY

the

necessary.

end

top

CHAPTER
FOR

HANDY

THE

constructinghome-made
working

his

poor

it into

transform

to

approaches
ideal

the
with

of
to

matter

his purposes.

furniture

to

nearer

than

for
practical

are

containing such

room

no

be he usually manages

may

things that

it, and

one

furnishings.

one

in

wide

write

Fig. 183,
drop-leaf

upon,

plenty

in which
pigeon-holes
school
placeletters,

papers,
of

material

for

and

room

Writing-Desk like

to

ROOM

with
entirely

fitted up
store

furniture

handy boy's

The

the

BOY'S

handy boy takes pride in fixingup his

Every

how

and

catalogues

boats, toys, athletic

goods, etc., that

you
Fig.

wish

to

keep

hand, and
need

drawer

for your

because

the

near

one

183.

"

Writing-Desk.

at

for

bedroom.

writingmaterials,is just what

The

drawer

in this desk does not

92

is

you

reallymisnamed,

pullout, but

is reached

FOR

THE

BOY'S

HANDY

ROOM

93

(E,Fig. i86). However, it serves

by raisinga hinged-leaf
same

to

at when

get

small

be needed

renaiUng
stripsof

two

of the

packing-case. Fasten

these

in

the

of

ends

shown

at

184).

Then

the

box
B

(Fig.

cut

strip

the

box, and

of the width

and

length

the side of the

strips^

and

The

lower

is covered
and
which

length equal

of

compartment

with

boards

D
Fig.

have

should

be nailed in

hinged
brass

inside

the

one-half

to

of

Figs. 184 and

the

width

be

(C,Fig.185).

should

Fasten

of

level with

should

equal to

and

(the

(Fig.186),each

wide

nail

box, and

front)on

signs of loosening,

show

of A

it to the top of the box

desk

kindling pile or

the

of the

plus the thickness

dry-

as

and

eqiialto

that

3 inches

wood

from

or

for the desk.

all boards

depth

the inside

to

is handier

the storeroom, grocery,

boards

few

box, wiU

After
cut

and

to construct

drop-leafis open.

the

packing-casefrom

goods store,
another

being easier

besides

and

purpose,

the

the

depth

edge

of

of

board

185

i8s.
First

Steps
Writing-Desk.
."

the

D,

box.
and

Board

the

place to the top edge of stripsA

ring

to

board

E,

near

the

front

in Making

latter
and

B.

edge, by

THE

94

of

means

small

HANDY

staple,to

BOY

catch

hold

of in

the
lifting

leaf

(Fig.i86).
Partition
as

with

may

suggestionas

them

space

row

in any

extend

can

out

be

leaf E

not

The
the

they

186.

it should

Detail

"

be

be

to

and

by examining

purchased at

any

will understand

keep

it

the

ment.
Compart-

board

C
a

hardware

piece of
how

drop-leaffrom

187.

Desk

with

and

93),or tape, fastened

top

the lower

of the

be

"

The

hinged-

shown

in

work

lock

dropping
to screw-eyes

from

face,and

Completed

Fig. 187.

lock

for 15

store

cabinet

made

Drop-Leaf Closed.

-mortise
half

the

The

the inner

Fig.

as

you

opening.

writing level,support it with piecesof

92

wish.

back

enough

done, but

desk, but

togetheron

(Fig.120),or

can

To

be

that you

interfere with

of Lower

hinged

desk mortise lock

you

it may

way

far

boards, battened

cover

lock

other

will furnish

Figure 183

drop-leaf{F, Fig. 187) should

front

Fig.

wiU

how

to

kept

thin wood

pigeon-holes,
using as

the front of the

to

pigeon-holesmust
so

into

get for the purpose.

can

you

you

off the box

(Fig.121),

or

cents,

20

having such

should

be

below

the

brass

chain

screwed

put

on.

proper

(Figs.

into the

THE

FOR

battens

of the

conceal

the

The

height of
of

that

piece of

table

be

must

the four

the

95

the inside of the

the boards

used

oilcloth

table

desk-top.

for the

drop-leaf,

feet 5 inches.

desk

should

This

dimension

determining the length of

stripsshould
corners

2}^.inches

be

in

shown

as

the

wide.

be

four
Nail

leg

them

Fig. 183, being careful

get the lower projectingportionsof equal lengths;then

of

The

shoe

there

wiU

legs.
so

of the

four
the

rest

desk-topwith

they

have

necessary

been
to

Drive

and

the

of the

of
projection

nailed in

been

of the

the

about

in

2"^ inches

inch

the tops of the

place,the

the

is

remove
printing,

with

in

wide.
form

to

all around.

leg strips.When

last constructive

packing-caseinto

detail

attractive

an

completed.
below

all nail heads

stamped

the

between

the surface of the

wood,

putty up these Kttle holes,and all jointsand cracks.

box

same

shown

as

the box

over

outside

would

dimensions

proper

cut

pair

the

braces

back,

to

sions
dimen-

inch

legsand, at

horizontal
other

end

proper

the floor than

be

stripsshould

transform

will have

brace

two

will conceal

boards

These

desk

wiU

Fasten

boards

enough

Cut

be

solidlyupon

more

These

should

each

to

one

projectionof

in front

legs,one

Fig. 183.

be

legs.

narrow

shoes,and nail

blocks

shoes

legs. The

time, wiU

for

blocks

wooden

two

To

heavy wrapping-

or

opened drop-leafof

usually 2

"

in

used

strips.These
to

ROOM

the inside face of the boards.

over

paper

BOY'S

drop-leafand

roughness of

either

tack

HANDY

manufacturer's

it with

sandpaper

"

trade-mark
that

is,in

or

case

then

If the

other
you

96

THE

wish

to

or
stain,shellac,

this will not

be

Combined

varnish

the wood.

because

conceal

to

Desk

Fig. 1 88,

in

BOY

necessary,

enough

opaque
A

be

HANDY

and

is most

will

coats

blemishes.
such

Bookcase

convenient, as

paint

use

thorough

two

these

If you

is illustrated

as

ary,
school-books,a dictionand
of

books

other

reference

kept

close

at

while

lessons

are

hand

being

This

prepared.
of

be

can

piece
ture
furni-

home-made
be

can

structed
con-

entirely
boxes
and

and
if

box

the

of

boards,
wood

is

carefullyput together
and
A

as

Two

Combined

well

as

grocery

inches long, 20
the

for

if it had
boxes

an

easy

been

matter

that

show

that

are

but

less in

get boxes

cannot
to cut

of

depth, for

of the

signs of coming loose, and

badly spHt

replacethem

with

or

that

boards

have

from

the

Renail
remove

knot-holes

another

the

same

writing-

rightsizes,it will

largerboxes.

down

most
al-

boards.

new

approximatelyof

box

ished,
fin-

about
packing-cases,
30
inches deep, are needed
12

small

inch

neatly

it will look

made

wide, and

bookcase, and

If you

Bookcase.

or

inches

length and width,

desk.

and

Desk

then

box.

aU boards
any

in

be

pieces

them, and

THE

98
and

the

bookcase,as

will make
Divide

good

the

HANDY

shown

BOY

in

Fig. 189, the top

shelf.

desk

into

nailed

cover

on,

vertical

pigeon-holesby

partitions.Cigar-boxes,with
the

of the desk

will do

end

one

for
excellently

and

zontal
hori-

removed

the

top

and
of

row

pigeon-holes(Fig.188).
Fasten

battens

two

placed

boards

cover

the

near

stripbetween

narrow

and

together the

of the
for

ends,

the bookcase

close up

against the

desk

the

drop-leafto

this.

The

supported by

means

hinge

be

drop-leafmust

the

bottom,

Tack

portion of

leaf,to

The

piece of

inside

Desk

Desk

Stool

in

Fig. 190
legs

similar to the end

Stool.

Make

inch thick, and

the base

stripsabout

Fasten

crosspiecebetween

thick.

make

soap-box seat, and

just described.
inch

droptween
jointsbe-

and

supports of the

^i

cloth
oil-

of the
the

cover

constructed
"

into

writingsurface.

smooth

190.

fastened

desk-top
drop-leafbattens.

the boards

FiG.

the

heavy wrapping-paper

the

hinge-strip,

side of the

either

or

has

port,
sup-

staplesdriven

into the

over

with

end

of chains

the under
and

front

for

outer

small

to

box

drop-leaf.Fit

and

desk

the

writing-desk

uprights i}4 inches

wide

i}4 inches
the

and

wide

and

base

sup-

FOR

ports for

brace.

doth

with

THE

imitation
down

be

brought

in

place; then

Finish

for

99

should

seat

covered

be

with

padded

denim,

covering material

the sides of the seat

over

and

be

tonne,
cre-

should

tacked

finish

the

edge
of

woodwork

the

stool to match

the

that

of

writing-desk.

your

top shelf of the

The

Rack.

Magazine

and

Book

in

rack shown

Fig. 191
and

for books

used

to

hold

and

after

cuttingthe

four

uprights about
wide, out of

ends

edges of the

inches

or

the

^'"-

nail them

projecting
4

front

Cut

packing-

some

boards, screw

comer

for

comer

feet

long and

the box.

ends.

cupboard, and,

lower

the lower

board
cup-

box

grocery

the

inches

azines,
mag-

logues,
supply cata-

odds

and
Procure

be
may-

the bottom

and

the

The

ROOM

large tacks.

with

case

then

leather.

gimp around

fasten

BOY'S

top of the

The

and
excelsior,

or

ox

HANDY

to

and
uprights,

the ends

inches below

pair projectingi
center

Book

^^'--A

side

inch

and

Magazine

of the
the

box, with

box, and

beyond

Rack.

the
.

the front of

strips8 inches shorter than

fasten them

to

the box

ends

with

THE

lOO

their

bottoms

with

even

If "you

shelves,two

or
shelf,

that

are

battened

off the

shown.

wide

for the

enough

togetheron

the shelves

Space

Trim

be screwed

cleats may

support their ends.

bottom.

uprightsas

corner

be

piecesmay

side for each

box

get boards

cannot

BOY

the

of the tops of the

corners

to

HANDY

the under

the

to

uprights

equal distances

at

apart.
Batten
for
the

box.

together the
a

and
drop-leaf,

Suspend

support it

to

when

box

is of

soap

Blacking-Case

its outer

Figs.

wide
one

as

the

stripto
leg to

192

thickness
the

each

edge by

(Fig. 192).

FiG.

rower

this to

just the rightsize

3 inches

one

hinge

of the

box

ment,
compart-

lower

the

edge

of two

means

of

chains,

open.

leg,making

boards

cover

edge

comer

wide

Cut

and

stripsfor

two

the

other

as

Fig.

192.

and

for

193.

"

of the

nar-

193.

Blacking-Case.

of the wood.
of each

much

each

narrow

box, as

Nail

the face of each

and
strip,
shown

in

then

fasten

Fig. 193.

FOR

The

of

other

sole

192),
polish

one

and

pohshing

of

the

inside

half

bottles

rags.

of

it.

for

the

the

pattern

dressing,

for

may

and

be

the

of

the

of

in

for

with

box

box

nailed

board,

loi

sides

Fasten

hinged

of

of

be

to

the

over

should

ROOM

pieces,

two

inch

hinged

shoe

your

the

of

of

BOY'S

made

pieces

face

of

so

be

be

inside

Divide

and

these

should

the

HANDY

projection

One

the

should

top

form

to

THE

this

other

the

place,

block

of

box.

and

the

wood

foot-rest.

to

Use

block.

(Fig.

partition

center

used

size

proper

for

half

of

cans

for

shoe-

brushes

articles illustrated in this

The

of their usefulness

because

boy

make

can

rightsize

ideas

friend

required

want

can

generallyget

There
Methods

than

stains of all colors

to

Oftentimes,a

his scrap

pick them

and

use,

if

articles you

two

or

one

stain and

pileto

serve

penter
car-

the

have

you

out.

can

be

wiU

often

find

for

finish.

wax

purchased in

paint store, and by watching

you

of very

are

generallygladly let

to

of

one

any

quickly. Pine,white-

Finishing woodwork, but

of

nothing is nicer

any

will

suitable

remember.

to

all

as

the

among

varietyof

are

and

carpenter.

the trouble

will take

wish

the best woods

for

handy

something

that
little,

be made

material

he

which

are

it from

these

and

you

so

largeenough piecesin

has

at

oak

only enough

you

if you

whom

selected

of just the
articles,

be found

cost

simple construction they can

purpose,

small

inexpensiveto make,

wood, basswood, and

with

ease

been

and
birthday gifts,

presented will

Materials

articles is

the
are

and

relative and

for every
The

They

for Christmas

varietyof

the

them.

and

chapter have

an

the

small

Preparedwood
small

to

quantities

magazine

opportunityto

samples containing stain enough

articles

tisements
adver-

obtain

free

finish several articles.

PRACTICAL

The
from

woodwork

applied,and,
should

should

and

saw

be

finish.

TO

GIFTS

be

rubbed

then

the

stain

dried,a couple of

the

over

103

sandpapered smooth,

plane markings;
after it has

MAKE

surface

Complete instructions

of

be
wax

semi-gloss

these

accompany

free

should

coats

give it

to

and

prepared

stains.

open-grainedwood,

An
it has
a

been

from

fillsup

the pretty

markings

of the

board

back

Figure

199

dimensions

shows
for

shown, then

as

made

laying it

ends

bracket-saw,

off with

wood

file and

you

danger
brass
the

of

with

cut

out

you

thick.

necessary
center-line

side of the

sides alike.

saw

Bore

be

smoothed
small

hanging it up.

end;

then

You

may

into the top of the board

there

The

scroU-saw,

"

sandpaper.
the

very

inch

the

then

the top, for

The

each

small

is

the

and

splittingthe wood.

screw-eye

hole, if

The

have

less,

house.

aU

get both

to

"

through the board, near

before

about

measurements

coping-saw

or

detracts
or

Fig. 194

First,draw

out.

way

be cut

should

reaUy

in every

of wood

off the

lay

line; this is the easiest

curved

in

pattern of this,with

surface;but

conceals,more

is needed

that

be

should

it

illustrated

practicallittle article

the

with

over

grain.

Thermometer-Board

The

with

and
articles,

because

appearance,

filledafter

is brushed

grainflush

for small

unnecessary

their

the

is often

oak,

as

stained; that is,the wood

liquidwhich

fiUingis

such

hole

this

Do

will be

screw

instead of

less

small

boring

wish.

little metal

stripholding the

thermometer

can

be

THE

I04

purchased
store,and

at

HANDY

BOY

large stationerystore,

any

will cost

15

or

cents, and

20

be

can

The

size of board
wide

If you

be

to

the

thermometer

the

board

bulb and

with
upper

for them

Detail

199."

Fig. 194.

in

end

your

set

be made

thick, by

around
it is

as

Fasten

As

the

trifle

beyond

strip,it

will be

placesin

glass
the
essary
nec-

the board

into.
shown
of

wide

the

in the pattern

shown

inch

same

of

of the thermometer

out

Key-Board

inch

laying out, cutting,and

%.

and

in

Fig.

195

wood

pieceof

of Thermometer-Board

Shown

bevel

to

long.

calendar-padto

brads.

of the metal

should

margin

the

and

to hollow

Fig.

inches

thermometer

the

generallyproject a

The

the calendar

photograph (Fig.194).

in the

inch

about

alter the dimensions

should be about

back

for this

it may
proportions,

board, because

them

at the

cents

by i^

wide

of these

be necessary

few

long,and

find

cannot

calendar

the

inches

inches

calendar-pad

thermometer

should

5^

and

i^

small

purchased for

place.

same

department

or

planingup

around

the

face

this

other

dimensions

(Fig.200). After
piece,mark

edges,and

cut

off

it with

plane.

Lay

off the

for
positions

the

hooks,followingthe

measure-

PRACTICAL

given

ments

in

with
positions

Fig. 200, and

brad-awl.

that shown

to

Fig.83,page
about

56,and

length.Screw
eyes

into

edge

of

then

The

MAKE

105

the holes in these

start

screw-hooks

should

be similar

|^

i^'l^r^^ r^

'^

in

1
^'i^ i-.^
'^'1^

'

'

'

''

^"

'

screw-

the

the

by which

TO

in

inch

GIFTS

top

board,
hang

to

it up.

H
A

Spool-Holder
Fig.

such

shown

as

Fig. 196
because

will be

it not

200.

appreciatedby

only allows

prevents the spool from

The
inch

thick,and

for

in

4^-inch

for the
A

spoolto

easy

as

reach

of the rack

to

on

made

be made

edges.

to

of

in

who

crochets,

turn

to

The

Bore

the floor.

wood

is not

not
too

are

thin.

The

in

Fig,

pattern for the end pieces

a

hole in each
This

largeenough

nail forms

an

axle

upon.
one

mother

in

shown
or

The

wanted.

pivotedso

by this arrangement,

over

Fig. 197 will be

because it
sister,

when

as

upper

to turn

on

the rack is

and

within

lower

the base

will hold

twenty-sixof her spoolsof thread,each

when

Fig. 195

but
freely,

of the size shown

shp through.

Spool-Rack like the

many

be

Fig. 201.

naU

great convenience
as

Shown

unwind

to

cigar-boxwood

even

its top

is also shown

woman

any

rollingoff

base of the holder should

Bevel

Key-Board

of

the thread

spool-rackshould

201.

Detail

"

in

shelves

block,and,

placedupon

table,

io6

THE

HANDY

either shelf may

be turned

is nearest.

rack

while

The

thread

Cut

the

base

edges of each.

off the

drivingin

positionsfor

around

Une

another
center

the

block

around

pin should

the blocks
A

block

naUs, so

the

wiU

naUs

inch

of block

through

with

in

4-inch wire
the

the

three

blocks

split.Lay

ruler,first drawing a

from

inch away

the four
from

the

edges,and
edges. The

fit looselyenough in the holes in B

turn

largespool should

easilyupon
be

pins

Fig. 196.

will not

the wood

away

the upper

bevel
is

square,

bore holes
gimletor drill,

Spool-Holder Shown

nails

the

than

inches

2"^-inch nails,and

are

Details of the

"

trifle smaller

before

so

201.

keep its position

to

and

square;

2-inch nails. With

are

Fig.

wanted

spool.

pin

center

of block

size of thread

(Fig.198) 3

5 inches

The

nail,the pins

from

block

and

until the

heavy enough

is unwound

inches square,

of block C

is

BOY

and

it.

slippedover

the center

pin,be-

PRACTICAL

blocks B

tween

and

be lifted off to
A

GIFTS

C,

slipon

to

than

block

upper

Paper-Spindle

to

in

shown

nail

it wiU

be

may

must

rack.

made

by

by

biUs,receipts,

similar to base A

pin

of this must

piercepapers

the

out

Fig. 202

rack

the lower

file grocery

to

The

Lay

Necktie-Rack.

above

be made

long,sharp point,so

upper

etc.,for safe keeping,may

spool-rack(Fig.198).

The

107

spoolsfrom

the

which

on

MAKE

support C.
off the

or

Simpler Spool-Rack

omitting the

TO

back

be

filed

easily.

board

the pattern of

of the

of

the

Fig. 207

tie-rack
neck; then

-ni
Rod

Bracket

SECTION^g

"V|'^

M.

18"-

FiG.

the

before
of

end

two

Bore

207.

"

brackets

^-inch

hole

cutting out

when
splitting

board

Details of Necktie-Rack

as

shown.

dowd-stick,or

by

the

each

bracket

pieces; this

small

wiU

the face

necktie rod may

pieceof

Fig.

of the

boring. Bevel
The

in

details

through

the

Shown

be

202.

same

for

drawing.
the

lessen the

edges of
a

rod,

danger

the back

cabinet-maker's

flag-stafif.

THE

io8

Fasten
from
coat

holes

the

brackets

the

ends, using

the

rod

in the

ends

edge

of the

centers
The

with

rod

wood.

board

inch

11-16

and
finishing-nails
glue;

glue, and
Screw

shp

the

of the back

them

the

through

hanging

two

then

screw-eyes

board, centeringthem

the

on

brackets.
shown

Match-Boz

back

the

to

short

supports.

into the top

box

rod

BOY

HANDY

Figure

in

shows

208

is made

Fig. 203

of

out

back,

pattern for the

the

cigar-

-CENTER-LINE'

\^

Fig.

208.

in

Shown

front, and

^
partition
face

edges

holes
up

base

of the front and

through

the

and

wide

inch

box.

pieces are

the

back

Small

best

the

Cut

pieces.

bottom

and

ends

pieces,and

pieces as

made

Fig. 203.

the

center

15-16 inches high. Bevel

base

bevels

of the Match-Box

Details

"

k^-R

like

bore

two

the

^-inch

provisionfor hanging

those

by wrapping

back

and

piece of

sand-

the

on
a

Fig.

Fic.

L!03.

"

'M'I.

"

Necktie-rack.

Match-box.
Fig.

Fig.

'JO.")." a

Pen-tray

20i."

Post-card

and

Fig.
Calendar-board.

liCKi."

Lettb;r-rack.

Rack.

THE

no

chisel.
down

the
the

up

The

pieces flat

the

Lay

HANDY

untU

corners

you

BOY

board,

upon

reach

the

and

then

finish line.

pare

Smooth-

edges with sandpaper.

Calendar-Board

appreciatedby
attractive

Figure

and

article for

the front and

bottom

Fig.

205

writing-desk,and

will

be

it is

an

librarytable.

the pattern for the

shows

210

of

owner

any

in

Pen-Tray

of the pen-tray.

calendar-board,and
These

piecesshould

-^^r^
^

"Bevel

Calendar
^0

i.
Fig.

be

210.

Details

"

thick.

inch

calendar-board

and

the

of the

inch

above

the bottom

wide.

edge, as

This

rightproportionsto
one

like

in

piece

of the

front

calendar-padshown

inches

Shown

Fig. 205.

fits between
Bevel

pen-tray.

calendar-board, beginning the

edges

i^

Pen-Tray

bottom

The

face

The

of

it,change

is

shown

in

in

Fig. 205

standard

dimensions

the

Fig. 210.

2}4 inches long by

size,and

the calendar-board.
the

is

bevel

the

If you

of the

bears
cannot

the

get

calendar-board

PRACTICAL

GIFTS

there vdll be about

so

pad

that

at each
A

there

is

is

two
a

Fig.

211.

unique design.
of the rack
The

base

"

with

Details

Notice

the

and ends should

partitions

the

piecesby

the dimensions

be
on

pad

tack.

in

Shown

edge of

letter-rack should

the

the

the

writing-desk

Fig. 206

is of

Fig. 206.

top edge of the partitions

follow the lines of the

of the

around

Fasten

illustrated in

of Letter-Rack

that

of wood

article for the

convenient
rack

III

illustrated.

corners

librarytable,and the

or

MAKE

margin

same

the board

on

of its upper

Letter-Rack

the

TO

be

an

envelope flap.
inch

thick,and

)4 ii^ch thick. Lay

the patterns shown

out

in

aU

Fig.

THE

112

drawing

211,

laying

off

Fasten

the

and

brads;

The

sectional

for

the

the

HANDY

center-lines

across

each

measurements

end

then

pieces

to

fasten

the

drawing

partitions.

BOY

in

Fig.

the

base

211

the

irregular

side

of

shows

and

these.

partitions,
to

pieces,

their

the

first,
bottom

correct

with

glue
edges.

spacing

CHAPTER
HANDY

best

The

kind

of

BOY

clock

clock which
until he

wiU

gets up

only

and

turns

time

on

is

him,

arouse

an

but

who

electric alarm-

keep

off the lever that

on

shuts

ringing
off the

in

this is shown

as

sound-sleepingboy

Just such

electric current.
clock

not

CLOCKS

for

in awakening
difl"culty

has

VII

Fig. 212.
wiU

You

ing
by examin-

see

tric
the details of this electhat

clock

simple
be

can

Almost

make.

to

kind

any

it is very

of

alarm-clock

an

used;

but for

designed similar
it should

common

round

in

clock
you

can

of

own

213

the

is

for the front and

design

to

case

kind,

different

of the wooden

Figure

shown

form

change

in

be of the

If you

Fig. 214.

clock

that

to

Fig.212,

suit it.
Fig.

212.

"

An

Electric

Alarm-CIock.

pattern

back

of the
113

wooden

case

illustrated. In

order

side

The

Box

boards

opening

for

piece before

leave

pieces alike,first draw

much

as

lay off

then

shown;

as

of this.

each

BOY

get the sides of these

to

center-line

to

HANDY

THE

114

the

inch
clock

the

the

around

wiU

should

piecesthemselves

margin

214.

"

Back

Fig.

Clocli Attached.

wUl

lessen

hole.
front
The

the

Bevel

for

the

face

Front

of

the
splitting
of

edge

the

out,

so

as

possible;this

K3'^

Patterns

"

and

of

Back.

wood

hole

through

in

cutting the

through

cut

the

piece(Fig.212).
wooden

battery,and
width

danger

213.

as

for material.

cut

cut

the hole

Piece with

do

be

are

^"

Fig.

each

measurements

thick

must

case

the

diameter

of the side and

dry battery of

be

deep enough

of the

battery

to

hold

will govern

dry
the

top pieces; 3 inches is ample space

standard

size. The

lengthsof

the side

BOY

HANDY

top pieces will be determined

and

piecesalready cut.
and

other

projectionof ^

fasten the
a

great deal

top piecesare

side and
The

should

alarm-clock
of

the

clock is
the

at

the wooden

as

of the

from

face

of

the

inside face of the

take

this into

shelf A.

to

If the

the ring
clock-case,
be

can

screwed

deep, it

so

piece.

The

the

to

will have

bottom

to

of the

by wiring the legs to nails,as

shelf

the

to

if not

back

the

clock

of the

shelf fastened

The

must

clock

depend

preparingthem.

narrow

the

you

fasteningthe

{B, Fig. 214);

out

is held

clock

and

case,

exactlyas deep

blocked

be

wooden

back

flush with

set

top of the back

wooden

wUl

the ends

be careful in

so

around, and

work

which

supported upon

be

when

consideration

with

size to make

aU

case

piece (A, Fig. 214).

back

the

back

top piecesto each

of your

neatness

cut,

is

alarm-clock
to

front

The

the accuracy

upon

front and

the proper

pieceof

outside of the

inch

to it.

case

the

by

for the
piece,using finishing-naUs

the base

cut

115

the side and

Fasten

the front

to

nailing;then
a

CLOCKS

shown.
The

battery should be placed in the bottom

the electric-bell should

and

face,as shown

in

215

and

217);

center

than

drive

its center

to

case

to

depth
and

the side of the case,

(Fig.215).
block

block C
of the

screw
on

Drive

C, and

trifle

(Figs.

case

into the

and

Fig. 217;

l4 inch below

the inside of the

the wooden

the inside

in

of the alarm-clock

side of the

screwed

the nails D

shown

right angles,as
through

Cut

Fig. 215.

smaller in diameter

be

of the case,

edge

the

block

line with

nail F

at

the

into the

in line with

its

ii6

THE

(Figs.215

center
one

shown

the

clock-case

FiG.

216.

"

in

217).

Fig. 246, page

BOY

Screw

of

to

139,

(Fig.216),and

View

Rear

and

HANDY

then

switch,made
the

right-handside

The

"

of

one

binding-

Clock-Case

Interior.

connect

Fig. 215.

Completed

like the

Clock.

post of this switch

and

the

connect

other

other

switch

Now,

with

the

switch

C will turn, and

circuit win

be

second

ordinary bell-wire
the

battery binding-posts,
the

binding-postswith

binding-post with
Use

of the

one

binding-postwith

of the bell

one

battery.
block

with

when

closed, and

nail D
the

nail

F.

Also

and

the

binding-postof

the

for these

dosed, when

naU

connections.

nail E

is

strikes nail F

bell will

D,

ring.

pushed

up,

the electric
Fasten

the

ii8

of

THE

and

up,

that

will not

in this case,

placed that

so

shut

the

from

throw

off the

enclosinga

bed,

switch

Figure

of

then

"

Clock

for

the

be

must

naU

is

shows

diameter;

this,and
may

over."

wUl

librarycan

be

wooden

be of

enough

made

by
The

case.

and

shows

end

pieces.

4^

designed was

was

has

Fig. 222

greater inside width

acconunodate

dimensions

the

the best.

case

case

to

good proportions,

face, back,

this

the

far

depends entirelyupon

the

probably

The

have.

but

break

to

as

temptation

no

pleasingdesign,and

for which

alarm-clock
in

turn

lines will look

a

so

clock

be

This must

case.

lever

your

it is of

morning,

wiU

in

clock

working-drawings for

than

when

made

keep

there

so

such

for the

220

But

and

simple,clean-cut

inches

and

in the

alarm-clock

common

designused

The

trated;
illus-

arrangement

the switch

to turn

Mantel

attractiveness

the

be

electric alarm

your

Unique

and

the

naUs

wUl

electrical connection.

with

contact

contact

off the

away

you

the

only necessary

course

do

down.

pushed
To

the

BOY

HANDY

clock

any

that

ever,
easilybe altered,how-

can

if necessary.

Pine, whitewood,
material;
for

enough

of about

the

opening

case

X
must

basswood

may

open-grainedwood

an

stainingif you

The
cut

but

or

intend

to

the

front

in

put

smaller

than

inch

around;

aU

the

be of the exact

of

used

such

as

stain finish
the

clock
whUe

be

for
oak

on

there

the hole

diameter

is better

your

clock-case
so

working

wUl

work.

should
be

in the back

be

lap
of

of the clock because

b..

Fig.

i;:;!." a

Cluck

Flash-light.

HANDY

the clock is fastened

be cut

before the

margin

around

Fig.

the
splitting
the thickness

After
ends

so

avoid

must

the

The

at

cuttingthe end, top

they wiU

to

also be fastened

119

so

Clock

there will be

Shown

opening

that
and

in

opening, to support

220;

to

reduce

bevel
pieces,

bottom

comers

the front
the

enough

point.
the

case, in

of the

To

attaching

frame, and
piece.

piece,above

alarm-clock.

their

angles.

proper

the inside of the front

to

Fig.

is beveled

front of the

the

holes should

preclude the possibihtyof

together at

fit

in the four

nail these

out,

to

face

of the wood

nailingthrough

or

cut

Mantel

of

Details

"

CLOCKS

opening. These

opening

wood.

it,fasten blocks
screw

in this

piecesare

the

222.

BOY

and

then

Blocks

below

THE

120

you

tell what

can

winter
a

Flash-Light is

Clock

Such

giftfor
A clock

time

the

small

electric

base

other

easilyworked

wood

with

of

sides,ends

and

^-inch wood,

top of

piece ^

inch

base

piece cut
of

piecesare

piece of wall

upon

its lower

the

if you

nailingon

the

the

base-board

get

can

additional
and

bottom, end,

side

base

is

top is screwed

projectionon
in

be

place,so

the

it may

and

of the

the base

having

the

side,

is put

projecting

in the

tion
construc-

photograph (Fig.

fasten
side and
be

made

the dimensions

it will
the

save

edges

of

nail them

pieceswith glue,and

if
strips,
The

how

strips. Coat

Then
finishing-nails.
no

shows

similar form

together with
there

finished

wood,

the ends

in the

pieceof

of its

was

should

case

used

portion was

battery-caseshown

221),and

how

any

waxed.

Figure 223

mitered, and

together.

of the

or

account

on

stripsof X""ch

thick.

clock.

finish the

to

Fig. 221

then

pieces;also

for all of these

and

bottom
base

the

makes

case

bedroom

wish

best
in

shown
stain and

wood

Fig. 221, with

top, the

if you

will look

case

in

as

make,

to

oak, pine,whitewood,

but

wood;

The

Mission-oak

end,

be of

night.

at

handy boy

stand

to

lighting

especially
priate
appro-

an

upon

which

on

stain,oak

grain.

The

difficult for

dark

on

and

is wakeful

who

mounted

lamp

battery-casemay

decided

be

this would

night,or

of bed

batteryis neatly encased

attractive

The

the

getting out

is not
flash-light
the

very

during

elderlyperson

an

when

with

it is

lightas

and

great convenience, for by its aid

mornings, without

match.

BOY

HANDY

the

on

end

removed

base

pieces.
to

gain

Longitudinal-Section

Side

Fig.

223.

"

"

"

SECTION

"

End-Base^

Base

Details

Cross

of the

Clock

Flash-Light Shown

in

Fig.

221.

THE

122

the

to

access

blued
shown

as

holes
the

of

battery and

wood

trifle

plan

the

When

in the

of

Use

long, and

into

head
round-

the

than

screw-

through

screws,

diameter

trifle smaller

them

space

top (Fig.223). Drill

end

top edges of the side and

have

you

inches

of the

holes

will drive

screws

connections.

largerdiameter

top piece,and

the screws,

BOY

wire

i^

screws

in the
a

HANDY

than

pieces,so

place readily.

finished

the

battery-

of the

woodwork

Pear-shaped
Push-button

Fig.

224.

"

Battery, Lamp,

Push-Button, Cord, and Connections

of Clock

Flash-

Light.

case,
so

cut

pieceof

the bottom

wiU

Light

Outfit.

The

9 feet

felt to fit the bottom

not

scratch

to

the

bed,

it is stood

whatever

of silk-covered double-conductor

over

glue it in place,

cells will
dry-battery

Two

ordinarilybe long enough

table

and

to

reach

will cost

cost

upon.
50 cents,

lamp-cord,which
from

about

the dresser
20

cents,

or

will
side-

pear-

The

handy boy's interest

to

sequence
varied

his

in, electricity
is but

viewing with

his

operationsperformed with

eyes

own

this

the

natural

and

many

mysteriousenergy

"

running machinery, fusing together metals, furnishing

artificial
trades

light,heating,and

which
of

turn

with

it

mind,

himself,in

doubly strong
The

study
thus

been, are
to

and

his

fascinate

the fact that he

home

own

boy
can

with

obtain

workshop, makes

of

is stiU
electricity

in its

it

nothing compared

tical
pracresults

appeal

to what

upon

as

ments
Achieve-

they

the future

shoulders

the

of its

of you

have

promises

of advancing
responsibiUty

the

bring forth,and
going to rest

infancy.

obtained,though marvelous

knowledge and demonstratingmore

is

Jack-of-all-

to him.

far

as

help but

cannot

It is

cooking.

trical
elec-

possibilities

handy boys

of

to-day.
in

Spare time experimentalwork

preparationfor
a

pastime

which

Several

volumes

thorough study

make

"

would

indeed, a

of it

later,besides being

surpassedfor supplyingfun.
for
the possibilities
exhaust
not

be

cannot

electrical apparatus which

to

is excellent
electricity

could

volume
124

be

devised

boys

for you

might be devoted

to

the

THE

HANDY

BOY

subject of home-made
it
therefore,
than

more

is

be

found

of their

There

leadingup
four

thermal.

We

by chemical

through

means

shall make

for the

There

are

handy boy

to

because

be produced

electricity
may

the current

as

and those made

the

use

as
batteries,

of

batteries

that is

Then

wiU

we

supply

classes

and
batteries,

himself with

They

those

"

is not

drawn

the

upon

is

open-circuit

telephonecircuits,
long at

very

more

be divided

for

for closed-circuit work, such

there

every

of
properties

may

made

or

to

228

show

as

time;

for

less

photographs of

singlebattery is

in

operating
of a steady

four

to

group

connected; though, when

electrically

cell is often

spoken of

as

making and erectingthe apparatus

Handicraft
of
see Chapter XIV
Outfit,

For

"

t)7pesof

realitya cell,and

battery should be appliedonly

cells

generatingit

to

the current.

Figures 225
batteries.

attention

of Batteries.

toy motors, etc., where

drain upon

our

electric-beU circuits and

where

'

which

varieties of

famiharize

general

such

will

operate.

Forms

work,

more

handy boys

beginnerto produce it.

great many

should

Common
two

term

beginner,and

making.

apparatus which

some

enough

current

into

by

means

shall confine

simplestway

The

electricaltoy

chapter

the ideas which

the

aU

in this

and
chemical,frictional,
dynamic (by induction),

"

the

to

But

for
practical

very

especially
interesting
by

are

include

elementary work.

some

125

^
alone;
telegraphoutfits

wireless

quiteimpossibleto

presentingare

am

ELECTRICIAN

of two

used

the
or

gly,
sin-

battery.
for

for

small, practicalWireless Telegraph

Handy Boys."

THE

126

The

of

open-circuitbattery

and
liquidsto spill,

no

A
a

dry

of

spark

automobUe

an

of

type.

fits in

It is of the

cell consists of

suspended

latter

(known

drops through

of the

inch

lowered
with

edge

into

be

top, when
it.

The

to keep
paraflfine,

of the

The

jar.

zinc

occasionally,the
eaten

by

away

element

will

the

carbon

the

remove

complete

sal-ammoniac

salts which

cell,with

monest
com-

open-circuit

jar to

the
zinc

zinc

elements

cylinderis

be

wfll

the

over

be

once

renewed

the
in

deposit upon

sal-ammoniac

are

coated

replaced

and
solution,
water

of

within

come

creepingout

must

hot

is the

Enough

water.

fluid of this cell must

of the

erally
gen-

battery fluid,or

and

the salts from

requireboilingin

while, to

in

top of the carbon

action

can

solution of ammonium

into the

element

mental
experi-

porcelainbushing that

saturated

the

for

glassjar,from

cylinder. The

poured

to

cylinderand

sal-ammoniac)

as

should

this solution

carbon

weak

too

garage.

wet-batterycell.

it is called,is a
as
electrolyte
chloride

25

these

(Fig.226)

hole in the carbon

"

pole,

one

cells cost

become

Cell

is

pencil. The

Dry

tion.
posi-

pole, and

plenty strong

asking,at

Battery

sal-ammoniac

top of which

have

is

other

filler.

often

for the

Sal-Ammoniac

form

is the

grouped together,and

be obtained

it contains

zinc case, which

Cells that
are

work, when

The

of

compound

apiece.

cents

convenient

most

because

use,

carbon, which

gelatin-Ukechemical
30

to

the

therefore be placed in any

can

cell consists

stick

center

and

BOY

(Fig.225) is

Cell

Dry-Battery

form

HANDY

when

carbon
a

great
it.

enough

A
for

Fig.

225.

Fig.

Dry-Battery

Sal-

Cell.

Fig.

Battery

22!)."

22().

Ammoniac

Home-Made

Cell.

Pig.
Gravity

227.

Fig.

Battery

Storage

228.

Battery.

Cell.

Electric-Bell,

Battery

and

Push-Button.

THE

HANDY

charge, costs

one

ceUs

ammoniac
in the

on

but

about

that

be

may

Battery

used, with

the

for

solution

is described

for

use

is

current

element

further

being

destructful

the

ceU

in

is not

it

the

zinc

only

continuous
zinc

while

should
solution

carpets, and

and
carefully,

it is the better

even

The

use.

this

much

destroysthe

upon

upon,

clothingand

to

handled

be

drawn

makes

where

solution

acts

bi-chromate

preparation of

ceU,and

the

as

forms;

zinc elements

the

This

132.

the sal-ammoniac

quickly, and

when

The

page

required; but,

is not

should

on

and
of

substitution

operatingsmall motors,

more

current

of sal-

in various

its carbon

sal-ammoniac.

the

stronger ceU than

to

forms

described

are

is sold

Cell

and

jar

solution

form

Several

make

to

easy

127

chapter.

sal-ammoniac

ELECTRICIAN

cents.

35

are

Bi-Chromate

The

BOY

the

be

moved
re-

is also

this accoimt

on

in the

basement

or

workshop.
Plxinge Battery consists

in

the elements

out

the elements

are

in

from

the

of the

or

drum

only

and

crank

to

239

for

raising

the

battery

the elements

remove

bi-chromate

employed. Figure

arranged

this arrangement,

the fluid while

necessary
a

cells

more

batteryfluid. By

battery fluid when

is

protectedfrom
It is

use.

acting fluid

one

provided with

framework

is not

of

or

shows

similar strong
a

home-made

plunge battery.
A

Gravity Battery

of several thin

in the

cells

Cell

stripsof

(Fig.227) has

copper,

in

place of

previouslydescribed,and

copper element
the carbon

used

the zinc element

is

128

THE

made

in the

name

of

of the

is

saturated

the

be

solutions,and

two

the
short-circuiting
with

elements

through
it

the

destroysthe

is

more

is

why

dry

and

ceUs

to

bubbles.

allow

time

The

Storage

slow

for

the

up

the
"

which

gas

two

to

pass

exciting
that

form

battery
given

destruction

cell has

cell costs

between

There

cell.

cells will not

be

rest

of the

minimum

and

60

Battery (Fig.228) does

accumulated

into it.
but

the

There

are

the

various

type consists

common

platesplaced
a

through

in

of

do

water.

for
and

now

hydrogen
of

amoimt

not

trical
elec-

generate

an

series of

N9

which

electric

of storage

water-tightcompartment

and
solution of sulphuric-acid

That

75 cents.

passing of
forms

is,

around

the flow of current.

must

the

formed

de-polarizer

every

the

to

the

current, but merely dischargeselectrical energy

it has

quickly by

sulphateis

copper

gravity

A
polarization.
The

the current

hydrogen

They

is

separationbetween

is, connect

sal-ammoniac

and

closed-circuit work.

then,

allow

of

jar.

lighterfluid,

obtained

that

polarizationin

less

or

be

"

The

bubbles

element

the copper

line of

sulphate is

zinc

the

sulphatein water, keeps

poles

and

solutions.

the

fluid,and

wire

the

fluid,which

jar,and

this may

two

in the bottom

edge of

heavier

the

sharp

the

the

in water,
sulphate(bluevitriol)

of zinc

should

There

top.

it derives

sets

over

cell. The

portion of

solution

element

hangs

of copper

the lower

to

foot,whence

copper

the crowfoot

solution

BOY

bird's

two-solution

saturated

keeps

of

crowfoot. The

jar,and

This

form

HANDY

that

rent
cur-

batteries,
sheet-lead

contains

action

takes

THE

I30

end

eaten

and

the

HANDY

off will do

cut

carbon

from

length,wiU
zinc and

in

after

Fig. 232,

the

end

upper

do

them

touching one

that
as

is,put

This

nected
Methods
A

233.

"

in series

insertinga

of the

carbon

and

of

small

wad

of

zinc, to keep

sal-ammoniac
into

in

tumbler

water;

of water

crystalswill dissolve

The

be

Two

strong enough for

but

two

Sal-Ammoniac

(Fig.233)when

or

quart-sizeMason

more

more

be

voltageis needed.

be used

con-

See

135.

a
large tobacco
fruit-jar,

picklebottle,can

simple

in Series.

Cells Connected

more

than

cells may

more

of ConnectingBattery Cells,page

wide-necked

shown

as

is used.

experimental work;

FiG.

responding
cor-

Fasten

rubber-bands,

sal-anunoniac

water

cell will not

element.

another.

will dissolve.

warm

to

piece of bicycle-tapearound

solution

much

as

the water

readilyif

ends

saturated

carbon

carbon, and

the lower

Make

(Fig,231),

element

dry-battery;cut
with

wrapping

of the

zinc

for the

carbon

it between
from

for the

worn-out

together the

BOY

for

jar,or

THE

234

and

top

to

23

the

s).

Use

Cell.

dry-batterycarbon

old

an

ELECTRICIAN

BOY

Sal-Ammoniac

Larger

penciland

HANDY

Cut

round

or

jar fFig.236),and

131

full-lengthzinc

for the elements

block

square

of wood

(Figs.
for

holes in it for the ends

make

.^

Fig.

Fig.
Figs.

of the zinc
melted

234-236.

and

Fig.

23s.
"

carbon

Details

to

and brush
parafl"ne,

fine,also.

This

wiU

236.

234.

of Fruit- Jar Battery Cell.

stick
the

through. Dip

this top in

edges of the jar with paraf-

prevent the fluid salts from

creeping

out.

If you

use

zinc similar to

the little lugs upon

To

the

its sides wiU

support the carbon, driU

connection

the

thumb-nut, with

one

shown

in

Fig. 234,

be

sufficient to support it.

hole

through it just below

the

point of

naU, and

THE

132

slipa

match

through

the
brittle,

very

Another

Pick

Form

hole
of

the

BOY

hole
be

must

Carbon

(Fig. 234).
drilled very

ends

As

from

carbon

in

around

and

Fig. 238.
the. street-

lamp-poles,

corner

the copper

remove

from

coating
them

with

file

bind

five

/IW-HOLE

in

Fig.

238.
Fig.

237.

Fig.

238.

Another

"

Fruit- Jar Battery.

Carbon

Arc-Lamp

"

237.

also
A

and

for support

through

run

upper

the

center

carbon

ceU, and
the

end

of

piece to

project

about

i}4

inches

above

the

others.

With

the

point of

nail drill

hole

through

top, through which

the

(Fig.237).

The

to

the

stick

connecting wire

Bi-Chromate

element

tiunbler

or

Battery
those

Cell

has

zinc

of the sal-ammoniac

similar

to

Mason

fruit-jar
may

be used

to

hold

battery fluid.

The

Bi-Chromate

is

this hole.

Home-Made
a

shown

Element.

carbon, just below

match

ter
cen-

Fig.238, allowing

the

center

the

piece,as

Thread

Fig.

of

piecesaround

Carbons

or

Then

sandpaper.

Arc-lamp

is

carefully.

is shown

Element

arc-lamp carbon

some

up

HANDY

Battery

Fluid

is made

up

of bi-chromate

THE

of

HANDY

making

In

ounces

of bi-chromate

ounces

of

quart of

add

never

"

the

of

forms

creates

the bottle in which

the

As

cell

when

Amalgamating
zinc

be

should

when

with

in

Home-Made

raised out
A

the rack.

To

Plunge

by which

box

Nail

rack,to support

can

Battery

the
the

two

the

the

upon,
use.

eatingaway

thin coat

zinc

of mercury

then
solution,
first,

the mercury

(Fig.239).
bi-chromate
of

to

on

The

cells

it.

plunge

with
cells,

the

can

an

be

into,the solution.
down

cut

to

convenient

uprightsA (Fig.239) to
winding

rightlength so C will be

in

of

element

solution,the

elements

the

be

zinc

reduce

in the solution rub

of,and lowered

grocery

the

bi-chromate

battery illustrated contains

arrangement

heat

likelyto split.Label

the zinc into the

Dip

dipped

rag

if the

being drawn

amalgamated by rubbing

its surface.

potash.

the combination

the cell is not

Pencil.

pencil used

over

is not

current

Zinc

is

attacks

solution

be removed

zinc should

of

slowly,because

of

the

put this solution POISON.

you

the

then, when

bi-chromate

the

glassbottle

bi-chromate

even

and

"

the water,

to

great deal of heat, and

quicklyyour

too

the acid

acid,

the

to

nearly cool, add

two

potash

water

the acid into the water

Pour

of

sulphuricacid

first add
solution,

the water

is

solution

this

up

133

water, in the followingproportions:

potash, sulphuricacid,and

ELECTRICIAN

BOY

drum

the

the ends

C, and make

them

length of ,the carbons

size for
of the
of the

above

THE

134

the

for drum

Fig.

wooden
to

Screw

batteryjars.

nghts

pins D

prevent

FiG.

240.

239.

"

BOY

screw-eyes

C to turn

in

Home-Made

into the tops of up-

(B, Fig. 239),and

from

of Drum

and

C,

near

slippmgthrough the

Crank

drive the

Plunge Battery.

(Fig.240) through drum

the drum

-Detail

HANDY

for

the

ends,

screw-eye

LiftingBattery Elements.

THE

HANDY

forms

spool

pivoted with

the

is screwed

to

and, when

turned

the

Methods

be

drum

of

by

as

series
of

these

nails driven

to

into

its

Battery

cells may

as

multiple),

tions.
connec-

that

ceU

next

in
5

bon
car-

cell is connected

one

DW-CELLSWmEOIN*SERIES"

to

to

it,

parallelconnection

wire,and

the

other

connected

are

aU of the zincs

wire,and

that

in

connection
series-parallel

the

of cells

one-half of the number

are

checks

both

of

coimection, the

in the

one

to

Fig. 239,

end,

series-parallel. T

all of the carbons

to

crank

supports the battery elements,

will notice

zinc of the

that

button

You

the

in

The

the

at

is

of the drum

(alsoknown
parallel
series,

shows

Figure 241
the

upright A

This

C.

in

known

ways,

(Fig.240).

is attached

combination

the end

Connecting Battery Cells.

connected

or

board

and

positionshown

the

to

The

to

of the

edge

one

^35

(Fig.239).

F,

of the crank

raisingcord

edges and

handle

crank

is nailed to the end

and

ELECTRICIAN

nail to the crank

the crank.

BOY

connected

in series in each
10

sets, and

of two
are

Five

cells are
four

in

shown
are

the

ORV-CE.LLS.WIREDIN"SERIES-PARALLEr

end
Fig.

connected

ceUs

three,or

then

241.

parallel.

in the

connected

"

The

Three

of

Wiring Battery Cells.

illustrations,
but, of
in the

Methods

same

way.

course, two,

136

THE

One
what
the

of these

three

voltageand
number

in
all the

series,the

and

that

of

ahke); while, if

the

the

voltage of

the

are

to draw

Four

from

should

be used.

should

be

set

are

Electrical

cell

one

will

each

connection

in

be

will

the
parallel,

(1.5volts),but
the

when

coming

perage
am-

sets

doubled

to

have
the

the two

be

the

combined

(7.5volts),and

would

be

excessive

an

would

and
singlecell,
the

are

peres).
(40 am-

connectingcells

in

by

rent
cur-

quicklyexhaust

it.

which

amount

there
series-parallel,

of cells in each

exhausted

of

amount

maximimi

set; otherwise,

the other.

many
Measurements

to

be

learned; but

explainonly the volt,the ampere,

three

voltage of

if all cells are

equal

wiU

nected
con-

capacitiesof dry-cells.Twenty

is about
In

are

set of five cells wiU

amperage

equal number

an

would

There

the

5 amperes

or

only

dry-

in amperes

connected

are

five

cells

combined

current

the five cells

rated

however,

amperes,

the

amperage,

the
parallel,

These

the

(20 amperes),but

cell

one

connected

to

of

method,
series-parallel

of

have

If the

the.cells (100 amperes). Then

of aU

combined

one

wiU

cells

strength,or

amperage

of five.

shows

241

with

singlecell (20 amperes,

voltagewill equal that

current

secured

amperes
sets

set

always used, accordingto

required. Figure

(7.5 volts),but

cells

equal only

is

is

amperage

combined

two

BOY

methods

of volts

ceUs,and

HANDY

most

with

important
his

ones

for

and
a

the

boy

experimentalwork.

to

am

going

ohm, which
understand

are

in

138

THE

make

can

several

his

HANDY

BOY

binding-posts.Figures 242

own

simple forms.

The

in

one

to

Fig. 242

show

245

consists

of

Nut
Nut

Washer

Fig.

Fig.

242.

Figs.

short

242-245.

folded

end

of your

for the

Figure

the

the

eyes

ends
it

may

near

its center
be used

to

use

in

of

to

The

tionary
sta-

metal

hold

the

advantage

by hand, whUe

an

screw-driver.

244

requirestwo

end

for screws,

the

the

of the

down

apparatus, with

place of

binding-

round-head
how

end

plate.

be turned

can

of

the

shows

folded

of the

each
an

for

is screwed

binding-postin Fig.

at

brads

round-head

this form

also

the

to

requiresthe

metal, punched

of

illustration

is that

of the screw-eye

The

hole
The

with

small

screw.

be nailed

substituted

screw-eye

between

ordinary screw

half,with

small

Use

variation

is connected

how

wire

other

for

plate should

screw-eye

binding-screw. This
plate,and

bent in

end

apparatus.

shows
a

wire

245.

binding-screw.

243

post, with

Fig.

244.

Binding-Posts.

copper,

each

near

of this metal

base

the

screw

of

Home-Made

"

stripof tin,brass,or

punched through it

to

Fig.

243.

screws

short
and

brads.

strips

it is fastened
Screw-

shown, for binding-

screws.

The

binding-postin Fig. 245 consists

of

short machine-

THE

of

washer, and

screw,
the

through

two

the

then

nuts

the

washer

it. One

to

the

one

Drill

139

hole of the diameter

base

the

of

the

over

the

closingan

and

the lower

shows

and

screw

should

nut, and

be
the
be

apparatus,

to

the two

nuts.

between

convenient

is

it

as
circuit,

Figure 246

screw

side of the

end,

upper

switch

electrical

switch,and Fig. 247

slipthe

under

other

or

be fastened

of the wires.

apparatus

apparatus wires

of the

Switch,

the

upon

battery, motor,

Home-Made

and

come

the washer

it,should

to

opening

through
will

between

from

nuts.

head

sUp

on

connected
A

two

ELECTRICIAN

binding-postis required,and

the

so

connected
wire

BOY

machine-screw

for which

base;

HANDY

shows

saves

for

necting
discon-

made
simple home-

details of its various

parts.

RuG-TACK:

Fig.

246.

Fig.

246 and

Figs.

StripsA, B,

and

binding-postplatesB

247.

should
and

"

A Home-Made

be made
C

are

previouslydescribed.

of tin

similar to
Tack

the

247.

Switch.

or

one

brass.

The

of the binding-posts

tipson

stripA

THE

I40

the sides of

to
a

into

the

drive

base

the

wooden

through

screw

the

block.

lever A

the contact

point,the

Double-Pole

and

point.

The

the

binding-postsE;

the knob

so

over

strikes

end

is easy

the bars

used

to

of the switch

throw

one

be

can

of

out

and

make,

to

as

open

in

half,cut
F

handle

from

ends

to

the

of

tin, and

detail
hole
D

E, with

of block

E.
be

should

drawing. Punch

form

for

the

"

A
of

the end

through G,

and

249.

the blocks

of block

center

248 and

and
a

Double-Pole

of

The
bent
two

screws.

holes

equal size,and
tack

the

cut

Fasten
one

end

forms

of
H

shown

binding-posts.

bent

out

ends

the

to the

stripsB

are

through posts D,

The

249.

Knife-Switch.

posts D, G, and
into

or

tin doubled

stripsof

broom-handle.

naU, and

it

(Figs.

lever

Fig.

Figs.

and

parallelto C,
contact

at

it
binding-posts,

Make

drive

circuit is closed.

circuits with

249).

248 and

it for

made

is swung

D, and

to

A, through plate C,

.plateB

Knife-Switch

of

sets

close two

of

rug-tack F through

then, when

two

end

are

similar

cut

Fasten

connections

has

BOY

knob

other

electrical

HANDY

made
in

and

the
one

of posts

THE

the ends

Screw
the

screws

the

metal

should

washers

easilyon
D

with

driven

in

them.

Tack

the ends

to

then

at

the
the

ends

them.

slide down

to

other, shghtly,
the

guide
the

back

make
bent

are

to

between

turn

line

back
them

contact

from

away

with
each

to

RUG-TACK
SEALING-WAX

spaces

the

between

wiU

directlyin

space

and

screws

apart that posts

place posts

between

The

the bars

so

into

bars

contact

A.

distances

same

tops of posts G and

The

A, passing

of block

of posts G

posts G, allowing just enough

for bars

141

into block

just tight enough

fastened; then

been

ELECTRICIAN

posts D, through bars B, through

the

C, and

posts D, and

have

BOY

of bars

through

be

with

HANDY

(OR

Solder)

posts.

Home-Made

Push-Button.

^SHOE-POLISH

CAN,

ton
splendid push-butwith

shoe-polish

(Fig.250).This

can

in

is shown

outfit
Cut

tion
connec-

the home-

with
m

made

be

can

Fig.

252.

electric-bell
in

Fig.

229.

}i

inch

block

thick and

Fig.
Figs.

250-252.

"

251.

Push-Button.

Home-Made

side
of the in-

diameter

platesE, and

of the
the

can,

contact

and

the

screw

springF,

to

two

binding-post

this block

with

small

THE

142

One

screws.

top of

in contact

with

in each

brass

short, and

bent

or

wax

to

from

will press

of the

of the

is

difference

The

famUiar, is

magnetism only so
it,while

it

unless

subjectedto

the

to

happens

how

to

simple electro-magnet,and
details for
An

making

in

with

the

so

seahngwith

contact

magnet
electro-

an

electric curre'nt

an

as

retains

its magnetic

becoming

once

is

netized,
mag-

de-magnetized by being
other

some

in

make

way.

construction

the

it is

that

one.

Figure

Figs. 254

and

of

so

important

253

shows
show

255

the

it.

electro-magnet consists of

wrapped

be

tains
electro-magnetre-

the

after
be

to

strong heat, or

know

into

steel magnet

electro-magnet is used

boy

pushed

maining
re-

of the hole

between

pieces of electrical apparatus,

many

the

on

horseshoe-magnet with

that

long

permanently,

influence

off its end

binding-postplate.

toy variety of

the

passing around

is

the

run

springstripmust

stripdown

the

comes

binding-posts.

slippingout

rug-tack button

the

boy

every

its

for

free end

The

solder

the tack

keep

when

the

the

to

to

can

solder

and

The

connect

rug-tack for

Electro-Magnet.

which

side of the

drop enough sealing-waxor

the screw-head
An

to

on

binding-postscrew.

File

cover.

that

through

the free end

button.

end
in the

the

down

binding-postplate. The

plate is

through

connecting wires
Get

is screwed

springstripF

in the other

screw

holes

two

BOY

binding-postplates,and

shown

screw

Punch

of the

of the

one

other

end

HANDY

coil of insulated

center

wire.

core

When

of soft
an

iron,

electric

THE

current

the

and

wire;

the

over

passes

wrapped

HANDY

of

several

soft iron

the

coil,or

As

influence
the

I have

the

said

will need

You

inches

long, and

magnetic

the

around
wire

the

stronglymagnetizes

current

loses its
to

ceases

are

fields of aU

helix,combine, forming

very

iron

the

magnetic
through

pass

of wire.

machine-bolt

H3

insulated

before,this magnet

instant

surrounding coil

of

turns

core,

strong magnetic field which

core.

ELECTRICIAN

wire,a magneticfieldis formed

when

about

turns

BOY

inch

in

2}4
carriage-bolt

or

diameter, for

the

or

of the

core

CARDBOARd
WA5HERS*'

Fig.

Fig.

253.
Figs.

magnet,
a

piece of heavy

cardboard
in

Fig.

the nut

255

Electro-Magnet.

electric-bell wire

cardboard.
than

larger diameter

-An

253-255.

insulated

some

255.

the

Cut

three washers

bolt-head,out

(Fig.254),and slipthese
"

end;

one

then

at
screw

the bolt-head
the nut

on

for the

over

of

coil,and
of

the

the bolt

trifle

piece
as

end, the other

to

of

shown
two

at

the end of the bolt.

THE

144

Before

startingto

pierce two

holes

the

the

two

at

through one

end

of the

the

turns

then

wind

and

end.

Then

and

the

to

again back
number

even

back

to

the

second

of

in the

bolt-nut
in

have

ends

wiU

prevent the

end

and

so

wound

second

in

of the

this

end

first end.

the

from

The

chafingthe

insulation

wire

out

tween
be-

Then

hold

to

cardboard

outer

An

through

did

tightagainst the washers,

nut

place.

bring it

you

time,

until six

on,

free end

Slip

of the

washer, and

place (Fig.253).

wire

end.

as

bolt,keeping

startingpoint;

the head

been

inner

washers,

two

the

screw

at

layerswill bring the

hole

the

the

to

startingpoint;

wire

this

Startingat

the head

at

back

double-washer

the

the

washer

washer

the

to

eight layers of

or

the

5 inches

or

wire

pressed close against the

turn

reached, wind

back

washers.

of

of the

lengthof

bolt,

washer

end

the wire around

each

When

been

stick the

the two

the

upon

cardboard

inner

holes,and puU

bolt,then, wind

preceding turn.
has

the

between

out

wire

the insulated

through

nut

even

bolt

wind

of these

of the wire

BOY

HANDY

the

washer
the wire

on

ends.
Now
a

the ends

connect

battery cell,and

strong magnet
use

the

as

push-button

between

opening

the

circuit.

has

core

find

is best

the

ceU

to

set

and

one

picked up
It is also

or
more

in

wire

what

become.

nails,screws,
toy for lifting

it
scissors,

be

binding-postsof

surprisedto

of the bolt

head

knives, and

coU, so things can

will be

you

the

magnet

of the coil to the

small

To

pocketswitch

of the

or

magnet

dropped by closingand
convenient

to

handle

loses

magnet

to

little contact

screw.

flows

current

is drawn

These

doses

the

from

repeat
the

course

The

This

the

the

wire

in

Buy

four

and

lb. of

Shp
the

two

of the

is

push-button

rapidly that
if

place, except

cores

then

that washer
back

to

the

again, and

so

on,

so

two

obtained

each

far

legsof

the

current

inches

the

horseshoe,
"

bell wire.

bolt,and

washer

One

the

5 inches

or

hole

of the

as

each

of the end
washer

of the

the

end

the

bolt

bolt-head

end.

the bolt-head

forth until the

to

of the insulated

around

at the
to

end

on

nut

at

the wire

the washer

and

the nut

screw

forms

startingpoint,then
back

by winding

make

to

as

of soft

core

(washers having ^-inch holes),

carefullywind
as

U-shaped

It consists

toy magnet.

poles are

the

"

upon

through

2^
5-16-inchcarriage-bolts

washers

washers

poles,a positiveand

two

of

ordinaryinsulated

bolt;

before.

as

so

takes

ture
arma-

oppositedirections.

or

Slipa length of
wire

Wind

in

end, temporarily.

coils.

from

iron

the

the

the

then

lighttap.

around

different

^-inch

J^-inchiron
^

those

wound

the coUs

two

long for

two

has

oppositedirections

flow aroimd

screw

vibrates

very

magnet

coils of wire

iron,and

again;

and
coils,

as

action

the

negativepole,just like
of two

armature

Electro-Magnet is the first portion of the

Horseshoe

bell to make.

long

as

give the push-button a

you

circuit

contact

armature

how

notice

the

the magnet

through

the

position restingagainst the

This

away

Of

cannot

you

its former

movements

pressed.

BOY

magnetic influence,and

its

springs back
the

HANDY

THE

146

end

height of the

THE

washers

has been

the

on

reached.

bolts,so

through

out

bolt,where

BOY

HANDY

the

the

Wind

in the

started.

you

wound.

Be

147

number

even

of the coil

washer

at

Figure 258
to

sure

an

end

upper

hole

ELECTRICIAN

wind

of the

core

one

pletely
com-

the two

on

layers

brought

end

nut

shows

the wire

be

can

the

of

cores

oppositedirections.

in

If you

both

connect

now

ends

of each

coil to

Fig.

Fig.

Figs.

258-261.

"

259.

Fig.

260.

of Horseshoe

Details

battery

258.

[Electro-]Magnet

for

Electric-Bell.

cell,
you will find that each
have

two

These

with
Make

metal

long, and

out
a

of

nail

the

form

yoke, to

yoke
with

through (Fig.259).
the

bolt

connected

electro-magnetsare
stripof
punch

tight againstthe ends

tin

the
screw

of the

at

that you

and

through it
bolt

nuts, and
the

magnet

nuts

end

one

electro-magnet.

inch wide

magnet

Remove

ends, then

horseshoe

holes

centers, large enough for the

over

magnetized,and

electro-magnets.
two

the

is

core

3 inches

inches

ends

to

on

stick

slipthe yoke
in

coil ends

place again

(Fig.260).

THE

148

Now
and
test

horseshoe

it,connect

windings

the

the
directions,
and

through

end

will be

other

end

to

wide

other
to

of
be

coU

been

will pass

current

fornid

coils,

two

complete.
to

put

through

the

cell.

a'

in

on

coil

one

and
counter-clockwise,

If the

opposite
clockwise,
magnet

one

(the positivepole),and

attract

To

the

repel (the negativepole).

7^

and

ends

of each

coils have

two

the

end

upper

the horseshoe

Mount

lower

electro-magnetwill

the

of

BOY

together the

connect

the

HANDY

magnet

long,in

inches

the

base block

upon

positionshown

in

usinga

inches

Fig. 257,

wooden

cleat

(Fig. 261)
which

with

hold

to

it in

position.
Details

of the
shown

are

and

It is made

of tin cut

from

257.

alarm-clock.

Cut

long and

i}4 inches wide, over

hammer

end,

and

shown.

Fold

the

down

end

until

through

the

over

it

%^-inch tab
then

the
holds

the

stem

the

opposite end

on

the

wire

the

hammer

tin 5 inches

i-inch

the

tab

on

to

sides of the

the
as

the middle
tab

securely.

Punch

armature

on

oppositeend,

and

the

can.

hammer,

of the

of

piece over

fold

263.

tomato

piece of

all,with

sides of the

portion (Fig. 263);

hammer

and

broken

of Electric-Bell.

Plan

"

in

Figs. 262
from
Fig.

mature
ar-

on

the

pound
a

it

hole

largeenough

THE

for

small

block
A

HANDY

cut

the base

to

and

screw,

of wood

BOY

3-16 inch

away

Figure 264
which

the

point

in

to

Fasten

Fig. 257,
heads

magnet

small

block

with

and

the

about

them.

shows

is combined

this

position shown

exactlyparallelto

149

(Fig.263).

to

armature

from

it at

screw

similar

in the

ELECTRICIAN

the

details of the

contact

binding-post. Cut

one

with

screw,

block

of

out

f ALARM-CLOCK

V_,STRIKER
Fig.

262.

.^"@^
BELL-

FROM

ALARM-CLOCK

Fig.

263.

Fig.

264.

TIN

STILTFlG.

266.

Fig.

Figs.

hard

tack

wood;

the

262-266.

to

of the

both

and

Details

to the

the

its top and

to

base

end

for the

of Electric-Bell.

(Fig.257).

thQ base block, under

through
run

armature

"

stripof tin

nail the block with brads

end

265.

block,near

Tack

of

and

screw-eye

the

pivoted

piece of tin

the

D,

face,and

punch

hole

binding-postto

through.
Fold

small

piece of tih in half for

the

second

binding-

HANDY

THE

ISO

(Fig.

post

plate

and

pierce

hole

binding-post.
place

any

this

to

the

Tack

the

base.

which

lower

both

holds

leading

of

one

the

armature

from

the

almost
coil

coil

block

base,

screw-eye

upper

other

to

battery

fastened

the

the

connect

the

to

for

be

may

Connect
and

portion

portions

binding-post

binding-post,

wires

the

through

This

on

screw

The

265).

BOY

ends

end

(Fig.

connect

257).

the

to

to

two

binding-posts.

stilt

like

made

such

closer

than

position

to

it,

if

adjust

the
of

wiU

the

make

been

armature

Httle

the

contact

magnet,
the

to

the
the

armature

alarm-clock

Fig.

the

that

remain
has

contact

in

into

inch

1-16

broken

shown

weU

will

magnetism

from

that

extend

to

screw

in

bell

the

Moimt

base

using

armature

the

strikes

the

screw,

mounting,

vibrate

because

the

the

You

possibly
to

steadiest

enough

the

shift

such

trical
elecfast

armature

wiU

beU

drawn

just
after

head.

and

the
be

cannot

hold

to

enough

Place

bolt-head,

broken,

long

block.

bolt-head;

in

after

266,

tin

upon

have
the

to

tion
posi-

positions
and

strongest.

as

An
number

electro-magnet can

An

267.

these

Fig.

also

267.

"

Derrick

photograph

An

in the

construction
one

of

of the

most

is

Electro-Magnet

(See

used

electrical toys, and

of home-made

interestingof

be

like
in

the

one

shown

Frontispiece.)Lots

Electro-Magnet Derrick.

in

Fig.

of fun

(See Frontispiece.)

be had

can

smaU

with

the

as

side to
from

hardware

boom

or

derricks.

use

you

It is easy

and

and

to

be

can

be
and

same

for

used
trains

steel of

be

as

with

The

swung

large

loading and

of cars,

loading
un-

provided, of
loads.

for your

sort

some

top,
from

swung

can

way

other

table

get nails,brads,tacks, and

to

pieces

odd

Frontispiece
photograph

284 ^-inch brads,

electro-magnetderrick lifting
small tacks it is of

by using very

lift

possibleto

course

largernumber.

much

to

or

derrick

just the
may

floor

lowered, loads

for the purpose.

the

The

and

carts

iron

enough

of hardware
shows

in

derrick

The

toy wagons,
course,

of the

arm

place

to

the

from

raised

side,and

place

BOY

this little derrick,hoistingnaUs

pieces of

and

HANDY

THE

152

Electro-Magnet

255, page

143,

is shown

show

(HOISTING-

in

details for

connected

to

the

to

another

mre

the
shown

one

that

in

making

end

of
be

and
dry-cell,

switch; and

should

the switch with

Make

One

coil should

magnet

other

Figs. 253

it.

making

the

CABLE

and

Fig. 268,

connect

the

dry-cell.
like the

switch
in

Fig. 246

Before

Fig. 248.
these

or

connections,

however, build
The

Derrick.

base
Fig.

268.

"

The

details

see

Electro-Magnet.
Figs. 253-255.)

about

(For

Wide

and

8
.

lo

the derrick

Cut

mchcs

inches
,

long

hoistingthe loads,is
hole

BOY

HANDY

THE

IS4

in detail in

shown

through uprightL

for the axle M

axle M

cut

to stick

of

each

pivot

the

flange
and

turn

drive

of the axle

end

from

four notches

Cut

off.

the

handle

and

prevent the drums

to

wiU

spool,and

through each

brad

of each

end

one

crank

through,and

they

so

easily. Fasten

Bore

smaller than

enough

spool dnuns

to

Fig. 272.

sHding

in the inner

spool, as

shown,

catches

the

to

post L, in the positionsindicated,

they

so
Fig.

272.

of Derrick

Detail

notches

Windlass.

be

may

lock

to

into

thrown

the

(Fig.

windlass

the

267).
The

Fasten

of the cable for

end

one

{P, Fig. 267), and

drum;
The

tie it

of the

washer

the

over

magnet,

boom

the
that

be

base

board

connect

twisted

as

pulley /,

and

up

screw-eye
so

fastened

shown
then

in

and

mast

to

over

one

sliparound.

not

between

nail

the

over

it wiU

the

Fig. 268,

through

to

run

screw-eye

and

nut

up

and

G,

and

dnmi.

tied to the second

Figure 267

be

should

strong cord.

raisingthe boom

cord

the drum

securelyto

cable

other

through

down

pulley,then

this

nm

of

made

be

should

Cables

Hoisting

shows

how

in front
the

around

the

dry-cellmay

of the

mast,

and

be

hoistingcable,part

the

how

electro-magnet,switch, and
the

strapped to
wires

cell should

way,

and

the

ELECTRICAL

TOYS

of their

remainder
wires

the

floor.

be

for

the

moved

Be

hang.

to

from

if you

BOYS

155

wheels, and
be

table-topdown

be

either

Tmck

to

get it.

can

screwed
axles

fastened upon

Motor

cut

spool wheels, yoiu: derrick

upon

can

to

siure

be

along a table-top. Spool-endsmay

Electric

the

base

the

base, or

the

of

reach

to

flexible wire

Use

By moimting
can

length allowed

long enough

the

HANDY

FOR

the

edge

wheels

(Figs. 290

fastened

are

the

to

as

used

of
and

291).
Derrick

the

How

that

explain

lever

switch

that

and

opening

Toy

have

make

the

is

it

your

the muscles

273

but

in

our

dropped

and

the

over

closingthe circuit,
off the

the

causes

the

of fun

produces

friend's
him
to

is not

switch

lever

electro-magnet

an

small

shocking

instant

the

you

can

entertainingfriends.
but

wrist

extent

grips imtil

when

which

strong enough

muscles

to

twitch, and

Large shocking coils contract

to dance.

such

shocking machine

toy with

severe,

and

arm

Kttle

The

harmless

amoimt

of the metal

go

which

"

Fig.

perhaps cause

do

circuit

Machine.

shock

The

point

contact

by throwing

up

dropped by throwing

endless

an

picked

Shocking

in

shown

is

to

unnecessary

magnetism.

lose its
A

the

to

it is

and

to

load

probably

It is

Works.

the

that

impossibleto let

has been

current

machine

person

it is

the

shut

handles

holding them

can

wishes

off,
be
to

so.

The

shocking machine

and
interrupter,

consists of

an

pair of handles,all of

an
induction-coil,

which

are

easy

for

be

E
.g
a

.3

156

"

ELECTRICAL

boy

to

furnish

to

TOYS

make,

and

the

current

The

Induction-Coil

shown

in detail in

wet

FOR

HANDY

BOYS

dry batteryof

or

one

157

cells

two

or

(Fig.274).
is the

first part

Figs. 275

to

make.

to

coil has

The

277.

This

is

windings

rCARDBOAROENDS'

|,i|"x2fB0LT

Fig.

Fig.

275.

278.

Fig.

Figs.

of two
a

275-278.

sizes of wire

Details

"

upon

iron

an

2%
5-16-inchcarriage-bolt

coils get

wire, and

copper

wire.
bolt

keep

To
core,

cut

other

the

one

or

wire

next

the

to

ends
to the

on

the nut,

coarse

as

bolt next
shown

wire should

magnetof the

ends

i}4

about

to

in

wire

insulated

insulated

slippingoff the

cardboard

buy

core

for the

electric-beU

30-gauge

from

the

long, and

24-gauge

of these

For

core.

inches

No.

some

two

layersof

Three

20-

the

Slipone

diameter.

and

No.

some

277.

of Induction-Coil.

inches
the

in

head,

Fig. 275.

be wound

on

first,

for
The

Primary-CoU.

end, stick
inches

to

the

projectupon

Pierce
wire
the

hole

through

through it,and
outside; then

one

allow

commence

board
cardabout

wind-

THE

iS8

ing

wire upon

the

the

preceding turn.

reached, wind

back

to

the other

end

through

the

primary-coil(Fig.276).

of

winding

in the

the

Secondary-CoU,

bicycletape,

coil. Then

wind

eleven

layer out
should

wire

wrap

the

hood
neighbor-

off the wire

stick the

cardboard

small

end.

so

projecting

This

completes

top of the primary-

on

the

on

layerson

through

be about

primary-coilwith

glue several layersof

or

small

careful

wire,being very
Wind

layers. Cut

work

form

coil,to
The

hole

bolt has

will be in the

5-inchprojection,and

end

Before

There

again.

of the

startingpoint, then

the

to

close to the

turn

opposite end

in the three

turns

will be

there

the

back

BOY

placing each

core,

When

been

of 175

HANDY

100

get it

to

and
coil,

the

the

wire

as

the

the

coarser

smoothly.

the end of the eleventh

run

(Fig.277).

end

of this wire

turns

did

evenly and

on

cardboard

arotmd

paper

you

layer

to

the

There

layer,or

1 100

in all.

turns

crank

arrangement

winding easier,but
slowly,the wire
is difficult to

can

it is

account

it.
Cut

patience,and
almost

track

each

of

fineness

scheme

woxmd

on,

to
so

make

by doing
as

well

the

each

that each

the
work

by hand.

preceding turn,

of the

coat

to

wire, and

on

It

while
this

layer with bluing

turn

of the following

neath
plainlyagainst the stained layer be-

show

Figure 277

base block

rigged up

be wound

of the

good

after it has been

layer wiU

with

keep

winding, because

be

can

shows

the

5 inches wide

completed
and

induction-coil.

7 inches

long,bevel

i6o

THE

bell-wire for

passing the
pieces of
The

these, because

handles

battery.

An

The

flow of current

Such
similar

Figs.

the

to

be

must

of the wires

one

the

tin

covering to

induction-coil is to raise the

shock, and

to

Interrupter

and

easilytiandled

more

Tack

around.

of the

in order

one,

it is

in
the

broom-handle.

purpose

of the

BOY

HANDY

inserted

between

the

vibratingarmature
264,

the

battery

primary-coilof

interruptermay

an

interrupted

an

therefore

leading to

262, 263, and

257,

be

must

voltage

of

be

constructed

149);

148 and
the form

-CONNECTWIREFROM
PRIMARY-COIL

(see

electric-bell

an

pages

the induction

Fig.

but
in

shown
and

274,

tailed
de-

HERE\
in
CONNECT

283, is

to

Battery

suited

WIRE
HERE

is

make
Fig.

279.

the

shaft

the

hole
on

in

the

small brad

wide

inches

inches

thread

end,
crank

and

toy

our

wide

and

spool; and
a

in

of

brad

The

into

the

base
Make

equal

diameter

crank

it for

to
to

handle.

glue, or by driving a

shaft

supports D

Fig. 281, ij4 inches

at

the

the

to

adjust.

long.

inches

prepare

shaft with

the

the two.

shown

inch

long

easier

and

Cut

2}^

and

drive

to

through

prepared as

bottom,

Interrupter for Shocking-Coil.

2^

the

Fasten

"

i}4

block

be

to

better

shocking machine,
and

fit

Figs. 279

top, and

wide

i^

should

across

inches

the

high.

ELECTRICAL

Bore

hole

enough

with

into

brads

the sides of base

to

this

mount

279), first slipping the

the

Drive

the

the

A.

them

through

one

then

through

the

trifle into

large

these

ports
sup-

eightbrads

equidistantfrom

shaft

top, and

Drive

the

spool

i6i

fasten

upon

spool, and

spool brads

BOYS

easily,and

spool, spacing

another, and

HANDY

Uttle below

will turn

shaft

thread

through

FOR

through each, a

the

so

TOYS

(E, Fig.

shaft

support, then
other

shaft

the

one

support.
hold

to

the

spool in position.
The
a

projectingarm
and

can,

be

must

Fig.

(Fig.279) is a stripof

long enough

Fig.

A,

at

fasten

spool E
after

G, and,

brads

upper

end

the

head

upon

The

of

wire from

Fig.

282.

280-283.

"

Details

wiU

strike

is revolved.

upon

the top of

nail this

stripF

must

280

Fig.

281.

of Interrupter.

Drive

bending stripF

(Fig.282),and

to H

The

when

it with

nail-head

from

283.

Figs.

its end

each

so

tin cut

shown

as
an

nail into base

in

Fig. 283,

uprightmade

upright to
be bent

so

the end

it wiU

similar

of base A.

bear down

of nail G.

the

primary-coilwhich

is

as

yet

not

con-

i62

nected

should

should

be

the lower

be

THE

HANDY

attached

to

connected
end

of

to

post plate is made

hole

of

out

the

completes

induction-coil upon

battery and

the

How

of the

small

in series.

each
interrupter,

between

it and

the

head

of nail

G, and

handles

the

can

current

the

the

in

spool E

be

stronger and

distinct

more

the crank
end

of

electrical contact

is

striphas been
with

The

is turned.

speed with

The

the

person

strengthof

the

by

the head

the

made,

shock.

when

nect
Con-

enough.

raises the

If the

regulatedsomewhat

interruptercrank

the

turn

into contact

it with

Fig. 274.

you

contact

will receive

the

cells will be

of nail G.

time

each

holding the
which

shown

When

properly,it wiU springback

it beside

connect

passing it,thus breaking the

in

binding-

binding-screw.

Two

nail in

the

to

piece of tin,with

block,and

Interrupter Works.

stripF,
bent

how

interrupter. Moimt

the base

battery ceUs

the

battery wire

one

shows

doubled

as
induction-coil,

the

G, and

Figure 283

punched through it for

This

nail

binding-postplate I fastened

stripF.

BOY

shocks

crank

are

is turned

slowly.
electrical toys of

Home-made

easilyoperatedby
cell

are

not
as

carried
in the

case

carefullyworked

very

enough
The

Toy

to

toy motor, when

by

the

of

out,

light construction
the motor

toy; but when

wagon,
or

and

both

the construction

the motor

wiU

not

are

battery
ported,
trans-

are

be

must

be powerful

drive the wheels.

Electric

Motor

Truck

shown

in

Fig. 286 is

light construction,the axle bearings produce very

of

little

Fig.

Fig.

28U."

287."

Top

Toy

View

Electric

of

Electric

Motor

Truck.

Motor

Truck.

ELECTRICAL

friction,and

TOYS

the

battery

HANDY

FOR

is

BOYS

and

light

of

163

powerful

type.
Get

oblongshaped cigar-boxfor

an

truck, several large thread

silk-thread

small

two

and

for the

in diameter

water, and

scraped off with

be

off

loosened

or

pulleys,

diameter,for axles,
six screw-eyes

5-16

wash-boiler
there

or

wash-tub

until the paper

so
sufficiently
they

can

knife.

Then, after the box

stripsA (Fig.291),and

has

thoroughly dried,cut the

fasten them

to

the

bottom, one

two
at

Screw

side.

each

inch in

it to remain

allow

soaked

labels have

and

bearings.

First,place the cigar-boxin

of hot

wheels

sides of the

sticks
or
lead-pencils,

steering-wheel
post, and

and
belt-shaft,
inch

spools for

spools,four

round
perfectly

whittled

the bed and

the

axle

screw-eye

bearings into these

strips. Place

equal

at

Fig.

288

them

distances

the ends of the

from

Fig.

289.

strips.
The

Wheels

are

made

from

the

flange

ends

of

the

large

spools. Figure 289

shows

290.

the front pencil

axle.
center

Fig.

Slip

portionof

the
one

Figs.

288-290.

"

Details of Axle

and

Belt Shaft.

THE

i64

of the

largespools on

pencil ends
the

with

one,

pulleylike

the

one

to each

spoolon

upper

through the

hole

Screw

the

from
The

truck

see

(Fig.290).

288

supports

edge of

spool

keep

ings
bear-

the sides of the

front axle.

Slip a

its ends

by Figs. 287

to the motor

shaft

upper

silk-

from

down

ping
slip-

the

the best belts.

Cut

the belt extending

cigar-boxwith

the upper

another

pulley on

shaft to the front axle to pass

to

the

291,

the

to

cigar-boxfor

of the

and

puUey, and

bottom

its

through.
puUey

rectly
di-

shaft

to
bicycle-tape,

pulley. Wrap the spool

belts
keep the rubber-band

slipping.
Battery.
to

zinc

must

we

and

the

130,

Cut

long, and

bend

for the motor

specialbattery.

are

to

of the best form.

cigar-boxlargeenough

to set in.

heavy
hold

the

elements,prepared like

carbon

page

make

too

glasstiunblers

cells with

Fig. 233,

through

dry batteryis

A
so

carry;

bi-chromate

in

glue

axle is like the

rear

make

in line with

pulleys with

and

stripsA,

Rubber-bands

motor

toy

in

axle,and its screw-eye

the

over

will

the

the upper

from

Fig.

of this shaft to

you

from

axle.

the front

stick the

The

into the top

largepulleyis belted

belt extends

pulley,then

screw-eyes.

As

Belts.

The

in

the front

on

end

of the

out

them.

shown

(Fig.287),dhectly

box

and

screw-eyes
to

be screwed

should

spoolpulleyomitted

Shaft

Upper

The

the

the
on

BOY

this for

to

through

spool-endwheels

front

HANDY

stripof
it into

tin about

for the
inch wide

solution,

those

Cut

an

two

and

Two

shown

opening
tumblers
8 inches

U-shaped hanger, to support

the

i66

THE

with

HANDY

glue and brads, and

the

of the

ends

seat.

and

piece D,

bottom

BOY

then

The

fasten

the

dashboard

Z? is nailed

5q
Fig.

pieces A.

Figure

Make

top.

it of

Slash

paper.

293.

"

294

Details

is nailed

and

hght-weightcardboard, or heavy writing-

the ends

shown;

as

then

down

turn

form

to

down

canopy

and

ners,
cor-

glue

the

turned-

ends.

Fasten

to the canopy

rights
up-

with tacks.
The
"

Pattern

ends

stuck

edge

of the

into

Seat-Arms

are

pieces

of Canopy-Top.

of
holes

in the

wire,T/pith

bent

canopy

uprights

and

spool yi

inch

their
front

seat.

Steering-Wheel is
is

the

lap

them

.t

and

of side

pattern for the canopy-

the ends

The

the

Canopy-Top.

and

294.

to

to

"^''staples

the

T fi

Fig.

piecesA

the lower' ends

to

of Seat

shows

side

glued upon

the end

section of
of

pencilor

stick.

Run

thick,
the

ELECTRICAL

lower

(Fig.
The

bottom

end

of

293).

the

through

hole

in

the

167

of

bottom

For
fasten

Levers,

piece

pencil

BOYS

HANDY

FOR

TOYS

with

two

small

smaU

sticks

staples.

to

the

end

of

the

his friends

and

author

riggingup
different

dozen

beltingone

or

used

much

to

us

with

water-motor,

great deal

of different
that

way

and

home-made

were

set in motion

is made

as

of the

one

be

can

power

aU

when

noise
was

More

they

the

of fun

sizes,and
all

at

ran

bicyclewheels,
speeds. Spools,clothes-line pulleys,

used, and

as

wheels

in such

another

to

have

to

more

sewing-machine wheels,
were

with

operating toys

from

Aside

in

it is

obtained

.of the

one

smaU

with
or

which

of the

scheme.

"

than

water-motor

toy engine,and

useful

most

plant

power

toy

pulleys

they produced

fascinatingfeatures

electric motor,

small

wooden

toys that

taken
a

boy

togethe
alcan

make.
The

in

Toy

bath-tub

generallybe
the

you

will be in

no

The

box

Motor

for the

simple matter

will have

wish

to

one's way
Case.

to

sink, but

may

be

laundry

cut

room

more

in which

operate,and between

to

operated
tub

will

down

in

rigup

the

wash-days you

there.
You

of your

case

Fig.295

satisfactory
place,because

more

laundry you

toys that

kitchen

or

in

shown

Water-Motor

down

probably get

can

water-motor;
a

168

box.

if not

small

grocery

it will be

Figure 297

shows

the

MECHANICAL

TOYS

completed water-motor,
A

case.

board
a

The

side of the

stripshould

board,

to

form

Fig.

295.

296.

"

"

the

height of

Fig. 298
be

box, as

nailed

Toy Water-Motor

How

Water-Wheel

diameter

be

HANDY

to

Make

the

is shown

box.

in

169

of the

from

box

the

top

Fig. 298, or

else

top edge of each

end

water.

Operated in

Laundry

Tub.

Pulleys.

of this should
the

detail

shown

to

BOYS

removed

outlets for the waste

Fig.

The

and

strip should

narrow

of each

small

FOR

After

in detail in

be several

Figs.300
inches

cuttingthe

two

and

301.

shorter than
circular side

THE

70

piecesof

the

wheel, and
for

largeenough

Fig.

297.

"

The

Fig. 301), draw

bormg

broom-handle

and

hole

center
or

at

and
an

C at

through

each

curtain-poleshaft (A,

298.

"

Motor

""

the lines B

lines D

BOY

Fig.

Completed

Water-Motor.

and

HANDY

The

Water-

Case.

rightanglesto

angle of

45

one

degreesto

other,
an-

these.

L-

Fig.

The
be

299.

"

Unes
your

Cross-Section of Water-Motor.

represent the

guides

in

centers

Fig.

300.

"

of the wheel

Betail of Water-Wheel.

paddles and

putting together the wheel.

Cut

will
the

MECHANICAL

paddles out
than

of thin

the lines

when

case,
In

wood,

FOR

and

HANDY

make

J/2inch between

the

171

trifle shorter

of the proper

the wheel

width

and

ends

in the

is mounted

wheel

BOYS

them

AB, AC, AD, etc., and

leave about

to

TOYS

the box

(Fig. 299).

case

assemblingthe wheel, first nail

end

one

piece to

300), then

paddle (Fig.

each

nail

the

on

other

end

piece.
be

300) should
the width

(Figs.297,

Shaft

The

and

299,

enough longerthan

of the motor

for

cuttinga puUey

and

driving a pin

on

allow

to

case

end,

one

Fig.

through the

301.

How

"

the Water-Wheel

other end.

To

first make

two

saw,

then

remove

This

cuttingmust

pulley will

the wood

not

be

keep

between

done

center

the

the water-wheel

the

the

of the

center

tiuming on

nail the

then
To

shaft

the
drive

through

the
I

hole

to the

Wheel,

the set-screws

Bore

about

blocks

the

Mount

block,drive

and

/ part way
K

through

coxurse,

Bore
/

short

into

hole A
one

fine

chisel.

or

your
H

for

set-screw

shaft.

the

slipit [intothe

A,

Make

through

edge, and

of the wheel.

ends

first

holes

screw

with

cuts

(Fig.300) is for

from

with

Drill the holes

shaft.

of these for each end of the wheel.

one

shaft

the

exactly,of

very

on

Block

Ends.

pulley,

entirelyaround

cuts

pins (Fig.299).
to

the

prepare

Out

Lay

to

when

case, then

slip

properly centered

into the shaft.

the

top of the

inch inside of the line of the forward

motor

case,

part of the

HANDY

THE

172

wheel.
from

This

hole

which

and

into it and

length to

The

piece of

the other

of the

end

rubber

cut

off

so

This

strikingthe top

of the

the

Upper Shafting M

and

the

size of the faucet

exact

obtain

to

faucet.

reach

from

water

of

be

going

are

you

end

one

should

BOY

water-power,

your

tubing should
it will be of

and

slipped

justthe right

tubing wUl
case

be

the

prevent

splashing.

uprightsL (Figs.297

299)

are

and

necessary

onlyin

case

the water-

motor

sets

down

tub, and

be

cannot

directlyto
the

pulley on
wheel

the toy to be

operated
belted

in

the

water-

The

per
up-

shafting can

be

shaft.

placed high enough

the belt wiU

so

sides

the

of the

(Fig. 29s).

fit

snugly

Fig.

303
Fig.

302.

and

for

302.

Fig.

303.

"

"

Toy

the

the
and

drill the holes

pins.

Figure 296 shows

how

Fig.

in

spoolsN

holes in

O,

Cut

tub

largeenough

shaft M
to

clear

Merxy-Go-Round.

Detail of Lever

Control.

you

wooden

can

prepare

the center
be

for the

used

Fig.

save

must
tent

306.

you

the

be

bored

Plan

"

The

the

near

one

The

base

wide

and

inches

Cut

notches

in the

four wooden
bored
from

at

center

piece of

Z" is 8 inches

long.

Side of Merry-Go-Round

cutting the

this would

find one;

circular
of the

Platform.

pieces.

platform for

broom-handle

or

ends, and

pins G

18

fit the

in holes

equal distances

center-poleC.

pins G long enough

so

Cut

they

Fig. 307."

Platform

hole
the

curtain-

through

D,

Base

"

can

might

A barrel-head

center-pole

(Fig.307).

end

of

through

hole bored

if you

of Under

work

the

(Fig.306).

platform

C
center-pole

pole. Fasten
in

the board

with

BOY

HANDY

THE

174

Detafl.

MECHANICAL

will

inches

project2

pins wUl
Base

equal

be
D

above

understood

sets

width

TOYS

but

are
a

piecesare not
driven through

way

about

that D

BOYS

The

D.

175

of these

purpose

308.

Horse

"

fastened
slots E

reason

(Fig.307),which

hose H

one-half

will slide back

l4 inch; the

HANDY

later.

about

Fig.

base

base

another

upon

FOR

again

and

as

and

two

Rider.

together,but

in board

long. The

is of

forth

for this is

the

two

into board
on

for

nails F
in such

distance of

explainedfurther

on.

in diameter.

The

two

Nail

this

Figure 308 shows

The

Horses

careful

times

and

With

Riders.

tracing of

this

cardboard.

upon

pieceof

^-inch

of

(Figs.304

Make

the

ing

driven

304).

into
The

horses

Horses

strip should

305,

and

bored

should

in the
be

Made

to

306),which

cords

pegs

attached

as

to

are

the
the

other

stripof

(Fig. 309).
have

to

boy

crayons.

fit

hole

wooden

axle

should

hole

in

in turn

an

be
up-

should

be

revolvingplatform (Fig.
axles

shown

in

trifle forward

Fig.309.

N
Gallop by the triggers

merry-go-round platform
operated by

each

which

horse,

the

to

to

through it

pivoted on

balancingpoint,as
are

each

Each

right L,

hole

tack

and

eight

cardboard

riders,paint

slippedthrough

Mount-

Horses.

of their
The

for

DetaU

or

these

similar

K,

it

clothes of the

wood

axle

make

of the

water-colors

and

drilled

"

markings

cuttingout

side,then

309.

transfer

the face and

horses

Fig.

thin paper

then

drawing;

After

The

be

of

full-size pattern of

rider,with

are

be made

platform batten

the

and

the

this may

5 inches

306).

and

304,

about

portion should

center

pulley to

307) is

and

piecesof

outer

the

cigar-boxwood;
wood.

BOY

(Figs.304, 306,

Pulley I

The

HANDY

THE

176

screwed

to

in

positionsthat they

such

the imder

(Figs.

platform revolves
ends

of sticks J

side of

(Fig.306).

(Fig.309)

MECHANICAL

TOYS

through holes

run

in the ends

0 to the

dotted

by

lines in

triggersN

puU

forward; then, when

back

of balance.

win

of

Fasten

triggers(Figs.

the

dicated
positionsinshde

the

the shaft

of the
Use

puUey
a

past

necessary

the

The

to

of

the

and

304,

306)

are

H, in the proper

spoolpulleysmounted

be in line with the center

for
to

base

the belt

gmde

pulley 7, and pulley S

electric-motor

(Figs.302,
running

Lever

304,

from

(Fig.302,

303,

pulleysR and

/ when

and

pulleyR

and

forward,looseningthe

and

used

the

to

for power.

306)
to

are

pulley

it twists.

point where

moved

of

through

go

revolution

of base

of the two

one

pulleyR

D, backward

it when

forward

I.

in the

Control

horses

carefuUy pivoted, so

very

(Figs.302,

toy engine,or

nails T

be

Q {R,Fig.306) wiU

belt

water-motor,

each

rock

justright.

of

strong twine

Belts, and

horses wiU

pairof

projectingend

the center

released,the

being pivoted

upon
must

strike them

to

so
position

/, at

into

tacks

stringsM, the horses

Each

Pulley Supports P

fastened

The

of the

stringsare

galloping movements

The

upon

306).

Fig. 306, after they

account

platform. Triggers N
pegs

back

upon

the

again, on

their centers
four

tied to

are

305, and

oppositeend

177

G.

When

rock

BOYS

platform,and

306), to spring them

and

pegs

in the

HANDY

iV^ (Figs.
triggers
304,

of

the rubber-bands
305

FOR

moved

in the

in

one

307) shifts base

belt

running

over

and tightening
direction,

oppositedirection.

When

this belt

THE

178

BOY

tightened,the merry-go-round

is

slackened,the

when

toy is brought
free.

to

307), drive

end

of lever

to

hole

in the upper

completes

V to the

nail into its

the

edge

edge
the

The

Tent

these

for the

are

engine or

the

motor

of base

edge, and

runs

(Figs.302

the

screw

in the proper

V wiU

shde. back

lower

position
forth

and

U.

and
triggers,

portions will require adjustment

smoothly,but

and

puUey R,

corner

and

motion;

in

of the

operating mechanism
the

go-round. Probably

the

of base

of block

in lever

is set

slipsaroimd

stop, while

the nail in the

This

belt

the block

Fasten

and

so

HANDY

merry-go-round

the

toy

easilytaken

are

be made

may

other

two

or

make

to

details that

one

merry-

of tin

Figure

shows

it should

cut, with
sliced

peak

of

and

to

310

be

side.

one

fasten

edges W,

or

triangular
piece

out

and

Lap

of.

care

cardboard.
how

run

the

attach

the

two

the

top of the

center-pole.
fun

More

be

can

had

with
A
FiG.

310.

"

Tent

Diagram.

form
311

forms

because

of mechanical
it has

Toy

illustrated
than

aeroplane toys sold

several features

that

Aeroplane of the

with

most

in the

they have

in

Fig.
of the

toy stores,

not.

Start-

MECHANICAL

ing from

the

feet in the
from

floor

it is

clearly how

box

used

and

crank

lower

end

to

turn

arm

near

aeroplane rises
and

suspended.

179

around

Figure

operation of

several

center-pole

shows

312

the

toy

more

is.

The

grocery
the

has

its

upon

which

by

The

it.
has

hole

through

bored

flies around

BOYS

the

for

base,

HANDY

runs

through
of

FOR

table,our

simple the

center-poleA

top

or

air,and

which

down

TOYS

for

end

one

it

center-pole to

the
stick
is

through,

nailed

and

the

to

center-pole.Crosshas

pieceD

screwed

screw-eye

into each

is nailed

its center

outer

(Fig.

end

313),and
at

small

to

Fig.

The

B.

of

nm

through the

joinedat
extends

Toy Aeroplane.

to

suspension-cordsof the

screw-eyes

(Fig.312); then

along arm

"

the

end

arm

311.

in

D,
crosspiece

singlecord

screw-eye

at

and

connected

F, and

nms

plane
aeroare

at E

through

it and

over

to

the

How

is revolved

Toy Aeroplane

along
and

with
the

the

floor

slidingit

revolving and
the

or

312.

block

G,

at

block

the
G

center-pole
is allowed

aeroplane simply

table; then,by reaching up

the

center-pole,while

to

the

the

in the air

block, and

until,when

runs

block

pole is

its course,

aeroplane is flying around

gradually rise

to

ofToy Aeroplane.

the
center-pole,

down
the

Detail

"

When

C, and

suspension-cordwill puU with

wiU

in the wooden

Works.

crank

by turning

Fig.

revolve

screw-eye

it is tied.

to which

H,

another

BOY

HANDY

THE

i8o

the

block

plane
aero-

G has

handle.

Secure

bore

and
/ for

wooden

feet

inches

pin,the
its

BOY

the

to

the

to

of which

purpose

point.

that

the end

shp aroimd
into

block

Cut

its center

the

center-polefreely,and
tie the

of the arm,

through

to

keep

the

about

long (Fig.313),

hole

edge

one

arm

nail,

crosspiece

be to

the

6 inches

crosspieceD

make

wiU

Cut

center-pole(Fig.312).

the

square,

screw-eye

center-polewith

pole directlyabove

to
nailingthe crosspiece

it will

so

through

and

long

arm

crank

dropping below

and after
the

the

hole

pole from
3

HANDY

THE

l82

fasten

or

largeenough
screw

aeroplane suspension-

cord to.
Model

Aeroplane

The

of machine

like

you

FiG.

graph

you

can

suggestionfor

use

be

made

be

best, and

315.

"

it to

The

patterned
if you

Aeroplane

have

from.

copy

and

of wire.

318 show
Soft

how

after
a

the

tj^e

good photo-

Model.

Wright biplanemodel

Figures 316, 317,

may

may

Figure

315

that

easilymade.

is

the framework

iron wire

known

as

shows

of this

stove-pipe

MECHANICAL

wire
a

be

can

small

TOYS

bought at

and this
coil,
Use

FOR

hardware

is what

pair of pincersfor bending

with

ends

of the

thread.

about

have

should

you

BOYS

at

store

six frames similar to that shown

square,

HANDY

the

wire

The

top and

bottom

of each

two

in

frames

should

Fig

318.
Figs.

to
I

these

into

frames, but

below

inch

hook

skids of the
the wire

to

for

Aeroplane

similar

320.

Model.

upright should extend about

of the

frame,

and

proportion and shape shown,

(Fig.318).
a

with

MOLD

of

frames,and brace with

into

bind

be bent

the end

support the wire skid (Fig.318). Make

The

the

wheels,and

sawed
the ends

a
rear

loop to ho|d the

Button-molds, or
used

Details

"

the front

the bottom

of the frames
be bent

316-320.

the

316.

Fig.

-Button
319.

inches

made

be

Make

Lap

shown, and

as

work.
frame-

wire.

Fig. 317, about

Fig.

Fig.

for the

the

for

5 cents

sUghtly curved.

frame

center

183

them

connect

diagonalpiece to
of each

end

wooden

off ends

to

the top

skid should

wheel-axle
of

the

(Fig.319).

spool,should

of the axle should

be cut

be
to

HANDY

THE

i84
fit them.
wheels

Drive

from

Make

long

and

shown
The

in

should

wide.

Fig. 316,

and

of

out

have

to

the two

shows

proper

inches

warped

each

them

then

transfer upon
Cut

each

on

The

and

and
321.

Pattern

"

mark

an

Figs. 311
around

the

of the bands

out

and

flap

glue the

cardboard

plane.

Suspension-Cords (Figs.312

313) are

attached

through

tied to block

Pylon,

aeroplane'scourse,
and

board.
card-

to

the

the

plane,
aero-

screw-eyes,

G.

of Aviator.

A
to

and

piece of

it out, bend

the lower

run

Fig.

thin paper,
a

this

Trace

side,as shown,

flapsto

from

shows

Figure 321

pieceof

then

Fig.315.

pattern for the aviator.

off upon

they

frame

in

shown

as

Aviator.

The

315,

these

imtil

third

to the

end,

Fig.

and
propellers,

for

wire them

in

as

each.

propellers.Cut

long,twist

surfaces

about

frames.

center

the pattern for the

2

inches

lo

planes to

shown

framework,

the

cardboard, about
the

the

keep

to

frames

cardboard

the

sew

wire

the

Space

of

be fastened

Figure 320

ends

planes of cardboard, cutting them

portion

rear

axle

off.

inches

the

pins through

comuig

the

BOY

312.

Tack

uprightsof
should

be

this

or

may

or

glue

as

shown.

such

tower

be

built

five

painted red, the

as

bands

The

as

is used

shown
of

in

paper

alternate faces

others

left white.

CHAPTER
MECHANICAL

XI

TOYS
HANDY

boys who

of you

Those

probably have
make

toys

and

cousins.

home.

Sometimes

planning

adapted

the

to

littleand

cost

it takes

discover

to

various

Lay

out

disk about

cardboard, locate
of each

center

Divide

the

parts, and

lay

should
A

them

off the

be fastened

cotton

of

teeth

four
the

they

as

can

be

is where

that

the

upon

ringsoutside
into

have
to

i8s

pieceof
the

of this.

sixteen

equal

(Fig.325.)
two

The

holes drilled

slipthrough, and

with glue or

for

spool-end on

shown.

should

to the disk

quire
re-

thinking

considerable

disk

twistingcord

stringis best

but

usuallybe picked

can

in diameter

make

for centers
for the

make,

interestingtoy (Fig. 322).

an

positionfor

face, and

you

in.

comes

5 inches

circumference

spool-endsused
through

the

that

you

are

of the smaller

parts of toys; but

Whirligig is

Buzz-Saw

to

just the things which

part of the fun of toy making

A

simply they

Most

to

easy

Christmas

for presents for your

good

only

not

are

materials which
at

find how
occurred

never

toys equally as

mechanical

up

has

the littlemechanical

justbefore

corners

or
brothers,sisters,

younger

examined

have

surprisedto

perhaps it

made, and

might

been

SMALL

BOYS

the street

toys sold upon

FOR

brads.

THE

i86

the

Operating
holes

in the

shp

of each

end,

stringis

twisted

slippingit through

Whirligig. After

spool-ends,tie

the toy,

BOY

HANDY

the

the first fingerof

and

whirl
from

the

both

together.

ends

hand

each

disk

in

ends

and
string,

the

the disk will whirl

again in

up

ends,

wound

direction.

in the

the

disk will do
Detail

WhirligigShown

is

an

chair

beneath

end

Fig. 322.

stiff cardboard

held

to

the stage, and

knee.
his

He

head,

he is made

so

knack

stringtwist

so

is attained

so

of
the
with

is held
that
to

of the stage with the free hand.

(Fig.323)

Clog-Dancer

The

His

your

the

ing
work-

little practice.

doll.
loose-jointed

piece of

stringattached
upon

in

easilymade

shingleor

of Buzz-saw

should

when
steadily

right,and

to

opposite

disk

The

whirl very

"

it has

when

it whirl

making

upon

tightpull again

up

make

strings

hold

your

and

and

the opposite
the

As

twist,slacken

until

untwisted

direction.

325.

of the

oppositedirection

twisted

Fig.

Then

the ends

string is

the

until the

the center.

as

pullfirmlyon
in the

work

through the loop

direction

one

far

as

To

the

dancing-stageis
on

the

by

means

his

feet

of

Uttle

the

lightly

rest

jigby tapping the

With

of

edge

outer

practice

Fig.
DANCEK

323."
IS

The
A

Ecckntric
ClliCUS

TN

ClogHIMSELF.

Fig.

324."

Jack

Pull
jumps

the

string

comically.

and

THE

the

lengthsmarked
and

in

BOY

HANDY

Fig.326, and

jointedby driving tacks

are

connectingthese

with

heavy

Unen

yi,inch

about

shows

Figure 326

hands

the feet and

how
,_

and

their ends

into

thread.

in diameter,

,^

are

cut, and

how

tacks

are

driven

into

them

for the thread

tions.
connec-

Paint

dancer's
and

the

clog-

body,

arms,

legs white,

feet

head, hands, and

black, and

mark
and

his

his

mouth

eyes,

nose,

upon

his face in white.

Toy

Jumping- Jack

is always amusing, and

Fig. 324

shows

constructed
model.

2-IN.WIDE
Fig.

327.

Details

"

Jack Shown

in

of the

Fig.

Jumping-

center

one

end

in

on

one

from
for

side.

how

327

figure

is

The

peaked

hat is half

made.

spool tapered down

from

the

end

to

the

324.

center

the

will

the

of Body

made
homeYou

by Fig.

see

ply
sim-

; and

the head, is

darning-cottonspool,shaped down

neck, and

Figure

with
327

eyes,

shows

nose,

the

and

mouth

diagrams

for

at
cut

the

MECHANICAL

front

and

cut

are

to

of

body, the

through

to fit between

of the

pivotal holes through

small

shown, using a

boring,and

do the
each

shown.

as

driven

of the

knot

the

threads

blue

and

trousers

blue

blocks

the

positions

the

which

linen thread

fastened

pivoted

to

through
brads

on

together,bring

tie to

body

Bore

nail with

small

hat, white

the

ring; also

them

keep

to

might provide him

painting Jack, you

In

square

into the back.

body

together,and

close to the

long

A.

legs in

legs are

of the
been

has

threads

block

as

red-hot

and

arms

stick A

body pieces. The

and

arms

189

legs. These

the

hat, with

pieceof heavy

the front

body

the

ends

tie

and

the

gimlet or

The

through

When

the

BOYS

the neck

thickness

same

and

Cut

head

the

HANDY

arms,

cigar-boxwood.

run

be

SMALL

FOR

of the

the end

on

should

back

out

enough
block

TOYS

with

together.
red

coat,

stockings,and

black

shoes.

sister

or

brother, you

yourself.For
Fig. 330).

rattle,first

to

box

the

end

shape and

wood, and

in the

edge

of D

is cut

will decide
a

prepare

one

shown,

the
D

as

Whittle

stripsC

The

length of

nailingthe ends of stripsC

to

of

The
to

be

the handle

out

shown.

for

perfectly

as

spool must

justthe rightwidth

stripE.

one

spool {A,

notched

of the

rattle

for your

make

to

be cut

not

end

cut

the block
of

of

constructingone

in the other end.

size

prepare

of the wooden

after

in

form

liveUest

in this need

the notches

exactlyoppositethose
B

After

probably

notches

The

shown, but

as

this

the

about

(Fig.328).

devised

ever

is

Cricket-Rattle

cigar-

groove

receive the

is best

mined
deter-

D, and slippmg

THE

igo

the

handle

should

through
from

extend

the

HANDY

BOY

holes

in

the groove

in D

spool A.

and

stripsC

It

in A.

into the notches

GROOVE
PIECE

-OF-SHINGLE

OR -OTHER

THIN

WOOD

it-IN.

CIGAR-BOX

Fig.

Make

it

330.

Details

"

wide

as

of the Noisy

the

as

"

Cricket-Rattle

Shown

spool is high. Paint

in

6-1 N. LONG

Fig. 328.

the rattle red

blue.

or

The

Turtle

its shell,
has

shell is

about

form

of

shown

4 inches

bimch

as
shell,

thread

surprisedto
in

Fig. 329

floor when

that

find how

as

is used

for

long costs

10

cents.

will

see

is

by

easilyour

together.

The

molding jeUies.

mold

having the
for the

the illustrations.

can,

and

the

ical
mechan-

pretty good form

and the four feetare

head, the tail,
into

you

through

runs

popular of

is put

The

bent

the

such

of grapes

you

along

of the most

one

tin mold

small

slacken

will be

you

model

One

turtle

and

crawls

always been

toys, and
home-made

which

Toy

alternatelypuU

WOOD

forms

shown

cut
ui

out

of tin from

Fig. 331.

Then

Pig.

Fig.

328."

329,

"

Whirling

Thb;

Crawling

the

Cricket-rattle

Turtle's

shell

makes

is

it

Jelly

chirp.

Mould.

MECHANICAL

slits are

TOYS

through the

cut

tin with

the

the

tab

ends

clinched with
A
the

rim of the

nail,at

pushed through

are

HANDY

the

in the small

shown

as

SMALL

narrow

point of

attachingthem,
the

FOR

the

BOYS

191

mold, by piercing
places for

proper

detail

drawing, and

slits,
bentover,

and

pair of pincers.

thread

spool 1%

turtle

runs,

inches

and

long forms

the wheels

z}4

rubber-bands

two

which

on

inches

long

STRING

TAIL

RUBBER

BANDS

^\

PENCII^'
STRING
Fig.

Fig. 331.
the

How

"

Turtle

Shown

Fig. 332.

The

"

propel it.

Fig.

Spool

Cut

the rubber-bands

into the
ends
Before

of

must

hole

in

Tail

into

and

the

to

JellyMold

332.
to

Make

the

which

Rubber-Band

Propels

them.

a triflelonger than
lead-pencil

lead,and insert

the

halves,remove

sUp

the

spool (Fig.332).

The

in the groove;

projectan

Attached

are

329.

Wheels

piece of

spool,splitit

the

and

Feet

Head,
in

Fig.

331.

then

equal distance beyond

fasteningthe spool to the tin mold

piece of heavy linen thread

to

pieceof pencil
rubber-band
the

spool-ends.

tie
shell,

the end

its center, and

then

wind

about

each

side

twenty
of

after

slipping

bands

(Fig.

the

sides

the

it

to

To

the

rubber-bands

will

wiU

untwist,

crawl

the

pulhng
turtle

will

the

spool

ring

(Fig.

thread

and
continue

as

Crawl,
the

the

along
wUl

wind

slackening
to

crawl.

it

the

rubber-

through
shell,

the

the

free

this

on

thread

the

upon
from

end

of

hole,

and

floor,

pull

the

the

spool

the

and

the

thread,

the

As

floor.

the

of

331).

slacken

up

and

center,

through
sHp

unwinds

then

through

pierced

through

place

thread

twist;

holes

spool,

the

ends

hole

the

of

on

the

hole

of

the

Pierce

Turtle

and

front

in

through

center

Pierce

through

string

them

fancy-work

it.

trifle

mold.

wound

ring,

turtle

the

tie

the

Make

the

mold

of

BOY

about

turns

pieces

over

thread

tie

the

332),
of

directly

on

HANDY

THE

192

the

spool

rubber-bands

tinue
Con-

again.

alternately,

and

the

balloon

The

of which

out

cut

to

for the

airshipcar,

four

poles 5

feet

nail two

and

the bottom

long, to

poles lo

feet

edges of

the

B, Fig. 334),so the ends will projectthe

beyond

the

ends

of the

FiG.

shaped
The

framework

the

two

balance

Santa

in

upon

the frame

Fig.

cord.

after the balloon

{A

sides

wedge-

Airship.

these

upon

333

The

then

lash

has

box,

these

bicyclewould

framework

poles.

(Fig. 334).

inside of the

bicycleframe, aiid
with

long,or

the

bicycle frame

and

be

to

distance

same

construct

Claus

the

C
crosspieces

either side of the

piecesto

"

shown

is mounted

car

Fasten

333.

Then

box.

box

of the

boards

bottom

the

Remove

Car.

used

to

boards

several

covering,and

rudder, propeller,
supports, braces,etc.

the

and

BOY

HANDY

THE

194

been

be

one

cross-

hard

mounted

HANDY

above

Fig-

each

on

333

will do

saddle,
about

inch

ground,

and

Balloon

The

umbrellas

bow

and

so
least,

the

shown
outriggers

wheel.

kind

Any

of small

outriggers.Nail uprightsE

ends

in line with

in

the

and

bicycle

are

above

the

fasten

the

!,

BOX

Framework.

used
of

stem

will not

any

to fasten

195

them.

to

The

CHRISTMAS

sides of the box

their

so

wheels

the

FOR

side of the

for these

(Fig.334) to

have

IDEAS

it,so it is necessary

wheels

the

BOY

be
you

for the
the

loon
bal-

damaged

in

ought not

to

trouble

in borrowing

couple. Open

the

brellas,
um-

and bind their handles

to

lo-foot

Then

pole (G,Fig.33 5).

the ribs of the

connect

umbrellas

two

with

cord

as

Fig.

shown
cannot

eye

in

The

Fig.335.

cords

334.

be tied to the rib ends very

in each

and

sew

the

umbrella

balloon.

through which

each

The

covering from

cord

in

place.

rib ends
center

can

run

Pull the

bent

are

well,but

sagging,and
to

is made

pole G by

in the illustration.

through Airship Car.

there is

needle

and

with

until

the sides of the

is put in to

keep

by spUcing two
means

small

thread

connectingcords

in Kne

barrel-hooprib

together;it is fastened
piecesshown

you

Section

"

of the two

Uprights / and

the

hoops
cross-

support

THE

196
the balloon
to

bottom

the car, when

and

L, M, N,

Perhaps
The

nailed

your

be

may

Fig.

used

Fig.
335.

Fig.

336.

Fig.

337.

"

"

"

Use

The

Stays

balloon

and

sheets

K,

The

Rudder.

The

Propeller.

ends

to

to

injure

337.

Framework.

for the cloth may

sewed

and

Sew

on

Fig.

Balloon

Guy-Ropes.

tie the lower

Nail

unbleached

necessary

335.

The

them

put

some

or

It is not

heavy wrapping-twine or
and

above

of the box.

help you

by sewing through them,

tightlyaroxmd

inches

/; then nail braces

sister will

for this.

Fig.

30

length

shown.

place as
or

about

and

uprights/

mother

of the proper

the ends

place to

336.

the xunbrellas
stretched

in

be

balloon

Covering. Two

Balloon

muslin

in

BOY

should

of the

the tops of

to

and

framework,

bring the

pole G

HANDY

to itself.

clothes-line
the

the

car

be

upper

for
ends

framework.

to

the

HANDY

The

shown;

as

tie the

{K) into

Run

which

to

"

the

in

flies."

Cut

crank

end

it out

As

to

the

hole

has

block

framework

333,

but

car,

for the

through

Claus

the
to

stick

of the

loose

he

for the

car

Claus

Sknta

enough

as

through,and make

airshipwith, cord, as

the cord

sary
neces-

it

turn

can

front

enough

propellershaft,

the shaft to the under

Bind

propeller

it is

pressure,

the .end of the

Santa

so

similar to 5.

travel fast

not

wind

of thin

out

cut

5 is bored

by

upon

of the

leave

to hook

of the

cut

of wood

just the rightlength so

bow

hooks

two

back

blades

two

propellershaft

handily.

the

top,

screw-eyes

for the eyes

through

airshipwill

Fig. 337,
a

two

{Q,Fig.336),and

in block

crank

Screw

the

to

bicyclehandle-bar.

(Fig.337)

of the

the shaft of
the crank

the

propellerturn

fasten

shown

as

Make

crosspieceP

framework

tiller ropes

nailed

are

fit in.

to

make

to

197

Fig. 336.

its ends.

car

hole shown

center

shaft

to

Propeller

wood,

nail the

the rudder

of the

the

tie them

The

then

edge of

the end

to.

The

CHRISTMAS

in detail in

tiller ropes to

into the back

and

FOR

pieces of board, fasteningthe piecestogetherwith

battens

on

IDEAS

is shown

Rudder

of two

and

BOY

so

side of the

shown

the

reach

can

rod

in

Fig.

will turn

easily.
the

How

Airship

should

audience

where

until the

the stage
with

proper

then he should

appearance;

or

should

Claus

entertainment,Santa
the

Enter.

ride down

platform may

chimney

for him

time

to

At

be

Christmas

your

concealed

for him
an

to

back

make

aisle to the

be fixed to look like

cUmb

down.

There

of

his

front,

top,
roof-

should

be

HANDY

THE

198
some

for him

way

without

chimney

his entrance
built

to

to

of the side

out

get

doorway,

side of the

or

he

of the
make

can

of

out

come

fireplace

distribute his

and

room,

bottom

or

then

seeinghim;

the audience

through

one

BOY

pack

of

gifts.
A

Santa

338 is one
is

Claus

Fireplace like the

of the

simplestthingsin

number

of

Claus

improvements

this account

on

extending
into

the

around

the

in

time

to

form

two

while

Claus

can

Get

The

Fireplace. That
30

Claus

in at

it

closet

his

and

minimum

the

his

make

but

saves

fireplaceis
which

whose

of

will be

stoutness,

makes
waist-line,

entered

built in

from

the

doorway

coat-room

or

within

to

Santa

woodwork

is
fireplace
be

can

be hidden
cue

to

of,

out

Santa

rooms,

if

the

framework,

less difficult. If the

until he receives

about

conceal

the

and

belted

two

doorway between

used, Santa

in

portly

any

or

adjoiningroom,

cUmb

it without

want

only reduces

not

of

doorway,

you

has

chimney-breast,farther

to

requiredfor

to

pillow or

climbing more

room

as

putting it together. Then, too,

appreciated by

This

of lumber

convenient

due

is necessary

doorway.

the amount

deep

as

portion, or

upper

than

room

the

be built

can

form

built in

Fig.

build,and

to

which

usual

the

over

fireplaceis

fireplace.The

the world

false construction

in

idea

entirelynew

an

illustrated in

one

the closet

or

is

coat-

his appearance.

packing-casefor
inches

medium-sized

wide

will
and

save

30

doorway, but

considerable

inches
if the

long is

work.

about

doorway

to

One

rightfor
be utilized

'"

Fig.

338.

"

This

Santa Claus

Fireplaceis Built

199

"-''"

in

Doorway.

THE

20O

is

large one

side

shown

in

wish

you

the

Fig. 339,

the top wiU

so

increase

can

dimensions

whatever
As

you

BOY

HANDY

the
to

have

fireplaceto

it.

packing-casestands

the front

form

size of the

the

opening of
and

of
side

uppermost
the

of

fireplace;
boards

the

the

one

upon

box

are

moved,
re-

with

the

ception
ex-

of the

is left

one, which

re-nailed

or

from

box

on

to

on

the ends

keep

first

of the

spreading

apart.
The

Mantel

work.
Frame-

An

average

height for
feet

is 4
Cut

the

and

Fig.

339.

"

The

Complete

Framework

Fireplaceand

way
of the Door-

uprightsA

shorter

by

means

of the

out

of 6-inch

and

and

connect

D.

pieces 12 inches long,and place piecesC

ends

and

piecesD

about

halfway

up.

than

boards,
rights
up-

Mantel.

C
crosspieces

measurement,

A
B

inches.

(Fig.339)

inches
this

mantel

to

these

Cut
between
Then

uprights

nail

cross-

the lower

uprights

THE

202

Fitting

the

Mantel

in front
and

mark

the lower

upon

to fit over

of

which

so

you

thickness

work
frame-

mantel

going

are

to

use,

of the wall baseboard

then

uprightsB;

the baseboard,

the

Set

doorway

height and

ends

BOY

Framework.

of the

off the

HANDY

their back

uprights

these

cut

edges will

set

against

the waU.
With

the

mantel

framework

set

in

position,the height

of
The

the

Upper Frame,

can
ceiling,

be

which

fit between

must

measured

shelf and

the

accurately. Cut
this

stripsG

length

inches

and

horizontal

stripsH,

I, and

equal

the

to

between

After

fasteningthe

shown

in

pass
342.

bottom

Chimney-Breast

stripI

to

through
the door
For

trim
Hearth

Fig. 342,

so

they will

in front of the

Framework.

the' mantel-shelf

the center

as

strips/ placed

flatwise

The

tance
disrights
up-

strips together
with

in

(Fig.339).

"

wide, and the

length

Fig.

to

of the

and
upper

door

trim, nail

drive

cross

small

the

ing-nail
finish-

strip/ into

(Fig.339).
cut

piece of

12-inch

board

of

length

HANDY

the

equal to

BOY

width

IDEAS

of the

FOR

CHRISTMAS

mantel, and

203

it

lay

the

on

floor

close to the mantel.

The

Covering

tar-paper,
should

be

like the
be

may

Material

painted across
in sheets

and

paint brickwork

straightstick.
long, and

rub

soot

of the

the

is with

and

because

cult
it diffia

or

long,

8 inches

high and

inch

black.

wide.

To

it is

appearance,

The

safest way

it
electricity;
Uttle

lamps

Ughted
electrically

look upon

it is

Outfits.

the

as

different colors the

than

every

only

one

be

lightscan

not

if you

find

}4

to

give
good

it.

tree

lamps,

smoked

the face of

penciland

about

jointswhite

6 cents

But

not

inches

jointsbetween

over

the tree, but

chased
pur-

than
fireplace,

will

with

courses

the bricks

Christmas

of

this upon

covering material.

Light

Festoons

size,at

the

Tree

pleasingto

in

upon

mortar

way,

own

by 36 inches

be

can

inside

Christmas

upon

brickwork

of

the

brickwork
fireplace
to

picture-molding

upon

Make

the

quicker to paste

the bricks red and

Paint

idea

inches

off the brick

mark

chimney-breast

nearly as possible

as

room.

conveniently get this, you

to

the

of the

imitation

it is much

mantel,

cannot

The

the breast.

in

24

look

painted to

or

adjoining walls

Paper printed

the

heavy building-paper,

heavy wrapping-paper.

or

papered

sheet,and

be

may

can

tree

be

teresti
inin

obtained

is much

more

lightedby candles.

handy boy will wish

cheaper as well.

light

is also the most

purchased wired ready

because

to

it is

to

to

whe

hang
his

interestingwork, but

If your

the church

house, or

entertainment
Fig.

with

attach

of the wire

screwed

into

fixture

is

Lamp.

electric

The

Socket.

of

This

them

in favor

on

of

twelve

miniature

many

but
cells,

would

be

using twelve
lot you

dozen
each

cell. No.
be

used

battery outfit,but

double-conductor

be

twelve

operated
the drain

excessive

be exhausted.

of

in

and

Another
is that
will
18
for

or

lamp-cord

by buying
about

save
20

insulated

wiring of

the

the

makes

neater

they

point

silk-covered

sold

for

purpose

upon

shown

Outfit

as

hell-wire may
the

hand

depend

could

soon

7 cents

nected
con-

if there
at

outfit

one-half

them

to

drdp-

is

candle-power each, and

dry-ceUs.

would

but

Battery Lamp

consists

Fig. 343

on

have

light-

the

lamp

to

battery cells.

Miniature

with

wUl

you

Fig. 346."

the

of

one

lightingcurrent

no

purchase

be

that may

(Fig.344);
Miniature

plug

sockets,justas

cord of any
Fig. 345.-

is to

(Figs.345

current

346), and

the end

do

electric

sockets th.a.tca.nbe used

that

and

the Christmas

held, is supplied with

Ughting, the simplest thing to

34S-

lamps

school in which

or

be

is to

lamps and

in

BOY

HANDY

THE

204

the
Fig. 344."

appearance.

Lamp

"Circuit"

Outfit.

HANDY

Cell

The

The

This

IDEAS

FOR

CHRISTMAS

205

Connections.
cells should

battery

be wired

BOY

in

series-parallel.

connection
under

is

scribed
de-

Methods

of

Connecting Battery Cells,

on

page

notice

that

three

four

cells each
in

the

The

then
nected
con-

parallel.
Connections

in

lamp

connected

coming

nected
con-

are

Lamp

each

are

rows

wired

are

of

rows

series,and

four
in

will

You

135.

parallel
"

being

socket
both

to

from

the

wires

battery.

Space the lamps about

inches
the

apart, and

the

so

the

lamps

placed well
limbs
tree.

scrape
ends

make

connecting wires long

enough
be

12

bare

of

out

the

can

upon

mas
Christ-

Be

sure

and

clean

of all wires, so

to

the

they

will

make

good contact,

and

after

splicingthem

Fig.

343.

"

Battery Lamp

Outfit.

with

them

wrap

BOY

HANDY

THE

2o6

electrician's

bicycle-tape,or

friction-

tape.
be

should

Switch

set

in between

battery and

the

the

lamps.

lamps
and
a

there

connected

be

must

be

must

wired

is

Outfit

Lamp

Circuit

The

differently.These
shown

series,as

in

Fig. 344,

eight,sixteen,or twenty-fourlamps

multiple of eight. Regular lamp drop-cord shoidd

used

for

silk

whether

with

or

Also

lamps

before

store, because

brought

348.

Figs.
Tree

347

and

347.
/^"A

348.

Standard

Battery Cells.

"

that

Christmas

will Enclose

We
"

test

leaving
will not

shows

the
place
re-

good

for
Tree

Standard

will enclose the cells of

Fig.

him

to him.

347

Christmas

lamp

imperfectlamps

or

back

Figure

have

he

broken

for

cuit
lighting-cir-

outfit.

dealer

them

want

you

and

Lamps

to teU the

sure

battery outfit

bought

Purchasing

Sockets, be

scheme

lamp

covering.

When

the

be

can

be

the

connecting

sockets; this

"

outfit.

enough

soap

for

that

battery

box will be
smaU

tree.

Standard

in the

First make

usual way

(Fig.348),using two

tree

HANDY

pieces
of

of

the

of

place,
the

tree

and

run

enough

hook

to

that

over

to

the
in

admit

eye

top,

and

standard,

the

of

(see

side

of

nail

Boring
in

the

fastening
a

the

the

box

to

cells, hinge

battery

cut

the

then

standard

for

each

through

tree

one

the

and

box

hole

this
of

part

of

other;

the

Fasten

width

thickness

of

inside

center

the

cut

end

70).

provide

hole

it

shut.

through

for

the

end

of

the

to

the

top

of

the

through.
switch

battery
where

the

remove

boards

cover

to

The

box;

directly

them

for

the

the

with

and

page

large

door

in

the

one-half

together

on

of

207

the

to

out

interlock

will

one

CHRISTMAS

equal

piece

and

enough

Holes,

make

Fit

so

FOR

length

width

large

bottom

IDEAS

Cut

pieces

two

center

box

the

to

Large

of

box.

piece,

the

it

2-by-4

soap

equal
other

BOY

it

can

easily

should

be

be

reached.

fastened

home

boy

handy

Every

described

build,and
planning
growing
The

will find

you

ideas

new

will furnish

in this

enough

for

work

the
"

theater

The

chapter.

is easy

developing them,

and

occupation to keep

additional

to

interesting;while

very

movies,"

at

in the

constructinghis moving-picture theater

after

manner

shows

give moving-picture

can

from

you

tired of the toy.

plan

for this miniature

has

moving-picture theater
been

developed

old-time
with

as

the

show,

panorama

several

added

from

new

produce

to

features

nearly

as

ture
possiblethe moving-piceffects.
An

picture-framelike

old

in

that shown
Fig.

349.

"

tlie Front

Get

Make

of the

Stage

Gilt Picture

like this for

Frame

if you

Cannot

opening about

an

inches in

Frame.

just hke
of

that

these, a

of real

frame

208

size,will

16

with

by

similar

you
to

cannot

that

30

form

Splendid Proscenium

theaters; but, if

constructed

Fig.357,

get
shown

"

one

in

THE

2IO

as

shown

receive
or

be

in
the

the

which
picturerollers,

above

Prepare
each

number

of

set

The

long, so

to

as

of these

pictures,and

when

rollers. One
then

made

are

there

wiU
should

to

curtain-poles
roUers

project about

top of the stage framework

the

from

cut

are

of broom-handles.

inches

20

sockets

slots and

The

Fig. 351.

straightends

about

BOY

HANDY

should

inches

put in place.
be

needed

for

be

one

tional
addi-

to

each

roller

one.

Tack

about

pieceof

cloth about

8 inches

Fig.
Fig. 352.
End

Notch

"

353-

Fig.

354.

Socket

"

Fig.

355.

Fig.

356.

of

as

end

354.

Edge of Stage Framework

Block

for Lower

Broom-Handle

"

Picture

351)

the Top

the

like this for Upper

of Rollers.

Tig-

of the

(Fig.354) to pin

the lower end

inches from

square

"

"

"

with

of Rollers.

Cloth

Strip for Attachment

of

Films."
Crank
Button

for

Turning Picture Rollers.

for

picture"films
shown

each,and

RpUer

End

in
screw

Holding Upper End

"

to.

Prepare the

Fig. 356, bore

them

of Rollers in Position.

to the

hole

two

buttons D

through

the

(Fig.
center

top edge of the stage frame-

THE

BOY'S

HANDY

work

in the proper

when

they

MOVING

positionfor

Prepare the cranks

You

bother
a

from
transferring

with

near

handle.

(Fig.355)
and

hole

when

of the

same

the

nail from
to

the crank

through

The
be

roUer, about

inch
is

holes

consists

to roll back

the size of the roUer bored

through

shown

in the

through

size should

slippedover
the

the

crank
of

means

of the

strip
each

through

(Fig.354),so
naU

in

other

opposite side,

bored

end

roUer

edge

the

to

be

the upper

pin

the

save

stripof

bored

by

wiU

two

of

Fig. 355.

short

hole

from

to

the crank

the slots

in

largespool pivoted near

should

shown

roller to another

one

crank

equal to

end, and

one

for

end

hole

211

lap over

to

these,but

of

one

stripof pictures. The

wood
it

of

end

one

(Fig.351) as

get along with

can

THEATER

horizontally(Fig.351).

turned

are

PICTURE

be

can

that

slipped

place. Suspend

the

as
pieceof string,
shown,

prevent losingit.
The

"Film"

Picture

pivoted in

such

it is not

though

is

purpose

way

merely

to

inches

the

each

Attaching

front

hold

the

edge

Proscenium.

do

revolve
to

not

of the

run

over

and

connect

them

Place

turn.

their
to

the

smoothly

these

sticks

stage framework, about

the front frame

In

rollers,

revolve,because

order

opening wiU
not

picture-frameproscenimnin attachingit to
set screw-eyes

like the

stripof picturesclose

the cloth will

side of where
the

they wiU

(Fig.351) maybe

Sticks

for them

though they

even

close to

that

necessary

front of the stage, and

enough

Guide

into its back

these screw-eyes

and

to

come.

damage

the

the stage framework,

into the stage framework,

with

wire.

Center

the

Place

theater

your

down

Fig.
space

but

sets

many

do

8 inches

years

was

stage and

ago

wide, and

there

other

sew

for the set of

shows,
often

the

cloth
cheese-

nicely). Cut

Completed Moving-Picture

find necessary

for panorama
needed

The

of white

made

be

should

"

was

and

harder

the

the

Theater.

cloth
above and
below the picturestripmay
be filled in witli stripsof white
lijsethose shown in Figs.358-361 make the picturesmore
of scenery
interesting.

stripsabout
you

"

Fig.357.

picture-framewiU hang

(old sheeting will

357.

in

shown

packing-casewith

or

the

edge, so

Films

musHn

or

The

"

Picture

The

table

as

Fig. 357.

in

shown

as

upon

close to the

framework

BOY

the stage framework

picture-frameon

as

HANDY

THE

212

togetheras

many

picturesyou

board,
card-

or

lengths

plan.

Not

scarcityof picture material

of

matter

job

for

boy

findingwhat
than

was

making

equipment. Nowadays, however,

there

the
is

THE

HANDY

BOY'S

unlimited

an

MOVING

assortment

in magazines
selections,
in color.

are

with

Black

crayons

pictures,then
Of

work

have

out

in

make

to

of

some

picturesare

which

easilycolored

water-colors.

subject for

think

of

moving-pictureshow

be

to

tured.
pic-

something
of

set

of

set

your

scenes

be

subject must

suggestionfor

"

Chase

Dog

which

outline of the

can

you

213

very

pictureswhich

that

be worked

can

form.
simplified

As

newspapers,

an

the

at

seen

and

Select

out

course

simple. Perhaps
you

picturesfrom

white

Scenario.

THEATER

of

painted with

or

Preparing

and

PICTURE

for

starter, suppose

subject. This

your

is the

"

choose

you

to

way

A
go

about
the

Preparing

running as

fast

and

men,

of about

legswiU

the

in

start

the

after the

dog,
with

chase

the

policeman,behind

after

in other

boy,
a

space

picturesone

the

instance,

For

small

boy, then

him

it upon

leavinga

manner.
a

dog

picturesof boys, girls,

arrange

ridiculous

some

poUceman running behind

select

foot, in automobiles,and

on

feet behind

another

the

him, and paste

carry

strips;then

women,

might

you

his

picture of

up

and,
(allside-view pictures),

vehicles

after

as

cloth

of your

one

Hunt

Pictures.

then

butcher

have

chasing

and
motorcyclist,

ing
follow-

motorcyclista baseball player,a doctor,a lady pushing

baby carriage. An

a Hon, and
tiger,

springingat

some

coat-tails. Draw

one

of
upon

or

automobile
two

other animals

the pursuers
your

might

or

be

and
inserted,

might

holding on

imagination,and

you

be shown
to

their

wiU

be

THE

214

able to

HANDY

BOY

produce something decidedlystartling,

funny,

and

ingenious.
The

Scenery.

picture-frameopening above

the

picturestripmust

see

the operator.
left

were
care

of

back

of

out, is

the

to

to

goods

store.

they

making

picturesfor

several

the four

easilycarried
"

mosphere
at-

decidedly

Cardboard

very

boxes

haven't

asking at

enough
dry

any

colored,paste white

possibleto
Taking

scenes.

for

"

shown

scenes

picture

prepared

if you

the

to

paper

surface.

it is

scenery,

taken

the

them
be

for the

is

be

will add

make
may

had

subject suggested above

prepare

in

"

use

to

"

Chase

Dog

example,

Figs.358

strip of

one

"

might

you

361. The

first

(Fig.358) shows

of these

Street

with

Scene

good settingfor
by
down

be

working

is

These

material,and

can

below

cardboard.

If the cardboard

side for

one

for

up

if the openings

cardboard

which

one

below
will not

may

or

and

scenery
upon

crayons

hand

at

cloth

pictures,and

your

be broken

boxes

white

matter

of scenery.

sets

prepare

of course,

The

idea,and

better

with

roughly

By

be seen,

Fig. 357.

interesting.The

more

the

in

as

the audience

so

picture-frameabove
a

"

over

would

He

by tackingstripsof

strip. But

may

be fiUed up

and

the

its pursuers,

the street

and

house

start

of the

should
in

at

the

dog

be shown

through

left,which
chase.
in this

the front door

makes

The

lowed
dog, fol-

scene

dashing

of the house

at the left.

While

it would

be

and

other

vehicles

going through houses,in

an

unusual

sightto

see

mobiles
auto-

every-

THE

HANDY

BOY'S

it
day life,

is not

in

MOVING

will

the

see

PICTURE

THEATER

moving-pictures. The

figuresactuallygoing into
locatingand cuttinga

the

window

house

where

effect of

the

bettered

by

be

may

215

shown, so

the audience

figurespassingit.

Figixre359 shows
A

Roof

roof.

This should

Fig.
Figs.

with

Scene

360.

Forest

"

358-361.
"

dog sittingupon

the

be shown

Fig.

Scene.

instant

by
how

the

one

leap after
the

how

dog should be

the pursuers

then

361.

should
the

seen

dash

dog.

the

The

Captured

reached

dog got

"

the

Dog

the roof tops.

Dog.
Chase."

there.

up

the

audience

of

audience's

to

In

roof,and

the roof tops and

and
automobiles,carriages,

the pursuers,

"

leapingoff

across

Allow

edge

to your

Scenery for Moving-Picture Story Entitled

imagination the questionof

an

Leave

next.

the

one

imagine

motorcycles,carrying

2l6

THE

picture showing

selected
shows

for the
how

the

HANDY

is

pasted

to

provide a piece that

should

in

dog
of

extend

in this

cardboard

enough

far

the back

to

how

the

to

which

below

the

by

The
the

roof

them
of

the

Pivoted

they

so

upon

to

can

its

you

film
You

be Moved.

and

chase

the

"

has
will

raised
can

been

down

dog

it is time

for it

bottom

the

the

from

leap

not

the

dog
make

can

drop,by taking hold

of

the

each

strip,

cloth

it

figure, as

roof,and puUing

it down

slightly.
The

Scenery

and
trail,

question is
"

the

the

be
may-

the

dog

with

with
and

all of the

(Fig.360) shows

Scene

Forest

in the fourth

Captured Dog

The

in

Figures

the

operator

to

appear

leaves
How

be fastened

gracefullyas

as

directly below

"

and

of which

means

wiU

pursuers

wiU, but

362.

of thread

should

swing

can

feet

leap.

to

Fig.

dog

dog's

means

sightwhen

of

the

of the roof scenery,

head

operator
out

upon

fine thread

Figure 362

scene.

pivoted by

be

can

be

sittingpositionmust

dog

runaway

piece

BOY

its pursuers
last

as

to

why

explain

that

figureswho

censored

by

requirea

new

the actual
this
the

set of

is shown

scene

capture grouped around

still hot

took

him.

capture is

If any
not

excitingportion
"

Board

figuresfor

of

part

of

tured,
picthe

Censorship."

this fourth

scene,

2l8

doorway,

and

operator and
for the

the

time

same

set of

one

The

should

be

be

above

or

drapery

in

Fig. 363,

be closed

below

conceal

to

when

the

doorway

easilybe put

coveringcan
may

and

By using

up, and

change

you

the audience

picturesto another, so

wiU

not

scenery.

supposed to

be

"

the

projectedupon

screen,"

pictures. Figure 364

this illuminates the

the

(Fig.363).

of the audience

back

which

Projector, from

Moving-Picture

placed in

lightfrom

shown

the door

Imitatioii

pictureswill

sheet

cloth

changing the

you

BOY

stage framework.

theater,the

the

from
see

hang

picture-frame as

the

at

HANDY

THE

front

view

lantern.
box

The

shows
of the

Make

like the

the

Signal

Telegraph Lantern
shown

in

and

529,

with

an

inches
Fig.

Fig. 364.
Fig.

365.

"

opening 2^
in

diameter

through

the

364.

The

"

336,

page

365.
cut

Fig.

Figs. 528

Imitation

Disk

Moving-Picture Projector.

for Producing

the

FlickeringLight

front.

Prepare

board
card-

Effect.

disk
to

that

shown

it in the
front
in the

in

Fig. 365, with

places shown,

of the lantern

box

lantern when

the

and
so

two

pivot
the

disk

similar

openings cut through

it with

screw

openings will

pass

is turned.

the lantern
disk,and thus intercepting

to

the

the hole

By whirling this
rays

intermittently,

HANDY

THE

MOVING

BOY'S

PICTURE

THEATER

219

the

flickering
upon

finishing
pictures.

effect

regular

picture

your

touch

of

of

realism

"

will

moving-pictures
screen,"
to

your

and

this

home-made

will

be

add

duced
pro-

the

moving-

is

magic

Home

it

and

handy boy
chapter

material

requiresno

make

can

shown

are

splendid

of

In

performed magical tricks,which

make

in the

successful

be

To

of

art

acquire patience, for only by

to

master

to

deceive

the

the

simplesttrick

generally due

step

every

it in

First
A

of

Side-Table

magicians
table

of

first of

must

will it be

doing

so

hands

the

importance

can

possible

necessary

Very often
is then

success

with

cleverness

thoroughly, and
without

following

to

which

practise each
have

you
go

it is

through

tered
mas-

with

singleblunder.

all,a boy magician needs

and

small

very

carefuUy prepared

presenting it, until

gracefulmanner,

the

what

simpler,easily

critical audience.

it is of great

repeatedly before

trick

the

baffling,but its

is the most

entirelyto
So

performed.

of

eyes

of

the

tainment,
enter-

entertainment.

little movements

sharp

than

conjuring,you

all

those

and

when

interestingmagical

most

this

best

the

one-boy

other

apparatus

himself.

some

for

on
on

have
wiU

which

which

to

several
serve

to

his various

keep

perform

your

of his tricks.

some

side-tables
purpose,

pieces of

on

but

their
a

stage.

table

paratus,
ap-

Most

Any

like those

THE

used

by magicians
and

the

is

HANDY

I advise

top of

The

end

open

like

of the

box

forms

at

various

slipping things into

times,and
turned

red

or

from

the

Cover
box

the

the side

box, and

pieceof curtain-pole,

or

Christmas-tree

standard.

convenient

this

pocket

for

top and

cloth,

red
the

lower

covering,as shown,

fringe.

for
A

is shown

Table

Larger

described

396, and

magician
A

in

indispensable,
its aid

magical

of his

is shorn

piece of

a
flag-staff,

or
carpenter'sdowel-stick,

this.

Paint

The

sides of

about

long and

inch

the wand

in

piece

fishing-pole,
14

of bamboo

handkerchief

magician folds
slide out

of

the

one

Fig.

diameter,should

"

Side-Table

be obtained

for

black.

to

After

Trick.

the view

of the

handkerchief,and

end

366.

inches

Egg-and-Handkerchief
a

Fig.

242.

page

without

because

course,

powers.

on

is

Magic-Wand

to

shallow

Fig. 366,

of

view

slash

in

kept

be

the

with

and

paper,

edge of

must

away

sides of

of

this end

audience.

the

table is

made

shown

As

one.

broom-handle,

professionalappearance,

more

base

upon

to make

home-made

our

supported upon

mounted

will have

you

MAGICIAN

BOY

of the fold into

both

audience,the boy

then
a

exposing

hat.

causes

an

egg

HANDY

THE

This

is how

make

to

end

of

it

the

Hght, and

thread

trick is

handkerchief

the

attached

BOY

of

thread

The

shorter

the

of

blow

blow

the

small hole

end
Fig.

367.

For

"

the

Handkerchief

Egg-and

With

care,

the

holes

conceal

and

inform

drop

from

and

concealed
shown

in

audience

may

teeth

comer

the

right hand
on

Hold

the

audience

as

that

Fig. 369,
view
held

along

you

folded

the

and

with

in

shown

in the left

the egg,

it toward

the

the

piece

holes,
white

of

by

be

hat

on

will

you

the

upon

so

the

the

with

an

Hold

egg

the

upon

handkerchief

by

the
the

arms

the

so

between

your

the

center, release your

fold the handkerchief

egg

held

(Fig.370),slide

righthand
to

about

Catch

to

egg

hat.
the

handkerchief
side.

other
the

to

as

side-table,

cause

into

Fig. 368,

top edge

the

put

the

to

hand; then, by crossingthe

turn

the

the thread

perfectly.

ordinary handkerchief

an

handkerchief

hold

shell

in the

your

the

as

can
court-plaster

the

performing the trick,place a

In

the

Trick.

stick
court-plaster
shell.

tents
con-

Run

through

small

then

of

out

opposite end.

end

until the

end

entirelyrun

with

egg,

pin, and

of the thread

and

the

through etch

shell,with

in the

one

large

across

through one

hole

on

3 inches

be about

To

have

blown,

the distance

handkerchief.

piercea

edge of

one

must

than

is

egg

suspended

shell is

blown

to the center

(Fig.367).

The

performed.

in

inside

corners,

half,folding
of the

fold.

horizontally

THE

(Fig-3 71)

and

MAGICIAN

BOY

allow the egg to roll out

the

HANDY

223

of the open

end

into

hat.

The

up

Climbing

or

down

Bar

SUver.

The

cord,responding to

Fig.

368-371.

"

How

the

silver "

of

the

commands

slides
of the

369,

Fig.

370.

"

bar

Fig.

368.

Fig.

Figs.

of

371.

Egg-and-Handkerchief

Trick

is

Performed.

magician (Fig.372). Figure 373

the bar.
cut

Take

wooden

8 inches

6-inch

plug to
long, tie

piece of

fit each end

shows
a

the

small

construction

of

and
mailing-tube,

(A Fig.373).

Cut

the cord

fancy-work ring to

one

end, and

slip

HANDY

THE

224

the other
cut

end

cord

through
the

pierced near
of the
cord

on

hole in the center

inches

12

BOY

end

long, slip one

tube, and

sHp the

other

and

through

then

the

Fasten
with

end

hole

through

in the

side
out-

ring

the

bottom
the

plug.

tube

glue or tacks,and
ends

hole

end

that

plugs in

the side and

top plug;

through

tube, knot

of the

bottom

of the

ends

then

cover

of the tube

with

tin-foil.

By examining Fig. 373,

Fig.

that it is only necessary

see
372,

the ends
bar

of both

chmb,
make

to

pull

to

to make

to slacken

and

the

cords

will

you

the

the cords

slide down.

bar

In

exhibitingthis trick,first pull on

cord
the
Fig.

then

C,

audience

through

Climbing

372. -The

Bar

of Silver.

^of
Silver.

'"^

"^""^

inside

of the

He

passes

the

same

This

inside

box

coin

among

the
marked

is the

Marked

cord

the

slides

freely.
Coin

in the

One

The

Trick.

borrows

^"^ identification

he walks

Then

can.

show

to

coin from

audience,marks

it

tin can,

the

tube

the

boy magician
some

^'^

that

B,

373.

The
Fig.

cord

on

to

over

of

coin that

nest

the
was

explanationof

how

and

later,
drops it into
puts the

table and
of three

audience
loaned
the

to

cover

on

finds the coin

covered

show

boxes.

that

it is

to him.

trick is done.

slot

226

THE

will not

shut

as

box,

and

covers

inside

the tube

only keep
soon

tube

the nest

of boxes

after you

have

commanded

into

inside

Keep
the

it is
the

coin and

The

most

Fig.

379.

Fig.

378.

Fig.

380.

This

three small

the

can

kerchief,
hand-

it,to slipin

simple trick,yet

very

when

cleverlyperformed.
'

Details of the Chinese

"

'

consists

of

straightpiecesof cord

two

upon

"

Paradox.

audience, the apparatus

threaded

corks

the

the
of

cover

jP^-

to

from

remove

you

is

'

appearance

the

until

handkerchief

under

mystifying nature

378-380.

into

tube.

Paradox.

Figs.

In

passed

coin to pass

the

springthe

removed.

with

covered

the

remove

been

has

been

has

simple matter,

Chinese

of

one

coin

box; then, when

will also

place,but

in

the

as

the

BOY

HANDY

(Fig-378).
First, exhibit the three

long.
of

In

to these

cords,you
in

equal length,looped as shown

tied

togetherwith

concealed
have
the

addition

corks, and

been

and

be

fine thread.
substituted

exhibited

for

ends;

have

must

cords

inspection.Thread

then

have

inches

two

others

the

looped cords

for the other

ask

18

Fig. 379, with

These

looped cords (Fig.378),and

take hold of the

cords

two

two

loops
be

must

after

they

the corks upon

of the audience

each person

hand

you

to
one

THE

cord end

and

handed

to

Then

the

wand

three

over

corks

with

Taking the
shown

in

hand

one

pull.

to

227

one.

together as

ends

your

MAGICIAN

of the other

tie them

you,

holding the

persons

BOY

keep hold

grasp

your

HANDY

At

the

hand

holding the

corks.

loops

wiU

pulled,and

three

corks

will be left in your

each

the

will stiU retain the

person

holding.

This

concerned

in

the

Make

assisting
you,
Coins

14

being counted

impress the

number

minds

the

upon

they
by

as

the

to

ends

are

hand,

while

he has

been

trick to

those

that

of the

thread

the remainder

of

to

into

of

and

plate;
dience
au-

third

to

time,

in

the

Fig.

381.

"

Trick:

To

Increase
"..,,

first plate. With

satisfied

as

to

and

wand

over

have

increased

plate,

up

the

back

placing them

dience,
au-

invited

for

dropped into

of coins

second

is then

are

to

picked

member

them

order

counted,
a

In this trick fourteen

20.

as

of the

are

one,

dropped

count

Increase

aloud

dropped; then, in

and

well

as

(nickelsand pennies will do)

coins

one

mysterious part

The

when

end

the

audience.

To

each

is the

cord

ask

time, pass

same

cord

break

Fig. 380.

and

connecting the

ends

Make

to

14

Coins

20.

everybody

the number

around
to

the

the

of

coins,the magician passes

plate,and declares

number

of twenty.

that
To

his

the coins
prove

his

statement, he
to

the

that

requests

table,and

they

the hat

be

pouring the

after

counted.

is the

coins

into

the

trick.
interesting
is also the last

is

tom
bot-

pocket

contains

the

^PaperCoins^

^Cardboard

m^BM

SECTroN

Fig.

382-384.

the

Make

To

of

14 Coins

be cut

to

opening

to

the

for

Plate

Increase

to.

Trick:

(Fig.382).

Out

disk to fit inside of the

strip i

bottom

pieces to

the

with

the

space

white

paper
next

inch

of

piece of

piece of

inch

plate,as
the

nearly the color

be fitted inside of the

form

length should

thick

glue

left for

piecesof cardboard,to

metal-

the rim about

rim; then from

of the

be

20.

wide, and

between
as

of

The

should

with

and
file,

the
tom
bot-

pocket.

done

in

removed

an

cutting

384.

Details

"

"Plat

THROUGH

an

because

upon

make

The

be

should

must

the

six coins.

rim

the

the

small

old one,

should

of

382.

plate

remove

owner

used, there

one

extra

hat, asks

On

which

Figs.

hat

coins.

of the first plate,which

Fig.

bring

to

surpriseof all,the

the

To

of this

secret

audience

of the

one

actuallyfinds twenty

This

BOY

HANDY

THE

228

cardboard

the center
the

Fig. 383,

piece of

china

rim, and

the bottom

of this

in

pocket.

of the

cut

remaining

two

shown

be

be

as

possible

pasted

of the

to

pocket.

THE

Figure 384

HANDY

shows

MAGICIAN

BOY

sectional

view

229

tKe

of

plate and

pocket.
Of

the

course

coins

beforehand, and
be

plate must
level

It is weU

hat.
this

concealed

at

one

full view

rolled up,

and

some

feel that

the

match

is heard
that

to

he

skiU!

in

is

handkerchief

is

there.
break

to

the

and

wide

Fig. 386, and

The

hem.

Fig. 387.

take

slip one

of it and

this he

does.

breaking, because
who

has

But, behold
the

snapped

the

cian's
magi-

handkerchief,and,
being broken,

condition.
the

handkerchief

Open

to

acknowledging

it,and

match

out

hold

Upon

the person

whole

opem'ng and along the hem,

in

audience, a match

shakes

trick is not

of the

previous preparationof
with

exhibiting

capitallittle stimt

all,instead of the match

the floor in

for the trick.

one

either

felt it snap.

He
of

is

This

It.

requested to

is stUl

to snap,

the amazement

drops

is

one

but

question about

no

magic

it

the

the coins into the

handkerchief,the

is instructed

it will declare

to

show,

of

center

is,he

is

the wood

trick

pocket

sleeves before

Restore

In

the

There

then

party.

it

pocket

suspect that the coins have been

for

placed in

that

of the

to turn

coat

your

wUl

Match,

good

until it is time

one

of the

performance
end

the

there.

Break

only
do

no

slipped into

the open

to roll up

trick,so

To

with

tipped up,

or

the

during

held

be

must

one
or
as

hem
more

is

handkerchief
should
at

one

matches

indicated

by

be

sary
neces-

common

end, as shown
through the
the dotted

lines

THE

230

In

performing

handkerchief

the

important.

conceal

the center

held
the

into

audience
This

trick

track

be

can

the

rollingup

its center

in such

way

to

as

the handkerchief

of the

in

matches

summoned

person

the

placed in

portionof

bring one

to

of

repeated as

in the

hem,

many

the

from

but

times

it is not

Fig.

387.

385-387.

of

been

be done

in the

match

matches

Details

"

three

than

more

has

must

positionfor

Fig.

Figs.

method

break.

to

unbroken

This

yourself,and

nearest

hem

trick,the

after the match

is very

BOY

HANDY

them

at

of Trick:

To

Break

the most, because

and

prevent

the

Contents

of

Match,

as

have

you

wise

have

to

385.

then

Restore

It.

it is diflScult to

breaking

of

the

keep

wrong

match.
To

Transform

the

to the

before
white

them

audience

contains

cardboard

into

that
an

Glass.

After

drinkingglassupon

strating
demonthe table

inky fluid,by dipping pieces of

it and

showing their blackened

sur-

THE

faces
that
is

he will
clear

proceed to

his

glassof

the

over

and

wand,
the

tumbler, makes
the

removes

throws
few

that

napkin

passes

or

it

over

cloth,exposing to

388

Fig.

388.
and

389.

Details

"

Contents

to fit around

the

this,upon

of fine white
over

into water

Uquid
he

declares

view

glasstumbler, a piece of black rubber

Fig.

Figs.

of

boy magician

the

convert

231

clear water.

Besides

enough

the

crystal. Whereupon,

as

other cloth
with

MAGICIAN

BOY

withdrawing them,

upon

as

HANDY

of Trick:
of

To

389.

silk-thread

Glass.

the side of the

from

should

glass,and

the

Transform

the inside is required. To

side farthest

large

be

tied to

the

the top

edge

audience, a piece

fastened,brought
a

small

chip of

up

wood

(Fig.388).
Of

course

of the

the

glassis fiUed with clear

top edge of the

water

stripof rubber, and

to

the

the

height

piecesof

THE

232

cardboard

that

side,

one

side.

black

When

white

being

withdrawn,

When

end
of

of
black

(Fig.
Ask
its

rubber

some

win

always

be

if

then,

most

to

when
from

aU
take

mystifying

the

they
and

trick

with
before

audience

the

with

to

it

drink
when

chip

the

glass,

it,

of
drink
is

the
the

probable
it

cleverly

piece

the

cloth

clear

water

that

yourself.

the

on

the

and

beneath

presence

risk,

held

removed.

up

and

refuse,

other

then,
so

upon

the

on

are

turned

the

audience

the

length

concealed

removed,

the

is

white

are

audience,

picked

revealing

their

side

lifted

is

among

wUling
a

is

water

tumbler,

surface

is

thus

one

purity;

black

silk-thread

389),

the

the

their

cloth

the

the

of

toward

blackened

the

into

into

side

the

see

BOY

two-thirds

dipped

their

will

dipped

are

and

HANDY

water.

to

no

This

performed.

test

one

is

HANDY

THE

234

colors.
into

Then

wad,

In

water.

it in his left

the

he tears
and

the paper

he

two

or

wad

the

drops

minute

BOY

hand, picks up

into

folds
strips,

into

fan in his

wad, informing the audience

will be

surprisedto

Almost

instantly,
particlesof

hand,

wet

colored

sack

flutter

of

be

easilybroken,

and

the

sleeve,directlyunder
that

manner

iThe
When

sack

of paper
of
out

you

it cannot

which

pullingup

the

have

your

hand.

take
After

hold

be

seen

the

by

rightsleeve
run

your

of the sack

squeezing some

with

hand

the

soaked

into

small
bits

prepared

to

your

in

this

pick up
a

left hand

far

be
aS

coat

in such

audience.

it,make

your

of the

rightarm,

your

of paper

does

sack must

pinned

left hand

dropped

aU

SO
tisSUe-paper,

into the fruit-jar to

have

you

of the water, and

to

be

down

^j

arm-pit of

into

is taken

reach

you

it must

in

or
confetti,
paper

you

^^^^

onds
sec-

paper

from

yourself. This

to

few

wad, but from

which

Paper-Shower

of the

of fine bits of

the

come

paper

Trick.

dries.

(Fig.390).

course

not

in

paper

directions
Of

fans

they

paper

and

shower

390. -The

and

begin to fly out

paper

left

Fig.

taking

this that

does

quickly the

how

see

and

wad,

righthand,

he

as

strips

containing
fruit-jar
this

removes

the

enough

and
water

up

conceal
from

manner.

the wad

pretence
to

keep

it

to enable

it in the
the wad

HANDY

MORE

of paper,
in

but

and

from

the

table,and

squeeze

the

sack

until the

of

is

exposed
blows

course

audience

be

must

of the fan

is

entertainment

magical
if the

funny

Clown

"

away

without

extent.

Not

magicians

that

you

these

of colored

and,

stripsinto

mystery, but

of

are

fly,by

of water

white

after

and

uproariously
with

such

how

tricks

some

saw
a

climax

clown
to

get

given

marked

perform

clown's

"

of vaudeville
the

method

The

clown

colored

comic-

thing of the evening.

newspaper,

done,

preferto

any

"

the

as

thing
every-

are

might be

team

soon

will

you

two

or

was

the

as

must

the author

whom

trick

reputation to

news-section,instead of small pieces

as

he

had

tearing these

immense

each

the clown

one

your

the funniest

paper

an

made

Perhaps

of a
pink sporting-section

section,and

use,

expose
clown.

trick,and

doing it was
a

long ago,

Paper Shower
used

course

hurting

one

"

be

not

tricks

your

be

can

attempts

about, and

would

else he

who

performed. Of

twisted

of

making

the

the purpose

and

boy magician provides himself

Assistant

it

sees

keep

breeze

The

the idea that

bits and

the

hand, but

your

paper,

and

magic.

your

he

from

the wet

into

the fan.

from

impressed with

paper

the left hand;

bursts
tissue-paper

away

solelyto dry

converting the

paper

Quickly pick

toward

fan

the breeze

to

the

right hand.

in the

fan

confetti

235

is supposedly transferred to the left hand,

the wad

realityit remains

the

up

MAGIC

BOY

seen

into

his

magician partner

stripsand

wad, he dropped the wad

jimipedup

and

down

in the

roUing the
into

pailto mash

pail
the

BOY

in his left

together. Then, taking the dripping wad

paper

hand,
fan.

the

clown.

and

rolled

the

was

stage

Perhaps
for

they
with

knee-deep
could
home

your

drop

baskets

from

the

uproar

hundred

several

upon

papers,
from

seconds'

few

few

folded

above,

to

ter
laugh-

in progress

papers,

after

arrange

imagine

been

came

right,until

the

you

overhead

several

and

with

suddenly dropped

wadded

were

papers,

from

had

of newspapers

There

left,and

scale

funny antics,but

avalanche

seconds,an

convulsed

were

fanning process

proceeded

he

righthand,

the audience

clown's

after the

when,

in his

fan

this time

the

unusually large glove, and

an

wore

monstrous

By
by

he

which

on

holding a

an

HANDY

THE

236

the
time

papers.

similar stunt

on

small

magical entertainment, by providing

over

stage, behind

your

full of paper,

and

which

conceal

to

mechanism

rope

for

overturning them.
requested to
his

back,

bind

with

together

the

Then

rope.

member

Trick.

Hand-Untying

The

upon

Figure

Fig. 392

391

your

about

left hand
the

is

facing that

and

person

his wrists and

the

throws

the floor.
shows

shows

trick necessary

audience

magician'swrists,behind

audience, the magician quicklyunties

the rope

of the

how

one

wrist is first tied, and

before

wrist.

Then

two

three

you,

make

yoxir

righthand,

or

as

bound

two

make

to

wrists

the

together, and

possiblethe untying
you

while

the

person

quickly place both

twists in the ends

shown

in

Fig. 392,

and

the

feat.

Hold

ties the
hands

little

rope

behind

of the rope

with

bring the right

MORE

wrist

againstthe knot

conceal

to

towards
the

to

HANDY

the

the audience
left

wishes

the person
When

again,it is

and

of

Then

rope.

allow

back

your

only

course

Fig.

from

away
to

necessary

arotmd
in the

so

slipthe hand
is easy
the

to

and

391

392.

undo

then

rope;

to

be bound
if

the

audience

rightwrist

391.

to

as

back

your

the

turn

Fig.

Figs.

as

tied in the rope,

be

may

manner

turn

rightwrist

the

knots

to tie them.

turn

you

in the

Several

one.

237

the left wrist in such

on

twists

MAGIC

BOY

out

"

The

the

loop

of it.

Trick.

Hand-Untying

twists which

the

will be

untie all of the knots

you

secretlymade

plenty largeenough

the

With

392.

released,it

right hand

and

remove

to

the rope

from

left hand.

This

hand-unt3dng stunt

The

Cabinet

Trick, where

feet,is placed inside of

then, when
is discovered

is often

opened

few

person,

cabinet.
minutes

entirelyfreed

from

employed
The

in

bound
door

hands
is

closed,and

later,the bound
his bonds.

and

person

A
the

of the trick that

audience

is carried

his

places

various

cabinet

assistant

the

his

when

was

hands
in

hand

the

the

loop

The

way.

is

and

out

cabinet,

him.

When

later,the

minute

feet bound

Of

course,

of

the

together

in this case,

loop, then

instruments,and

musical
before

the

begin

instrimients

opened

hands

magician

in the

around

placed there.

play

to

this

seating him

slipshis right hand

man

both

cabinet

the

mystifying to

more

closed,the musical

been

when

even

instrvmients

is still seated,with

he

just as

after

musical

has

is

in

out

and
assistant,

play, yet

to

BOY

variation

binds

the

HANDY

THE

238

magician

uses

replaces
the

reopens

door.
cabinet

These

the

by

the

hand-untying
of

out

this

can

be

you

can

find.

covered

use

inch

with

assistant

so

the

framework

thick

and

audience

piano-bench, or

can

cloth that

any

beneath

see

couple

of

structed
con-

wide, and

is to support the

scheme

do

to

be

can

inches

piecesof carpet, or

usual

The

cabinet

stunt.

stripsI

standards

might

easilybe carried

can

boy magician, after trainingan

out

upon

tricks

hand-imtying

cabinet
it.

boxes

You

for your

support.
Turning

might

be

Paper

imagined.

baking-powder
set into the

hat-box

top of

Trim

with the

is not

This

Coffee.

In fact it is very
of

cans

filled with

apparatus.
cover,

into

one

equal size,a
can,

cut

about

exceptionof

difficult

simple magic.
small

cover

napkin or towel,and

paper,

yi

as

are

inch
two

the
from

necessary
the

edge

little flapswhich

as

Two

enough
an

to

empty

pieces of
of

the

should

can

be

HANDY

MORE

bent
the

sideways

out

of

Before

with

coffee,set

of the box

begin

To
the

of cut

empty

which

has been

paper
the
and

scoop

of

box,

this

drop

instead
from

can

the

it,lift
box, after filling

out

the

coffee.

the

placed in

cover

this

containingthe

can

As

can

inverted
the

is filled with

top of
Fig.

paper,

stitution.
will suspect the sub-

one

Cover
over

from

the

paper

magic wand
with

it the

the

to coffee is
over

Paper

that

announce

about

the top, and

inverted

395.

Details of Trick:

"

ing
Turn-

into Coffee.

kin
nap-

and

can,

Fig.

393.

Pigs. 393-395.

no

inspection,then,

cut

and
But

can.

removing

of

for

inside

into coffee,pass

paper

audience

can

table

in the

paper

it into the

turning the

the

cover

several hand-

up

fuls of cut

ready.

the

baking-powder

placed,hold

down

can

All is then

your

box

the

of

positionupon

in the top, fillthe

cover

conceal

among
to

of the

(Fig.395),and

this feat of

steppingback
on

the

paper.

can

purpose

cans.

hot

paper

The

iaverted

an

performance, fill one

the cut

239

Fig. 394,
in

cover

MAGIC

the

with

cans

the

of the

one

in

shown

as

flapsis to support

the rim

BOY

cover

to

take

the

transformation

place; then

liftoff the

pass your

napkin, removing

by catchinghold

of the ends

of

the

projectingtabs.

stand
a

HANDY

THE

240

If the

long,it will

too

littlein

and

cup

coffee has

not

hot, and

you

still be

pass

BOY

it to

some

allowed

been

might

to
out

pour

in the audience

one

to

sample.
The

Disappearing-Doll Trick

form

of

of the

one

(Fig.396)

is

performed cabinet

often

simplified

tricks.

It

for

extremely simple
handy boy
and

will

the

In

the

always mystify
professionalact,

inside of

that

stands

after first
aU

view
he

then
binds

The

Disappearing-DoU

Trick.

some

words

the cabinet
cuts

of

magic, he

from

the ropes,

and

the

audience;
the

cabinet

front,
wise
lengthwith

rope,

and

places it

inside

of

sack, which

Then,

reverses

the front.

occupant has vanished, and

to

crosswise

his

sack,places it

opens

closes

cabinet

and

after the

wand,
of

table,

having exposed

of the

the

cabinet

upon

sides of the

the

"

out,

carry

magician places

woman

396.

audience.

an

Fig.

to

is

and

use

ties.
of his

utterance

removes
operations,

back
And

the cabinet

the

he

on

its

behold!

is empty.

standard,
the

lady

THE

242

in,each

side of

to

give the

be

necessary

end

back

of

plane

to

make

of the box

off

leather,and

easily. To

the

small

the

of the

provide for locking

hole

through

the

the

of the

edge

holes for

into these

to

cover

It may

edge

in the back

brad

constructive

end.

back

small

(C, Fig. 399),and

lockingpin (E). Hinge

of

trifle of the

399),

and

(Figs.398

at

turn, make

not

piece (D), and push

end

as

solidlyfastened

it turn

it wiU

so

BOY

pivot-nailA,

appearance

piece to

the end

HANDY

box

with

strips

part of the work

wiU

be

finished.
The

and

used

Doll

body

to

cabinet.

the

in the trick must

sMp through
Line

httle cotton

or

cloth

small

opening

rear

the inside of the

bright color,gathering it
a

the

have

cabinet

around

the

underneath

to

enough head

in the

end

of

with cloth of

edge, and
give it

stuffingin
soft,padded

appearance.

boy magician

The

be

must
a

concealed-

in

Fig. 396.

to

the ends

the

The

the

legs,or

of

means

in

how

the box

trick,who

table^ by

similar

constructed

box, raise

for this

illustration shows

of the

to

the

about

that

shown

legs,fastened
6 inches

above

stage floor.

Performing
around

so

should

be

tied with
the

around
Table

Packing-Box

assistant

an

either underneath

drapery fastened
A

needs

success

the

Doll

the audience

Trick.

may

placed within,the
heavy

cord.

of the

Upon

trick

cabinet

The

must

be

inspectall sides,then
closed,and

cover

the

tying of

depends,

the

this cord

for with

cord

turned
the doll
cabinet
much

of

passed

MORE

around

box

box

the

the

to

appear

to open.

end

pivoted

HANDY

both

impossiblefor

However,

you

opens

cloth

been

has

kept

there

that

been

can

be

any

for
suspicion,

any

the

portion of

the

that

the

cord

tied

wise
length-

side of the center

one

the

of the

the

lock

of the

occupant

in the

stood

of

the wand

After
the

the cord

seen

his

end.

cabinet

In

be

now

be taken

from

the view

making the

appear
disends

top, the cabinet

without

arousing

passed around
to

act

the

doll,and

the

quickly.

table

then

(Fig.
the
close

professionaltrick,the
has

placed inside

it,and

passed around
to

both

similarlythrough

escapes

can

to

(Fig.399), turn
the

the

doU

been

door
trap-

tied up

floor.

should

exposed

the

positioninside
E

If

audience

for the assistant

cabinet,remove

the

upon

it should

interior

of the table

edge

ends, the

table.

When

to the

stage floor,after the cabinet

cabinet

The

the table.

locking pin

pivoted

of the

table,the

brought around

from

sides and

possibihtyfor

no

all have

out

396), withdraw
pivoted end

is

the
center

the

over

is the time

reach

must

the

near

the

upon

This

six sides.

into

crosswise,it will

by Fig. 399

see

around

trap-doorin

of the cord have

rested

twine

spread

through

then

just to

comes

be

should

plainlysee

and

will

easilywhen

very

passing the

cabinet

and

lengthwise and

243

end.

While

He

MAGIC

audience

of the cabinet
that

BOY

doll

the

few

of

magic

small

words

bag, untied,and

bag,

spoken;

the empty

of the audience.

disappear,you

can

bring

it back

cabinet,by having the assistant replaceit

in the

THE

244

same

the

that

way

cord

simple
other,

around
trick
and

he

to

back

and

make

again.

the

the

it, while

removed

it;

BOY

HANDY

by
doll

preparing
pass

from

magician
cabinets,

two

one

cabinet

is

tying
it

to

is
the

playhousesmay

Indoor

nail,by using
done

in the construction

accustomed
will be

metal

for this

used
coated

instead

newspapers

illustrated in this
are

be built without

to

wood,

log-cabinand

of the

chapter.

of

drivinga single

No

doubt

Indian

work; but

know

that

of wood

or

be

can

newspapers

I tell you

when

tepees

handy boys who

you

making almost everythingout

surprisedto

been

has

as

that the paper

is

"

with flour

logs,"
paste,and then roUed into tubes,or
understand
how
easilythe results are obtained.
,

win

you

Newspapers
material.

Besides

brush

which

rapidly,and

the papers,

with
"-,,

to

wiU

you

have

will not

you

long to collect a largeenough supply for

to wait

and

accumulate

need

the

building

pailof paste

"

spread the

paste. A

brush

inches mde

is about

right.
The

lustrated
Log-Cabin ilin

Fig.
Fig.

400

requiresthe

of four different

402.

"

The

Full-LengthLogs A.

use

lengthsof logs,and these

diagrams of Figs.402,

403,

404,
24s

and

405.

are

You

shown
will

in the
see

by

246

THE

these
the

diagrams

that

length of two.

lapped about

over

of paper,

with

the

of the

three-quarter
length logs B

edge

(Fig.403)
and

"gB-

'"^

^'"hagg'B

(Fig.402)

logs A
full-length

the

sheets

inch

BOY

HANDY

aaBartmsf]

are

Fig. 403.

The

"

Three-QuarterLength
Logs

one

B.

are

Fig. 402,
other

then

sheets

sheets

two

in

Prepare
of the

cover

exactly over

Then, startingat
from

end

tube.

The

flatten
of

to

roll it up

and

on

them

one

end,
into

them,

edge, turn
"ig"

logs,for

roimd

flattened
to

dry, so

w.^

and

shown

of paste,

coat

them

the paper

ple
exam-

lap and paste

togetheras
coat

"

over

lay

in
two

with

paste.

upon

itself

(PpBishi

!g*Ma.iami"

account

by
back

with
ing
rolland

FiG.

forth it will be easy

to

with

Log,

tubes wiU

being soaked

paste, but

these

are

length.

Paper

quarter-

(Fig.405)

half-sheet

of newspaper

length,

full sheet

the

"

edges of

in

one

(Fig.402),
the

full sheet

one

length logs D

To

one

other, that the

length, and

one

of

half-lengthlogs

the

(Fig.404)
in

edge

half -sheet

one

that

the

are

out

404.

"

The

Length Logs

Half-

Fig.

C.

"

The

Quarter-Length
Logs D,

these

portions.

405.

Place

they wiU remain

the

tubes

upon

straightand

not

flat smrface
become

bow-

Fig.

401."

(Showing

Building
liow

Upright

the

Walls

of

the

Paper Logs support

Log-caein.
tlie

Corners.)

cabin

the

to

HANDY

THE

248

the

walls.

walls have
it wiU

401,

each.

be

built

to the

the head

Roof

or

in

stool

Fig.

against

posts with

corner

eleventh

rubber-

log

front

the thirteenth

doorway, and

top of the side walls

the

406).

and

(Figs.400
The

The

of the

tier forms

shown

posts with

entrance

string.

with

point
chair

place a

the

to

forms

the

to

be fastened

string (Fig.406),and

(Fig.407), or

posts in positionuntil

these

up

to

necessary

logs should

The

bands

hold

To

been

BOY

When

Framework.

have

you

^___

thirteenth

placed the

"

tion

(Fig.406),set

tier of end

the next

logsin posi-

tier of side

logs

_^

F1G.407."

(No.
^

Howthe

Cabin

Logs

Fastened

the

to

^^^^

^^

with

Rubber-

Bands.

than

the side

from

one

side

j^^

^^ about

log No.

and

last

log

forms

the

The

cabin

in
The

walls.
cabin

to

is
the

It

Chimney
may

be

(Fig.401), or

inches

off end-

center

Set side
the

nearer

other, fasten them

of

to

with

cabin,lengthwise,
sheets

These

be

may

of
tened
fas-

paste.

simpler to

constructed
it may

these

the roof framework.

log framework.
is

center

their centers.

across

the

logs

15 to reach

logsNo.

16

14

gj^j^ j^g

^^^

completed by spreading

place with pins or

Stick

12

logsNo.

^^^^

opposite one.

placelog No.

of
ridge-pole

off end

cut

j^^j.^^^^^^j

Cut

14.

the

crosses

across

newspaper

Then

15 to the

and

roof

the

14

logsas shown,

This

^^^j

No.

logsNo.

side

posts.

comer

are

of the
406) inside of the tops
Fig.
o
f

14,
f

at

build
the

than

same

be built afterwards.

cabin

the
time

The

as

the

iUus-

Fig.

408."

Play

Indian
AND

Village
Kettle

with

Tripod.

Newspapek

Tepees

NEWSPAPER

PLAYHOUSES

trations show
lower

the

HANDY

the sticks

portion (to a height of about

thick

logs,and
set

ones

clearlyhow

FOR

few

how

inches inside

chimney should

extend

feet)is

logs.

the

made

built with

of the lower
about

249

crossed, how

are

portionis

the upper

BOYS

with
thinner

The

top of

8 inches

above

the

cabin

used

build

the

cabin

roof.
Some
may

of

be

the

taken

Tepees

logs which
for

for

to

making
Village (Fig.408),or, if you

Indian

an

were

large pla37room,and

wish

to

keep

cabin

the

have

intact, you

Fig. 410.

Fig.

may

the
and

Fig.

409.

Fig.

410.

Fig.

411.

make

Diagram

"

"

"

Paste
The

the

Wire

Side

tepees would

"

and

to

the

Bottom

Bottom

for the tepees.

or

Pieces.
like this.

Paper-and-String

afford lots of fun

play with,

409.

Sides and

Flaps

Handle

"poles

extra

sisters to

of the Kettle

when

if you

Chain.

The
have

cabin

and

brothers

neighboringchildren

THE

250

in to visit you,

come

with

Figure 408
ends

of the

how

these

around

three

in

one

polesfor

sides of
in

folded
lower

the

are

slashed

for

(Fig. 410).

diameter

slashes of the

of the bottom

paste the
second

bottom

conceal

them.

in

Fig. 411

paste

for your

cabin

gether
by fasteningto-

top in the

same

manner

together,and
in

Figs. 409

distance of

pieces of

Bend

up

sheets

to

The

411.

diagram (Fig.409),with

the

of

so

inches

10

them

they will

Paste

side of the

hook

the

together,and

piece of wire,bending

in

the sides aroimd

(Fig.410).

under

the

the bottom

pieces between

then bend
flaps,

the

of newspaper

inches; and

cardboard

cardboard

the

out

or

in the

piece over

the handle

shown

is formed

pieces,lap and paste

flaps to

pin

of two

form

sides,to

together,and

either

or
village,

shown

circular

of two

Make

the

framework, and

made

half,as shown

edge

is made

kettle

into

covering.

the

is put
as

stuck

ends

then

Fig. 408,

is made

village.

are

upper

Indian

poles at

paper

Kettle

the

shown;

the tepee framework

The

as

the

tubes

play pioneering,

for the tepee

Tie
as

then

the Indian

thin

Tripod for your

like the

camp,

how

ends

could

you

poles used

lower

Kettle

BOY

and

crossed.

are

newspapers

one

shows

paper

the

spread

that

because

pioneer settlement

HANDY

into

holes

the

flaps,to
the ends

punched

in the sides of the kettle.

Suspend
chain

the

kettle

from

its

(Fig.408). Probably

chains,but

this

one

must

tripod by

you

be

have

reenforced

means

made

of

paper

similar paper

by threading the

NEWSPAPER

PLAYHOUSES

Knks

paper

the

the

chain

The

and

of

those

There

the

Other

and

for

Other

After

ideas

the

indefinitely,
pasting

bands

end

end

built

of

cause
be-

support

cord

to

the

tripod.

the

of

tubes

small

of

411,

to

the

top

251

Fig.

enough
of

the

to

is

in

stiff

one

the

chimney.

be

can

be

may

telegraph
will

logs

have

because

of

system,

for

or

trees

and

been

once

are

around

for

telegraph-poles
play

are

they

repaired

broken

doll-swings,

you

prepared,

easily
the

for

whUe

themselves

they
paper

end

on

up

Tubes,

Paper

rail-fences,

set

suggest

with

Built

summer-houses,

tubes

play

shown

be

cabin

the

which

forts,

the

other

BOYS

many

Things

including

Tie

HANDY

as

not

Camp-Fire
used

are

cord,

would

kettle.

Make-Believe

size

of

piece

itself

the

handle,

kettle

in

of

weight

for

to

on

FOR

if

places.

forest.
playing.

wiU

broken,

last

by

This

new

find tiumel

412.

is easy

coastingone

of the

have

just as

Fig.

coastingidea

"

If you

thousands

Coast

Down

of the

to

carry

out, and

greatest of winter
author's

readers

Hill,Build Several Tunnels

252

you

wiU

sports,

for whom

Along the Slope.

Construct

the

when

consists of

framework

The

laid

Fig. 414), with boards

Fig.

which

banked

and

build

the base

around

lapsing
col-

the

to

out

tunnel,set

with

B,

frames

spot upon

Tunnel.

for the Snow

the

and

tops. The

the

carried

Framework

The

"

going to

are

you

414.

(A

side frames

two

across

indoors,then

made

be

may

Fig. 414

melt.

begins to

snow

in

will prevent the roofs from

This

support the roofs.

to

shown

similar to that

Framework

BOY

HANDY

THE

254

up

position,
them

hold

to

snow

in

in

place.
The
when

roof

will make

which

6 inches

the

and

sled

your

upon

the

inches

12

height above

feet; take

above

within

head,

your

the

ground between
in

this into consideration

timnel,
4

feet

making

side frames.

Build

the

plenty of
be made.
the

seated

are

you

be

ceilingshould

or

Tunnel

snow

Not

only

(Fig.415).

about

12

the roof boards

upon

ceilingas weU,

tunnel

Walls

round

as

inches
so

thick, and
rounded

off the top of the

shown

in the

roof

roof,but

sectional

view

pile
can

arch

of the

HANDY

and

Snow

the

is Soft

roll the balls

may

be

the

matter

chopped

Make

of

the

415.

the

guide the sleds

site for the

the proper

Sectional

at

snow

are

This

simplifies

View

throughout
gauge

for your

of the Snow

Tunnel.

the

entire

sled

run-

either side of the entrance

to

not

at

the

semaphore

the

boy is passing is

set

to

entrance
at

set

the entrance

the

In

Signal System.

just enteringis
at

boy wiU

one

collide with

to

Semaphore

semaphore shown
boys

tunnel; there they

into the tracks.

another, it is best
Install

largeballs,

snow.

snow,

regulatethe coastingso

To

255

Pack, roll it into

to

in the

"

TUNNELS

buildingmaterial.

for

up

tunnel,of

bank

and

to the

over

Tracks

FiG.

ners,

Enough

transportingthe

Deep

length of

SNOW

-BOY

at

"

to
"

the

Fig.

tunnel

Safety,"and
the tunnel

Stop."

The

412

the

which

the

in

Fig. 413

through which
semaphores

are

operated by each

coaster

being first set

"

from

the top, and

sHde

changed

then

to

"

slide,

to

start

"

Stop

signalsfor

to set the

boy

next

of the

end

the

at

they

as

soon

as

remain

should

coaster

long enough

the foot of the

he reaches

as

Safety,"to signalthe

Each

passed.

are

at

BOY

HANDY

THE

2s6

following

the coaster

him.

Figures 416
The

and

of

Construction

inches

show

417

taper it from

long, and

inches

the

Cut

Semaphores.

the

wide

at

other

BLACK

wide

the

end,

to

the

at

and

cut

pieceB
spectacle
inches

10

20

end

one

3 inches

arm

of the

long, and

shape

in

Fig.417.

to

A,

shown
Nail

bolt it to

then

upright C, running
bolt

the
FlG.

416.

as

through

shown, with

ers
wash-

placed between
the head
p"
tiG.

^,ft
416.

T,,
The

"

"

Semaphore

lines indicate Position

"

Set at

of Arm

,,
"

"

,"

Stop." (Dotted

when

dropped

to

S'lid B,
'

of the bolt
between

C, and between

and

^^^
Fig.

417.

Detail of Arm

"

and

Spectacle.

so

pulled down
should

be

the

will stand

arm

by

the

fastened

cord
to

the

^"^"

Tightenthe
enough

in

attached
wooden

horizontal
to

just

positionuntil

its end.

framework

nut

Upright
of

the

tun-

HANDY

nel,and

should

clear of the
Fasten

through

cord

in

screw-eyes

TUNNELS

257

rightlength so

arm

will

swing

roof.

through

hole in

SNOW

be of the

snow

-BOY

at

D, and

then

carry

B,

C;

hole

in

^,

these

run

the

", and

at

cords

cords

to

black

with

another

through

the

end

two

of the

coasting slide.
Paint

the

the

near

of the

arm

end,

and

semaphore

the

spectacleframe

black

upper

spectacle
glassesindicated by red, the

green,

and
make

To

the

two

below

next

by

"

railroad

complete

as

possible,

as

place

Telltale

shown

few

feet in front

Fig. 413.

in

low

of every

front

"

with

band

white.

by

one

sled

your

must

you

as

the bottom

white

of these

railroad

stationed

brakemen

One

timnel

know

you

bridge or

the

upon

of your

tunnel

entrance,
is

to

hung

in
the

warn

to duck
tops of freight-cars

their heads.
make

To

and
to

tie

it

stretch
telltale,

number

the heads

of the

top of each
the

will be

coasters

other

timnel.

about

as

they

small

These

boxes, and
may

be

You

may

candle
in

with

also make

against

lanterns out
set

shown

length

them.

make

may

in

to brush

under

pass

uprights,

two

inches

24

justlow enough

piece of glass covered

set in the fronts.

between

rope

rope

Signal Telegraph lantern

336, with

sleds.

piecesof

Coasting after Dark, you

starch-boxes,or

to

of

their ends

so

For

the

one

upon

lanterns

the

similar

Fig. 528,
red

of

page

tissue-paper

headlightsfor

your

OO
T

CHAPTER

XVIII

HANDY

boy

HANDY

justas good
amounts

the
little,

no

kind

of wood

in the

basement

will
and

up,

are

the fewer
the better.

Fig.

"

upon

hardens, and
The

the
4

418.

with

woodshed,

be

in

knots,cracks,and
Of

smaU

The

"

wide

ugly hoUow

Double-Runner

long and

the

of lumber

and

in that

cracks,but do

Double-Runner

crack

placein

this

defects

depend

too

putty shrinks when

it

shrinkageis enough

boy

wide, with
258

easiest

Coaster.

shown

the average

inches

not

any

paint wiU

the sxrrface of your

Coaster

14

other

putty and

course

struction
con-

Almost

necessary.

putty magic," because

proportionsthat

feet

wiU

required

piecesare
do, but straight-grained

conceal nail-holes and

an

connected

or

will be

the material

as

expense

outlay whatever

there

make

and

trifling.
Perhaps just the rightsort

case

much

one,

that

coaster

is

found

work

himself

so

be

that

bought

COASTERS

to

wiU

to

build

can

as

BOY

in

to

work.

Fig. 418 is of just

finds to his
runners

liking

5^

"

inches

HANDY

deep. This is

259

sled and

is practical

purposes.

pattern for

The

Sled

given

is shown

Runners

measurements

upon

and

carpenter'ssquare

inch

material

COASTERS

constructed
substantially

for all around

A

BOY

trifle under

or

or

of

off the

Lay

419.

with

2-by-6

yard-stick.

pencil
2-by-6-

Most

wide, though it often

inches

trifle over

Fig.

piece

"

5^

is about

in

this.

the

Whatever

measure-

4-0"-

MiiWl.

10':

Fig.

Fig.
"

Fig.

420.

419

421.

Pattern

"

for Runners.

Longitudinal Section through

"

runs

the Double-Runner

Coaster.

CrossBrace.

is,you

ment

the

certain that

the

of your

saw

When

the other
the

mistakes
off

have

you

with

it

the

on

as

Connecting

made,

diagonalsof

completed

and

the

to

one

off the

saw

the

bow

runner,

ends

421), and

measurements,

your

been

have

ingly.
accord-

runners

top edge receive

checking

After

no

then

square;

Cut

along

width

connecting cross-braces {A, Figs. 420

foot-barB.

ends.

the

vary

notches

The
of the

can

and

mark

be

ends
stern
out

pattern.
Cross

Braces

14

inches

long, 2

wide, and

inches
ends
the

feet 8 inches

in the

be

long.
wish

you

in

ends

The

to

of this

side face

of

be curved

take

the

square
oflfupon

cut

time

that
the

shown
or

extra

to

prepare

Screw

way.

the

to

seat

wide

inches

12

are

may

nail

to

Fig. 418.

board

them

the braces

the

through

piece of

but they
illustration,

diagonal if

Nail

ends, as shown

their

the tongues on

cut

runners.

nails

also drive

should

Seat

Sled

in the

notches

BOY

thick,and

inches

into their

runner

and

runners,

The

the

fit the

to

each

and

HANDY

THE

26o

or

cross

braces.
Handle-Bars

The

two

are

piecesof broom-handle,and
their ends

screwed

eyes

of the

into

the^sides

into the runner,

slippingout

screw-eyes.
can

the

422.

"

Coasting

on

oval iron

stripscan

which
strips,
be

purchased

of

Shoes

wiU
at

be

more

almost

runners

but

at

expenditureyou

Provide

Single-Runner

Coaster.

the

hoop-ironor

largehardware

can

Runners

with

of

The
satisfactory.
any

ding
sli-

the

improve

by greasingthem;

Fig.

nail

of each

end

of
qualities

small

screw-

Drive

it from

keep
You

by

each

handle-bar

of the

held

runners.

through

to

are

halfiron

store.

262

THE

Figure

shows

423

single-runner
The

the

and

spike

of

the

wide

the

and

is

wooden

Runner

feet
of
of

its

to

brackets

Shoes

described

to

completed

the

the

i"

of

nailed

across

be
the

post

with

are

the

between

B.

post

prepared

double-runner.

and

long

the

Brace

B,

front

in

the

same

back

inches

triangular
and

B.

inches

seat

and

long,

inches

^,

pieces

together

inches

15

top

may

side

The

of

and

inches

13

edge

top

2-by-4,

of

piece

connection

the
F

for

the

of

material

same

and,

long,

strengthen

nailed

the

of

out

length.

inches

Board

long

out

bottom

Seat

drawing

Make

3
B

of

16

D,

The

those

upright

center

blocks

and

BOY

detailed

coaster.

Riuuier

cut

HANDY

with

wide,
two

back.

manner

as

EARTE

Spring and Summer

PasiiiriGs

CHAPTER
HANDY

Model

boys' pastimes, and

received

greater

boy's sport,
mind

with

for

fascinated

merely

genius.

with

probably

boy

with

with

practicalideas

planning

own

the
a

"

would-be

product
and

has

of its

model

burst

that

no

the

made

short

two

boy

the
have

who

chaps, and

for

have

Thousands

of

interval

of time

the

been

attained

since the

variety
seized

that

note

itself has

designs have

models

been

each

been

the

tion,
construc-

by models

been

evolved

innovation

developments have
26s

interest

store

regards its design and

as

the

But

whose

have

are

models

nothing but

interestingto

record

records

aeronautics,and

Store
of

of

junior

who

of enthusiasm.

aviators

It is

in

enthusiasts
flies.

has

turn

room

making, leaving the

model

both
flier,

of similar form.

during

"

no

for this sort

of his own,

and

passing fancy.
which

model

their

is

the

handy

mechanical

that

aeroplanesis genuine,wiU

in model

to

outlast

best

obviously

aero

anything
are

is

There

for

idlers,or

painted in bright colors

wiU

It

support.

flyingis

scientific diversion

no

sport for the boy of

inventive

aeronautics

of his

AEROPLAIIES

MODEL

aeroplane designing,building,and

latest of
ever

BOY

XIX

been

of

quite

266

THE

"

startlingas

as

of the model
and
learn

has

taking it

up,

what

to

not

has

those

in order

able

to

that

out

of model

progress

forms

of

know

may

just the

what

do

to

in which

way

advanced.

Each

his

before
and

model

successful

mistakes, but

own

adding improvements,
having

has

been

greater degree of

patentingof

no

he

ideas to retard

designsfollowed

the

lines of the

fection.
per-

the

various

shown

successful

that the most

the

models,

attainingthe greathaving the greatest stability,

est

have

AU

been

change

of the

made
been

that

of the

at
propellers

of at

the

the

and

are
longestflights,

with

this type of

was

instead

almost
about

come
rear

those

of the

starting,
duration,and distance

abandoned

has

front, which

arrangement,

the

making

types have

radical

line of work

aeroplaneconstruction.

have

monoplane t5^e.
other

designers.

multiplanes,but

speed, and
records

opportunity to

monoplanes, biplanes,and

results of time
the models

the

chine,
largema-

thorough investigatorof

only by

model

first model

The

of the

well,and by borrowing the good points

as

has been

There

is

has

machines, and
turn

he

that

do, and

of others

of other

is

inventor

designer has profitednot

by

had

even

chines.
ma-

time, the development

juniormodel

from

construction

aeroplane

of

space

accomplished along

been

man-carrying

surpassed that

far

two

the

by

same

bird-man

successful

Every

the

has

pointeror

what

the

BOY

obtained

those

Indeed, for

HANDY

of the
at

of

model,

and

entirely.Another

has

been

the

fuselageor body,

first considered

having

the

the

placing
instead

better

singlepropeller,

HANDY

BOY

most

machines

twin

motors.

To

the

tendency

and
effects,
and

aU

do

reduce

reduce

features

is

ground,

aU

show

strength

from

lessen

to

mum,
mini-

for

models
and

weight

later models

of

by Percy Pierce

recentlymade
farther

of two

one-haK

over

91

seconds.

making, which

present activityin model

for the author

revise the

to

chances

above

at

that

made

feet

record

continuation
has

2,"

93

record
are

of

Club,

Aero

unofl"cial

are

No.

f^^t, or

the duration
The

were

so,

Pelican

2,733

an

long, with

stand

not

and

feet,while

3,000

present writing is
will

mile,

of

or

which

PhiladelphiaModel

record

which

it,boys, one

"

the

more

ago

feet

of

and

become

models

Think

past

more

years

300

than

simpler form,
of the

made

has

they flew

over.

world's

than

something
records

if

feet and

flying2,500

been

the models

complicated construction

more

these

have

construction

remarkable

of the

developments

models

their
fliers,

considered

built

essential

being omitted

are

to

eliminate

to

not

are

of the

simple. Thus,

more

now

the

that,while

efl"cient

more

were

that

the skids

of models

weight

also been

interestingresult

years

and

267

air friction.

One
two

the

has

rise from

not

AEROPLANES

equipped with twin propellersand

now

stability.Even

that

of

are

MODEL

of
the

these
of

it

the

sary
neces-

figurestwice while

preparingthis chapter.
The
are
were

is

Materials

about
built.

the

now

same

The

used
as

in model

those out

motor
fuselage,

generallyconstructed

of

aeroplaneconstruction

of which

the first models

base,or body framework,

pine or

other

soft

wood,

or

of

THE

268

HANDY

aluminiun.
or
sticks,

dowel
bamboo, carpenter's
are

sometimes

are

more

bamboo

alimainiun

with

cloth

with

frames

bound

are

with

is coated

for stays, on

glue.
with

sometimes

they

cutting.
design and

other

or

it in

his

of.

The

other,have

strands

been

pine

length,such

as

are

Each

of

the

three

are

given in

this

are

good examples for

work
frame-

the paper

the

plane
thread

or

wood,

though
be

Propellerscan

in blank

best

form

ready

hearingsof
to

end

chapter,has

wood

tin

been

of

or

have

as

flat rubber

for

to

for

pellers
pro-

through

also the rubber

by dealers

which

cut

brass.

strands

and

finish.

to

piano wire,

by looping one

for motors,

models

start

made

better
infinitely

the

plane

then

of

out

sold for the purpose

aeroplane supplies,are

lightweight.

place.

is the

but
golf-balls,

old

from

used

and
wire

fuselageand

propellersfrom

own

the

silk,

builder,however, prefers to

Rubber-bands, joined end

the

the

are
propeller-shafts

stiff wire, and

with

thread, and

of aluminum.

mounting,

for

prepare

silk

or

the

to

generally cut

white
Straight-grained
out

wood, split

Almninum

of its

is sewed

expert model

The

of

strong thread,and

made

are

purchased ready

frames

account

jointsof

hold

glue to

propellersare

The

AU

but

aluminum,

or

banana-oU.

or

strong linen thread

is fastened

planes

light-weightstiff paper,

other

or

covering material

with

wood

having

up,

varnish,shellac

generallyused

thin

The

wire, or piano wire, covered

fiber paper,

coated

The

of very

generallybuilt

bamboo,

is

made

BOY

of

single

in model

generallyused.

working-drawings

prize winner,

and

all

beginner to pattern after,because

THE

270

it flew

model

6 feet

weighs

$}4

pitch,and is in

inch

Fuselage,

or

base.

spars

pine cut

the dimensions

to

ends

their bow

by

spread of

bound

flatwise between

resistance

brads.

with

in

marked

in

the

at

shown

distance

shown

as

they wiU

so

offer less

between

the

sticks

of the

are

sizes

fit between

length to
on

in the

ends

stem

reduced

piece is fastened

placesindicated

inches,

that

at

its edges are

of the proper

oval-shaped as

cut

sticks,

separator is fastened

Separators C, D, and

Fig. 428, and

side sticks A
are

This

The

braced

This

i^

of

thread.

drawing of Fig.430

the air.

to

and
,

section

in the small

(Fig.428).

sticks A

distance

are

side

drawing, with

the

upon
a

27

white
straight-grained

of

with

inches,and

separator B

the

off for

The

triangular

is the

consists of two

marked

beveled

glued together,and
have

This

field.

acre

speed machine.

make

to

{A, Fig. 428)

splines,or

i6o

g-inchpropellersof

essential

every

motor

has

ounces,

first part of ^the model

The

Cicero,Chicago, where

of the

the fence

beyond
but

BOY

field at

Illinois' aviation

of

Club

HANDY

drawing. They

small

section

drawing

Fig. 430.
fasteningthe separators

Before

Bearings for

Thrust

The

platesfor coimecting
Figure 431
of sticks A

folded

Fig. 430

and

into the

shows

with

shows

thread.

the

wire

and

how
These
have

position.

propellers,and
stays,

dimensioned

shape shown,

tip for

the

the

in

be

end

prepared.

detafl of the thrust

ings,
bear-

bound

ends

they
are
a

must

the

are

cut

hole

to
propeller-shaft

run

out

to

of

the

brass,bent

piercedthrough

the

through, another

Fig.

Fig.

4'J7." Harry

41^G."

Wells

The

^yli;LLS

launching
back-yard

Modkl

his
workshop.

Aekoplane.

model,

also

view

of

his

HANDY

through

BOY

end

one

for

stick A

to

the

of the wire

end

brad

the

another

to

The

end

plates for

the

wire

longer than

is necessary

the

wire-stay ends.
plate for

the

Pierce

brad

to

hole

which

^^-laSTRANDS

Fig.

430.

Fig.

431.

Fig.

432.

"

Detail

of

Detail

of Thrust

Detail

of Bow

"

"

of each

fastens

sticks A

and

are

piano-wirebent
(Fig.432).
Main

433, with

edge,made
and

made

and

how

the

upon

V-shaped

Rubber

Connections.
is Connected

Motor

to

it.

to sticks

bound

platesare

to

glue to make

Plane

the front

has
or

ends
of

ends

of

it hold

ends

fast

built

and
entering-edge,

tipson

the

pine or

other

the ends

made

the

rubber

piece of heavy

the

over

framework

of sticks of white

the ribs and

fit

bow

the wire to the sticks with

Bind

with

the thread
The

Model.

Wells

of the

support the

Hooks

Bow

motor,

430.

Motor

Bearing, Propeller-Shaft,and
Hook

431.

thread.

with
The

and

for the

^"x^'RUBBER

OF-

of the separators. The

to the ends

Fuselage

made

are

center

the

through

Fig.

Fig.

Fig. 430

connectingholes

through

pass

detail in

pins
fasten

to

stays. These

for the

that

end

the other
small

to.

271

through

pass

through

stays

shows
no

and

B,

AEROPLANES

MODEL

of sticks A

thread,coating

(Fig.430).
as
rear

in

shown
ox

Fig.

following-

wood,
light-weight
of No,

16

gauge

aluminum

wire.

their outer

on

HANDY

THE

272

The

tips,and

the

wire

ribs,are

bound

then

coated

with

Elevator,
in

shown

Fig.

ends

hold

wire.

it in

end

notice

433.

Fig. 434.
Fig.

435.

"

up

the

under

proper

add

Detail

of the Main

Detail

of the

Detail

of Fin.

cross

the

in the form

bent

The

"

ribs

center

to

"

of No.

made

by Fig.

434

side of the

flat

as

its

16 gauge

that

the

435-

of the

Framework

wood

Wells

Model.

Framework.

following-edgeof
of

made

433.

Plane

Elevator

the

thread

stick,and

ii'xi'x16"

Fig.

forming

laps of

frarhework

Fig.

Fig.

away

position.

tips,are

will

You

the

entering-edgeis

Its

following-edge,
ribs,and
aluminima

of the wire

wires,and

plane, has

front

434.

cut

are

positionwith thread-,and the

glue to
or

the ends

of these

in

sticks

of the frame

receive

edge, to

the

The

ends

BOY

loop.

the

This

fuselage,and

frame

and

loop rests against

gives the elevator

(Fig.429).
angle for stability

The

are

tipsare

bent

its
up

stability.
frames

of the

main

plane

and

elevator

are

covered

HANDY

with

which
china-silk,

and

this is

and

taut.

to

The

the

plane

fastened
the

to

the under

will

the

in the successful

of

course

to

make

the
the

429)

rudder

the

machine

provided

34

Fig. 435.

in

balance

elevator

this

"

suit the condition

at

of the

they

will

great factor

and
longitudinally,

their centers, in order

of the elevator

and
stability,

sheet

in the

fore,
There-

properly.

Its vertical

heavy wire,as shown

other

at

aeroplanelies in properly

the center

gauge

of

conditions,

Fig.428.

and

laterallyand

for

That

positionswhere

model

balance

the

over

separator C, and

greatest stabiHty. A

flightof

fuselageby

air

the

planes must

of No.
in

passing

elevator.

find

directlyover
is

the

different

to

by turning it slightlyto

is made

sistance
re-

fuselage. Figure 429

plane

your
"

planes, both

the

Fin

The

the

"

and

you

machine

the

timing

to reduce

majority of models,

is shown

tuning

as

atmosphere, until

of

under

vary

the

to

them

the

side of the

adjust

must

operationis known

shown

planes of

the

being placed over

you

give

air-tight

air while

held

are

slippedbeneath

closer to separator B than

times

resistance

the

to

elevator

and

unlike

plane

sometimes

and

makes

it

smoothly

on

skin

as

approximate positionof

main

the

glued in place,

or

it.

fuselage,and
shows

be put

is known

plane

273

of shellac to make

coat

of rubber-bands

means

either be sewed

may

what

main

The

AEROPLANES

coveringmust

that

through

MODEL

given a thia

minimum

are

BOY

one

side

is bent

plan detail

the

or

aluminum,
edge

be

may

cut

(Figs.
427
used
other.

to

around
of

as

the
a

It
form

piece

Fig. 435,

and

the

lower

bow

ends

The

end

of the

wire

BOY

is fastened

Propellers

the most

are

They

of identical

accuratelycut, and

must

be very

must

size and

plane
aero-

pitch of

The

pitch.

it advances

Wire

in

-shaft-

of Harry WeUs'

436.

Model

The

"

Wells

in

distance

lengthand

one

machine,

has

propelleris,

forward

that

complete revolution.

one

shows

Figure 436

Bead-

Fig.

the

difi"cultpart of the model

the
theoretically,

Glass

upright between

of sticks A.

to make.

be

HANDY

THE

274

of the

propellers

which

is 9 inches

27-inchpitch. Figure

Propeller.

shows

437
How

to

Prepare

that is,one
sites,
of left-hand

be of

must

pitch,or,

be oppo-

pair must

Propellers. The

the

right-handpitch and

in other

words,

right-handpitch propellerturns

to

the upper

the

the other
end

right,and

of the
that

of

tf

A
i
B
Fig.

the left-hand
them

from

Step
block

D
437.

-How

to

Prepare

pitchpropellerturns

the

9-inch Propeller.
to the

when
left,

viewing

rear.

consists in

of white

properlyplaning up

straight-grained

pine 1)4 inches thick,2 inches wide, and

THE

276
them
if

their centers

at

they do

it. Finish

correct

shellac it.

and

The

them

less

Propeller-Shafts

into

hook

strands

at

hole

the

(Figs.430

The

rubber, each, and

of rubber

yards
wire

would

small

ringsare

bent

with

thread

rubber

off the
to

machine
in

cool

are

the bow

of

hooks

after

use,

place,in

rightlength to

extend

pack
order

the

over

The

of

rubber

and

wire, and
these

must

away
to

end

of the

the

is not

remove

in

connected

strands.

ends

rings and

As

flat

the
propeller-shafts,
as

the

wire

^-inch

length,exactly 24

wire,with piecesof

The

glass bead,

the side of the

over

in

yard

quickly.

deteriorate,
you

reenforce

rubber

strands

through

cut

(Fig.432).

of their propeller

securelyin place.

twelve

looped through

are

and

on

of

the

then

the

to bend

it is held

out

tubing slipped over

strands

of the

then

required.

quickly

and

receive

to

bearing, through

on

and

so, to

or

the

these

as

trouble

bent
heavy piano-wire,

431). By bending

are

direct to the hooks

of

(Fig.431)

consist

Motors

inch

cut

againstthe hub,

shaft

yi

of

and

in

and

the

the ends

over

made

are

and
propeller,

the

through

and
knife-blade,

likelyto split.

end

one

of the motor,

through
hub

distance

of

with fine emery-paper,

boys glue silk

Some

make

edge

perfectly,locate

the work

blades,for
them

the

across

balance

not

BOY

HANDY

small

rubber-

of the

rubber

bound

in

place

then slipped

rings are
light and

the motors
covered

Instead,

heat

cause

from

the

box, and keep

get the longestlife possibleout

of the rubber.
It has

been

found

that

rubber

motors

can

be

wound

HANDY

much

BOY

farther

only
the

to

cloth,and
untU

strands

Of

and

made

from

this is

451, and

Nealy

The

the

design of

has

pitch than

Arthur

used

depends

winds

page

a.

the

ingeniouswinder
motors

neously.
simulta-

in

Figs. 448

is shown

284.
in

feet,and

an

Wells

Figs.438 and 448

endurance

record

of the lUinois

of

Model

propellersof lower

machine,

and

is what

model,as it has great

floating

great deal upon

is

and
Springs,Illinois,

shorter

the

equal

an

propellerswork
both

of Western

has

on

as

of the inner

twisted

an

in contests

model

This

wind

the air in back

ity,
stabil-

of it to

it.

float

is of

Fuselage

The

Side sticks A

model.

strips1-16

Instead

are

of

inch

thick,^

separators

thick,and

inch

triangularform

the

the

long, and

inches

with

Nealy
of 1,550

generallyknown
and

with

Aeroplane shown

Model

those

the

winder

i^ minutes, made

Club.

Aero

usually done

upon

be

must

make

to

home-made

flightrecord

close to

34

motors

described

surface

covered.

are

which
egg-beater,

an

is

glycerineupon

strands; then

the

over

277

glycerine. It

the

the outside

over

rubber

with

drops of

it will work

the

This

is

it

of turns, in order

same,

and

few

all parts

course

number

put

rub

and

motors,

AEROPLANES

by lubricatingthem

necessary

clean

MODEL

yi

and

being fastened

and

of

the

inch
C

wide, and

are

bamboo

3-16 inch wide,respectively.

between

the

side sticks

brads, the ends

of these

separators

into

slits cut

through side sticks A;

thin and
the sticks

sHpped
are

WeUs

are

tapered very
then

wrapped tightlywith thread,each side of the

278

THE

separators,

to

keep

be cut very

must

HANDY

the

intact

frame

so
carefully

BOY

as

not

to

(Fig.439).
splitthe

The

sticks.

slits
The

'-irorELEVATOR-]--^

Fig. 440.

Fig. 441,

Fig.

PROPELLER
442.

Fig.

FiG.''438.
"

The

Nealy Model, Designed

Distance

Springs, Dlinois.
Fig.

439.

Fig.

440.

Fig.

441

Fig.

442

Fig.

443

bow
so

"

"

"

"

"

ends

they

Record,

Detail

of Fuselage.

Detail

of Elevator.

How

the

Elevator

Detail

of Main

Detail

of

fit

1,550

Built by Arthur

443.

Nealy, of Western

Feet.

is Tilted.

Plane.

Propellers.

of sticks A
wiU

and

are

beveled

together,and

are

off upon

glued.

the
Then

inner
the

faces
wire

HANDY

hooks

which

prepared
the bow

on

The

bow

the

with

bound

wood

square

by

of

veneer

The

elevator

rubber-band

Main

of

ends

lapped

The

front

is held

in

wise and

inch

to

fastened

of the

plane

than
greater stability

can

The

lage
top of the fuseand

sticks A

over

The
the

ends

The

be
end

in

of the

frame,

which

be had with

place

or

then

flexthe frame,
This

side-

gives the

aids in

flat

are

is covered

sewed

or

16

in the

it is stretched

Then

camber

wire
as

frame

bow

to

the

of
manner

same

one

of No.

plane.

securing
A

slight
model
under

fuselageby rubber-bands.

Propellersare

wide, and

the

top of the

upward bending of the tipsof the plane will give the

main plane is held to the
additional stability.The
side of the

is fastened between

the sides of the frame.

sHght

shows

oppositeend.

to

thick.

entering-edgeof

place on

either

may

L-

(Fig.439).

1-16

its ends

lengthwisetightenough
to the

to

bent

Figure 440

or

machine.

It is first fastened

fastened

ends

Wells

This

are

bound

built-up framework

together in

of the

china-silk.

stretched

wood

441),which

and

has

bound

and

glued.

motors
are

of sticks A

be used.

slippedover

Plane

construction
with

rubber

stripsof brass

piece of

piano-wire (Fig. 442).

gauge

and

may

(Figs.439

The

279

slightlytilted,
by being supported on

peg

sticks A.

of the

made

to the

pattern for cutting it.

is

end

are

is made

Elevator

elevator

AEROPLANES

(Fig.439).

thread

Bearings
are

piece of

MODEL

V-shaped piece of wire, and

end

shaped, and
A

hold

Thrust

The

BOY

8 inches

cut

from

blocks

inch

thick,i)4 inches

long (Fig.443). Prepare them

in the

Fig.
Fig. 444.
N.

The

"

Fig.

445.

Fig.

446.

Fig.

447.

SelleyModel, Designed

Distance

Y.
"

"

"

Fig.

446.

Record,

Detail

of

Detail

of Main

Details

of

and

2,653 feet.

Elevator

Framework.

Plane

Framework.

Propeller.

280

Built

by Armour

447.

Selley of Brooklyn,

HANDY

same

manner

in

BOY

as

described

Fig. 436.

Be

oppositepitch,and
The
on

end

glassbead

is

and
is bent

sUpped

the

bearingplate.

piano-wire,with

hub,

between

the

keep

the propeller

of the shaft

propellerend
to

hook

of the motor.

strands

The

equal but

propellerfrom

shaft.

the

Rubber

of

of

trated
illus-

and

nicely.

oppositeend

to the

on

model,

balance

rubber

the

281

get the blades

made

are

Wells

them

the side of the

over

turning on
The

receive

to

to

make

to

AEROPLANES

for the

sure

Propeller-Shafts

one

MODEL

consist

Motors

of

strands

^-inch

of

flat

rubber, each.
The

in model

great deal of astonishment

it made
better

held

mile,during the

than

the

by

different in many

respects from

models, and, in fact,from

Fuselage

The

spruce
the

the

The

inches

braced

long, beveled
with

test
con-

cally
It is radiand

the Wells

Nealy
in

use

side sticks of

triangularin shape, with

is

three

and

glued together at

separatorsbetween

the bow

stem.
Planes

spruce

edges of
and

37

bow, and

and

and

cut

Club.

Aero

feet

writing.

of the present

the time

at

of 191 2, in

when

13

of the other machines

most

signed
de-

York, caused

2,653 f^^t,or

summer

Model

Long Island

and

aeroplane circles
of

distance

remarkable

the

Fig. 444,

Selleyof Brooklyn, New

Armour

by

in

shown

Aeroplane

Model

Selley

the

strips,as

shown

planes are made

the horizontal

of

built-up frameworks

have

in

of

and

Figs. 445

bamboo,

stripscrossingthe

as

ribs

splitbamboo

are
are

446.

also the

The

ribs;

slender spruce

HANDY

THE

282

sticks.

The

of each

plane

doubled

around

thread

framework.
the

bamboo

make

oil to

then

fuselageby

feet,while the
this model

Figure

is

447

inches

12

machine

shows

slightlydifferent
of the
way

Figures 448
forms

having

from

skin
of

sistance.
re-

the

blank,and

of the
for

that

are

of

the

451

photographs

Aero

Club

In

Fig. 448

is shown

working-drawings are

page,

and

buUt

by Percy Pierce, member

Figs.449

to

451

show

of

previously

wire

hooks

Arthur

upon

in

interesting

some

three models

of the

the rubber

of

Nealy

launching the

shown

shape

bearing,though

to

aeroplanes.

the

and
either,
to

Thus,

high speed.

machines

connected

14

with
propellers,

those, of the other machines.

show

pitch of

laying out

thrust

of the two

and

great power
one

remarkable

of rubber.

as

the Illinois Model

the

of

strands

20

detail of the

motors

of model

of which

banana-

side

length and

be similar to that

described,may

same

in

views

two

propeller. The

strands

each

place,and
or

upper

upon

on

the

its most

of very

for the

dimensions

of the

in

reduce

are

consist of

motors

covered

glued

the

to

of the

of rubber-bands.

means

feature,being

the

thus

held

are

is

are

with

shown

of thin sheUac

coat

Propellers of this machine

The

planes are

which

tight and

planes

bound

meinbers

are

sticks

the ribs

are

other

frameworks

given a

it shrink
The

the

The

the

of the

fiber paper,

coveringis

this

with

dimensions

plan (Fig.444).

side with

also how

edge sticks,and

intersection

The

of the horizontal

two

another, and

one

the

each

at

how

details show
cross

BOY

model

preceding

designed and

PhiladelphiaModel

HANDY

Club

Aero

and

beginning of
the

of

most

nearly as

efficient of

record
93

or

Model

Several

they

has

broke

the

most

and

risingfrom
record

of

2,733

inclosed

the
the

over

2,"

No.

distance

of the most

one

biplane type;

distance

upon

World's

the

many

are

Pelican

flightof

mile;

been

"

the

with

1912

one-half

shown

as

models

Pierce

The

449,

Fig.450 has

the

6,"

No.

f^^t,

biplane

successful
"

Pierce

water's

Hydro

surface

in

feet,figuredfrom

900

present writing,

the

Hydro-aeroplane is the

The

"

it is

and

by

shown

models

upon

not

of this pontoons

are

water's surface.

The

paper,

and
to

feet.

then

water.

arise from

frames

of

the water

bamboo,

attached, on
pontoons

are

of cardboard

coated
The

differ in form

with
best

after

of

to

which

or

monoplane
lower

the

it skims

bamboo,
to

The

equipped

usuallythree

varnish
the

the

It is

and

king,
ma-

yet devised.

from

preceding pages.

running-gear made

they have

thing in!model

latest

far the cleverest model

itseH does

machine

and

Percy Pierce

one

designer has

devised

credit,nor

the

been

recognizedgenerallyas

are

than

has

other

no

From

point of rising.

At

his

to

models.
ready-built

in

and

workers,

records

of

Fig. 451,
the

of

and

shown

Club.

Aero

active

feet farther

machines

Model

283

aeronautics,Percy Pierce

September 21st,

on

model

York

flightin Fig.

in

shown

AEROPLANES

model

models.

market,

MODEL

the New

many

successful
the

BOY

make

with
ends

along the
in

mmiber,
with

covered
them

vious
imper-

hydro-aeroplane models

they have

traveled

eight or

ten

^^^^"J::^'"^^-i

XX

CHAPTER

of their model
made

be

the

same

when

wound

are

that

one-thousand

and

number
The

has

one

drawing,
the

the

the

oflf these

loops turn,

hooks.
ends

must

The
be

lines

ends

and

loop

bend
ends

punched

would

that

be

the possibility

count

photograph

of

the

of

Fig.

of the Illinois Model

simple to make,
drawing

the

exactly

long,tedious

the

of

represent the

the

be

central

Aero

you
In

originalform
only

pivot wires

the

for the wire ends

as

Fig. 455.

It is

cut-oflf ends
cross

each

the other.

or

of the beater.

loops,and

for

must

there
in

advantage

more

be

in the

shown

detail

the

one

winders

rubber-strand

would

motor

one

It is very

dotted

revolvingloop
cut

in

the

or

of

then

Harry WeUs

devised.

by examining

see

and

Winder

which

This

then, too,

now

made

Egg-Beater

Club

to

mistake

of turns

is the

452

turns

of turns

the number

operationby hand,
of

motors

winders, both

that

it is known

that of the other.

as

of these

one

simultaneously,and

wound

this is apparent

and
flight,

rubber-strand

the

aeroplaneswith ingeniouslycontrived

can

motors

wind

boys

egg-beaters. With

from

motors

of

of

majority

WINDER,

IDEAS

OTHER

AND

The

MOTOR

BOY'S

HANDY

THE

of

the

central

to stick

will
this
of

necessary
on

which

loops into
pivot-wire

through, and

Fig.

454."

The

measuring

Fig.

453."

Winding

'Wells

Fig.

distance

device.

the

452"

An

motor

kubbek-stkand

motor
WINDER.

with

egg-re
winder.

the

E(iG-BEATER

atek

THE

the

ends

HANDY

BOY'S

of the wires must

MOTOR

WINDER

be riveted

keep

to

28s
the hooks

in

position.
Figure
How

shows

453

the

Egg-Beater

Winds

supports the model

the motor
and

ringsfrom

slip them

egg-beater. Then
of the
do

motors

the

the

far

as

again on

of the

remove

fuselage,

crank
as

the

slipoff
back

slip them

hooks

you

wound

wish, you

you

the bow

to

you

ant
assist-

of the

turns

have

rings,and

motor

an

'.'/.-

you

as

the bow

on

the

turn

you

when

propellerend,

hooks

winder,coimting the

so, and

the

by

While

Motors.

the hooks

to

on

the

of the model

aeroplane.
Wind

the

after

the

form,

as

Slowly, especially

Motors

first

of

row

it puts the
of strain

amount

winding

rubber

strains

but

makes

the

and

uneven

winding,of

knots

form

begin

to

the least

this.

Quick

the

rubber,

in

course,

bunches,
produces

unwinding.

uneven

As

to

by doing

only

not

knots

I have

F1G.45S." Detail of Egg-

mentioned

before,it

Beater

is possible

shown

to

wind the

and

thus

the

rubber

motors

to store

up

strands

should

in order not

motors

to

be

a
are

wound

keep

the

much

in

Winder

Fig.-452.

farther,
of motor

greater amount
lubricated

just before
rubber

Motor

under

with
the
a

energy,

if

glycerine. The
machine's
strain

flight,

longer than

THE

286

is necessary.

removing
them
and

Take

them

the

from

in

away

will get the

you

model

the
box

of your

possiblecare

best

closed

BOY

HANDY

after

and

use,

them

keep

to

motors,

packing

of the

out

light,
of the

possibleout
greatest efficiency

rubber.
The

be

propellersmust

woimd,

have

motors

Figures

check.

in

them

keep

to

after the

held

been

and

427

from

the

424

show
The

Position

hand.

would

movement

resultingin
upsetting.

machine
best

The

produced by

its

distance

The

of

used

for

does

and

ease

The

Wells

several
the

of its

instnunent
slide

on

speed

measured

model

Illinois

I have

the

shown

the

of the

model

slight

trifle under

air,

probably
that

aero

in various

clubs,but

club, and

the

you,

the

practical

most

454

in

use

Measuring

Figs. 456

consists of

to

464

Fig. 465
with
a

Instrument

it.

show

shows
You

it

as

shows

by its

working-drawings
diagram

will notice

graduated stick,having

and
top that contains hair-lines,

of

home-made

quickness of operation. Figure

is taken

ious
ingen-

invention

and

is the

by

ways

yet devised,combining

purpose

and
construction,

measurement

give the

prize-winningmodel

Distance

inventor,while

forward, as

disturbance

is to

it off at

Harry Wells, whose

instrxmient

thrown

and
losingits stability,

flightsis

by

egg-beaterwinder

Model

propellers.

the officials of the

device

great

method

will start

that

be

not

too

cause

the

Launching

for

should

machine

The

push

Take

to

of how
that
a

the

metal

sightplateon

one

HANDY

THE

288

the

tallyacross

stick.

of 25

measurement

is marked

Each

in

every

feet the

100

ment
measure-

cated,
indi-

stick, as

of the

edge

represents a

reading.
be

tripod may

camera

at

the

off upon

divisions

of the

feet,and

for convenience
A

BOY

used

support the graduated

to

stick,but.
make
a

for the

Tripod used

The

if you

haven't

triangularblock

side, and

pivoted

the
to

of each

nail

pivots from

end

leg is

for

with

The

(Fig.458)

to

square,

of this bolt.

is bored

is bolted

After

through plateC,
between

will turn

to

nail the

shows

how

The

lower

the

tripod

nut,

the

means

hole

its exact

between

so

B, which

tripodplate C by

washers

bolt

receive

to

block

graduated stick,at

the

and

bored

center,
and

C,

graduated stick

readily.

(Fig.460), is

cut

fits
out

pattern for cutting,and

to

the

the

slippingthe bolt through

Sight Plate, which

The

bent

459

through plate C,

top (Fig.456). Place

the

stick

upper

prevent the

to

make

point, to

are

solidly.

is 3 inches

and

nails.

transportingthe tripod.

leg is tapered

is

each

long on
long, and

tin

to

top plate C

4 inches

and
3-16-inchby 5-inch carriage-bolt,

to

simple

feet 6 inches

plate C

with

The

the legs. Figure

splitting

3-16-inchhole

sticks 4

bound

folded

of each

stand

thick,and

side of top

the

legs are

inches

is

instrument

(Fig.457).

one

legs are

end

the

Wells

form

on

end

one

of brass.

Fig. 462

slides to fit the end

of

the

Figure 461

shows

how

of the stick.

graduated
shows

the
The

ends

the
are

hole for

THE

the

HANDY

sightis made

plate,and
be very
The

is

BOY'S

in the

MOTOR

exact

piercedwith

WINDER

center

of the

fine brad

very

289
width

because

of the
it must

small.
Hair-Line

Figure 463

(Fig.460)

Slide

shows

the pattern for

Fig.

is

also

made

of

brass.

cuttingand folding this.

Fig.

461.

462.

JL.

l" p' "*^

THREAD,

'

p"

iThread(Hair-Line)

-loo.

2
Fig.
Figs.
Figs.

Cut

along

Figure 464
that

one

the

461 and
463 and

solid

shows

half of the

Fig.

463.
462.
464.

"

"

of

Details

of Hair-Line

lines,and
the

Plate.

Details

fold

Sight

along

completed slide.

tipsshown

upon

464.

Slide.

the

dotted

You

will

the ends

lines.
notice

of the pattern

THE

290

(Fig.463) turn
hold

graduated
The

of in

that

haK

other

the

bend

forth

slidingthe slide back and

upright frame.

hair-lines

These

inch

tips

along the

and
pieces of black linen-thread,

are

through pin-holespierced through

exactly

for

out

stick.

hair-lines

fastened

side of the

the under

under, to slide along

graduated stick,and
to catch

BOY

HANDY

in

apart, and

be

must

the

rim

the

are

of the

exactlyvertical,

exact

of

center

the

frame.

is divided
and

off at

directlyto

between

the

slide slides

that

left of these

the

used for
the

the

its i-inch

Take

their

near

length to

space
to

Measurement

cials of the meet

model's

piece of

required in addition

the ends

The

must

of the two

spaces

feet,each, and

the

as

smaller

ations
gradu-

the stick into

divisions
%-\m}s\.

divisions.

The

small

on

ruler

graduations are

which

come

tacked

to

in between

the stick.

sticks with

the proper

To

the

through

graduations.

determining measurements

Flags, connected

equal parts;

is made

25-footgraduations on

the

up

graduationson

Two

five

along the graduated stick,these

5-footdivisions,just as
up

opening

an

graduationsrepresent

divide

divide

long (Fig.463),and

inch

right-hand side into

the

will notice

you

slide

yi

flat part of the slide is

The

the

cloth

bottom

them

ends

each, for

with

exactly 50

rope

feet apart,

of
are

measuring instrument.
with

the

follow the model

flagsinto

the

instrument,two

ofii-

aeroplane,and drive

ground

landing position(Fig.465). The

on

line with

the

connecting rope

Fig.

465.

"

Flights are

Diagram

Showing

Detennined

how

the

by the Wells

Device.
291

Distances

of Model

Distance-Measuring

THE

292

should

be stretched

HANDY

taut

BOY

flagswill

the

so

be

feet

exactly 50

apart.
The

measuring

sightplate on

official should

the

end

of

(Fig.465),and
forth

along

the

in

other

words,

and
hair-lines,

slide has

been

the slide wiU

model
not

on

number

show

test

division

the

device

the

back

measured

oflfwith

4 inches

sagging of
Model

the

admiration

among

machines.

The

100-foot

these

If

end

of

of your

the

to this the

scale

slide is

the

on

with

sHde.

this

difference

of which

was

uring
measwas

of less

doubt

no

the

additional

feet,the distance

tape, and

have

Contests

and

meets,

have

become
excited

the spectators as
model

little machines

are

the

due

now

the

part of the

almost

as

place among

launching and
to

much

largerman-carrying

has also taken

machine

and
moving-pictureattractions,
of

front

the

tape.

Aeroplane

large aviation

add

1,500

found, part

was

the

readings taken
of

when

graduated stick,take

the small

upon

sight hole,

Now,

startingpoint.

distance

with

of the distance

of it,and

of

coincide

straightlines,as

in

Fig. 465.

line of the

accuracy
at

in

the measurement

of feet shown

To

than

lines

strumen
inand

the

adjusted,the reading at

so

division mark

next

to

dotted

untfl

the

slide back

hair-Hnes

are
flag-sticks

the

aeroplane from

set

hair-line

the

the

by

slide the
until

flag-sticks,
or,

stick of

graduated

stick

the

indicated

the

sight through the

then

be

seen

at

landing
moving-

picture shows.
Every

city of

any

importance has its model

aero

club,

THE

and

HANDY

for each

season's

The

following

Rules

for

from

those

Aero

Club

model

Model

prepared by

the

of the West

Men's

also three

first three named

The
all

or

Contests

have

been

selected

York

Aero

Club

and

New

Association,and

present the

model

Guards

donating trophies

are

of the New

Christian

four

men

293

Side Department

officials shall be

The

WINDER

tournaments.

Governing

requirements for
1.

MOTOR

business
publicspirited

many

Young

BOY'S

tial
essen-

meet:

keep

to

York

Starter,Measurer, Judge, and

the

the

startingpoint and

officialsshall act

as

Board

of

Scorer;
dear.

course

Judges in settling

questionsand disputes.
2.

Each

Contestant

his
register

must

address

age, and

name,

before

the Contest.
3.

Each

admitted),and
4.

competing must

machine

The

of

Board

of
rejection

be built

must

which

where

the model

6. There

from

of power;

amount

7. Each
8. No
feet

100

in

the

the

The

is

in
longestflight

now

the

Starter,and

startingpoint to

as

must

to

the

design,weight,form

three trials.
officialunless the Model

the

Club

and

Aeroplanes is
every

model

flies over
may

be

Starter,provided the

the three trials shall be coimted

known, and

or

be self-contained in the model.

distance
startingpoint. (The qualifying

Stability in Model
much

from

the

ground.

considered

changed by agreement between

Contestants
notified.)
are
9.

rightto rejectany entry, the

line
straight

shall have
be

the

given pointindicated by

but the power

trial shall

have

restrictions

no

Contestant

from

first touches

shall be

(no toys

advisable.

they deem

distance shall be measured

the operator

by

lines.
along practical

Judges shall

5. Trials shall start

be made

for the

prize.

subject about

which

designerand

builder

should

try

to find out

OUver

practicaltreatise

and

can

concerningit.
and
title,

above

Fly Magazine, is

for

Prentice

M.

all he
the

bearing
article,

BOY

HANDY

THE

294

written
a

by

Mr.

thorough

very

subject,and

the

upon

ing
follow-

The

explains it

clearly:
when its center of pressure
equilibrium
coincides with its center of gravity.To keep a heavier-than-air machine
for the
stable,the center of pressure and center of gravitymust coincide,
"

aeroplaneis said

An

of

movement

result in

must

one

to be in

of the other in order that

movement

equilibrium.
is to be maintained,viz.,
There are two directions in which stability
has puzzled
Of the two, the lateral stability
and longitudinally.
laterally
Correct designwill make
longitudinalstabihty
designersthe most.
the machine

maintain

may

its

"

almost
"

inherent.

In all models

of pressure wiU vary

center

how

gravitywill remain

the same,

throughout the flight.The

control the movements

to

of the center

next

of pressure.

while the

questionis
In standard

accomphshed by movable surfaces between the planes,or

the wings,therebydecreasing
edge of the planes,and by flexing

it is

machines
at the

of

the center

rear

the lifton

one

side and

it on
increasing

the

other,and

thus

bringingthe

to its proper

position.
is the first pointconsidered,
for
a
model,
stability
designing
be successful. Longitudinal
if it is deficient in this respect it will never
stabUityshould be first considered because it controls the lengthof the
main frame.
This is again important because it controls the length of
of pressure

center
"

its

In

rubber
"

back

strand to be used.

can
Longitudinalstability
or

taU,and

advocate

plane)a good

main

using only an

in
by propellers

the

be obtained

by placingthe planes (elevator

distance apart. Some

model

elevator,but this applies

only to models

rear.

It is well to note

in

passingthat

builders
driven

models of this

type hold all records.

"

The

method

by
is as
stability

which

two

planesin model

follows: If

gust of wind

tudinal
aeroplanesretain longistrikes the under

side of

*4:^H^

XXI

CHAPTER

kites have

Tailless
of

popularity,and

are

KITES

BOY

HANDY

supplanted the

tail

recognizedas

now

varietyin degree

the better form

of

and pullstrong enough

as
fliers,
they flyhigherand steadier,
to

make

on

the

kite

possiblethe sending aloft

flyingline.

flyingis

used,

is

One

of the

and
advertising,

favorable

and

appKed,

now

for kite

of

discover

sight on

high

principalbusiness

fair

grounds,advertising
banners,dummy

connected

to

they

are

kite line.
used

great heights to

from

day

air,above

thoroughfares,picnic grounds, and

contrivances,
floatingabout

for which

in the

acrobats

ing
perform-

trapese-bars,full-size aeroplanes, and

upon

wire

which

to

the taiUess kite is

common

the

other

streamers

practicalpurposes
for which

it is

flyingto

flagsand

is

Another

the

of

end

to

cord' or

advertisingscheme

releasingbundles
them

cause

at

many

of handbills

scatter

over

wide

territory.
The

of

Conyne

Kite

Chicago,is one

(Fig.466),invented
of the best forms

flagsand banners,on
This

is

the

account

patented kite,but

publicationof

Mr.

by Silas J. Conyne

of kites to
of its great

Conyne

use

for carrying

lifting
power.

has

kindly permitted

of
complete description
296

its

con-

HANDY

struction,and
his

own

use

which

it

view.

this

Kite

from

cut

Sticks

sticks

required for

whittle

saw

as

the

Fig.

466.

"

The

it is

long pieceswithout

spHttingor cuttingthem

places.

Figure 467

shows

dimensions

the

of

sticks

in

shown
ends

the

points

size

same

Fig. 469, to

of stick

and

B,

notch

points where
are

located

connectingcords

as

the

sticks A

Notch

sticks A.

as

receive
shown

the
in

are

to

by

measurements

cannot

slipwhen

and

B.

near

the

ends,

framing string;notch

Fig. 470,

sides of sticks A

they

(Fig.468),is

C, the third stick of the cell framework

purpose;
at

with

them

thin in

of the

Kite.

this

practical
way

most

cut

Stick

Conyne

at

length

draw-knife,because

too

point

sharp jack-knife,

those

to

the

be whittled

can

for sticks of the

hard

feet above

3,000

wood.

but

or

7,580 feet,or

be

may

with

is to

of

flown

light-weight,

any

kite,the

altitude

an

Con)Tiehas

Mr.

as

used.

were

out

of

to

make

flightover

straight-grained
Short

297

disappearedfrom

feetof line

The

wish.

you

1}^ miles,and

For

,000

KITES

handy boys libertyto

as

Conyne (C0-9) kite

trifle tmder

1 1

granted you

for your

many

BOY

lap

one

in

tied.

and

for the
B

same

(Fig.471)

another, which
Fig. 467,

so

the

or
Picture-wire,

BOY

HANDY

THE

298

be

used

B,

then

strong wrapping-twine,should

for

Fig.

of sticks

the ends

connect

467.

of the

Framework

"

First

Sticks.

the

Framing

sticks A

attach

to

wire

A, temporarily,with

Fig.

Con3Tie Kite.

468.

Covering is

the

How

"

Put

string

or

On.

.2'_,o'^

T k
9"

COVERING

CLOTH

-Covering

Cloth

XfoR-PLANE^x-^

FOR

10

TriamgularCells

Fig.
Figs.

Fig.

472.
472

and

473.

Patterns

"

of Covering

473.

Pieces.

Fig.

469.

"

of Sticks A

Notch

Ends

like this.

Fig.

471.

Sticks A

"

Notch
and

Sides

of

like this.

Fig. 470.

"

of Stick B

Notch

Ends

like this.

HANDY

fastened

around

between

the

the centers

as

shown

to

the

in

in

notches
the lower

of each

thus

that

covering stripsto
projection each
the

through

(Fig.468).

the

through
the

notch

in

the framework

stripsfor

sticks
side

strong dress-

any

any

closelywoven

can

spare

and

the

weight
lightwill do.

you

A,

of

the

each

at

one

Tack

cells E.

the

tack

about

4-oz.

No.

to

the

for

ends

of stick

ends

tacks

equal

an

pass

the

cell-

the

end, with

sticks; then

framework, and
Use

or

pattern for the plane stripsD, and

the

the

shows

Fig. 473

almost

mother

your

shows

472

shows

string

or

covering the planes D

for

(Fig.468), though

Figure

them

inches,

wire

tie to

Cambric,

is best

cloth

exactly1

run

B, and

distance

far.

liningmaterial
cells E

A,

Figure 467

Framework.

the

be

The

piece of

another

of stick

ends

ends.

should

stick

of sticks A.

end

Covering

Tie

299

the

at

of the ends

end
the

completed

notches

Fig. 467.

upper

KITES

BOY

tacking

the

cloth.

and

the

tack

A; then

lap

string,and
cloth.

cell

the

With

long edge
the

glue

Planes

stripsin place,turn

shorter

of

over

the

neatly to

them

should

be

framework,

plane stripsD

the

edges

the

over

allowed

the

.sticks

to

framing

wire

opposite face
to

bag

of

or

the

little in the

center.
The

this 3
lower

The

Bridle

inches

end

10

is attached

below

the

inches above

ConjTie kite sold

to

stick C.

upper

end

the lower
in stores

is

Tie

the upper

of the
end

end

stick,and

of
the

(Fig.466).

suppliedwith

linen

his

plumb-hnes

of whatever
be

may

is also

good.

Be

do

buy,

string you
that

certain

which

of cord

kind

The

Flying-Line.

BOY

HANDY

THE

300

when

break

strength

using it, so

before

it will not

for

uses

the

test

to

sure

mason

you

kite

your

is

aloft.
Mr.

Conyne,

advice

in

flyingit:

about

"

kite,gives the following

his

speaking of

kite is

This

but
good flier,

to

wind,

try

or

Don't
from

boys
of

deal

it.

fun

suspended

great

flying these

kites

from

devise

can

you

wire

with

and

474

475,

The

sized

Kite

Malay

of the

make.

It is

Sticks.

Malay.

Three

Spruce

has

flyin

dummy

figures
covered

skyward.
in

the

was

Figs.

first

cessful
suc-

kite,and

simplest kinds
a

very

to

steady flier,

lightbreeze,and

it

qualities.
good lifting

feet is a

is the

ingenuity

of tailless

one

it wiU
474.

little

frameworks

form

Kite.

lines,and

Malay Kite, shown

The

Flying the

their

cloth,to send

with

"

have

can

by exercisinga

Fig.

fly

flagsand Japanese lanterns

with

is

gale.

wiU

It

no

hand."

your

You

in

fly it

to

with

run

there is

fly when

expect it

don't

best

good lengthfor
material

for

medium-

the

sticks,

HANDY

but

BOY

KITES

wood
soft,straight-grained

any

Cut

the

and

wide, rather
and

sticks of

two

will

the

serve

equal length,and

than

make

purpose.

them

thin

row
nar-

shown

thick,as

301

in

Fig. 479.
Figure
The

shows

477

with

Bow-Stick

the

bow-string attached.
in

notch

each
of

end

the

the

stick

hold

to

The

near

the

ends

shown

string,as

Fig.478.

Cut

bend

proper

for the bow-stick

is

in

of

i-io

Fig.

the

yi

lengthof the
of that

1-7 of the
The

the

stick,as

length of

and

necessary
to

balancing it

vertical

its center

at

be

made,

stick.
upon

Kite.

Malay

Fig. 477.
also

must

be

carefuUy determined,
before

Test
the

trifle less than

upon

bow-stick

this must

correction

the

be

marked

the

length of

of the

of balance,and

bow-stick

wiU

which

its center
any

The

"

stick,plus

measurement,

center

475.

the

back

fastening the
by

bow^stick
of

your

knife-

blade.

Framing
stick

with

the

Sticks.

brads

and

Secure

the bow-stick

thread, at

of its

of the vertical

stick

equal to

Fig.476. The

ends

of the sticks may

the

framing-string,but

drive

you

i-io

distance

to

the vertical

length,as

be notched

will get better

the

top

shown

in

from

to

receive

results if you

carpet tack into each end, and tie the stringto these

THE

302

(Fig.480).

With

HANDY

BOY

for the sticks to twist out

chance

of

should

be

used

Covering
brown

The

Framework.

now

rfe

wrapping-paper

for

makes
Distance-of

excellent

an

edges of

Lap

the

and

paste in the

covering.

the paper,

"

oF'STicKPLusi-op

^Length

strong, hght-weight,

generallyused

so

pjg
Bend-Bow

heavy tissue-paper

for

the

paper

no

position.

Kght-weight wrapping-paper, or

will be

stringtied securely,there

the

:"MEASUREMENJ

that
the

covering

goes

on

any

of

stretching

it to

littlefullness.

by Fig.

put

of

tight,allow

paper

ner
man-

would

you

but, instead
it

same

have

tice
no-

that

the

the

upon

wiU

You

475

kite;

outer

face of the bow-stick.

Attach

the

intersection
and
Fig.
Fig.

478.

476.

"

Fig.

F1G.476.
of

Framework

480.

477.

vertical

Fig.
"

Plan

Bow-Stick

Showing how

the

of

the

the lower

end

stick,as

Malay

the

Kite.
Fig.

at

Bridle

475,

proper

at

sticks,
of the

shown

make

and

the

in
it of

length so

when

side it wiU

reach

is Bent.
Figs.

478-480.

"

Details

of Kite

Sticks.

held to
to

Tie

the

The
as

kite

string at

Box-Kite.

popular

as

Of
the

this

the

more

the

one

point

(Fig.476).

point.
pretentiouskites,none

rectangular box-kite.

It

is

approaches

and

HANDY

THE

3"4

the four

thick, }4

upright connecting sticks {B, Fig. 483) }i

inch

wide, and

Fig.

Sticks to

latter,as

shown

in

inches

10

482.

the horizontal

and

purpose,

BOY

The

"

long. Tack

Fig. 483, using

cUnching

the

upright

Box-Kite.

6 inches

ones

the

inch

from
slender

projectingends.

ends

the

brads
In

of the
for

the

fastening

^=

jr

Fig.

these
sticks

sticks,be
A.

483.

"

Make

careful

Two

to

set

Side

Frames

sticks B

like this.

at

right angles to

HANDY

After
in

The

Covering

tough

The

should

until

you

End

Cells.

be

make

it

after
air-tight,

light-weightbrown
used

is

wide

and

5 feet 9 inches

484.

Cross-Section

"

If of paper,

cloth

bands, or paste

them

so

of the

fillup

to

put

now

on.

so

monly
com-

be

10

inches

long. If of cloth,they should

to

the

Sew

proper

Box-Kite.

be

over

ends

a
a

of the

bands, lapping

the inside wiU

around

measurement

to make

folded

togetherthe

of the paper

around

the measurement

inches,the

of the

edges should

the ends

be

prevent ravelingand

lightframing-cordand pasted.

5 feet 8

cloth
Cheese-

been

24"

along each edge

edge.

it has

for the kite illustrated should

Fig.

firm

hght-weight muslin

wrapping-paper

|"

hemmed

prepared

good covering material.

cell bands

The

have

shown

as

of thin varnish

coat

sticks

for this material.

used

give it

305

side-frame

aside

the

if you

and

pores

them

for

paper

will do
the

KITES

fasteningtogetherthe

Fig. 483, lay

or

BOY

be

exactly

the sticks

finished kite.

Assembling

spread the

the

Kite.

frames

to

Slipthe

bands

over

the side

their fullest extent, and

frames,

hold

them

HANDY

THE

3o6
in this

positionby

between

upright

length for

the

BOY

of sticks

means

sticks

diagonal braces

should

be notched

shown

in

will be

slightly
bow-shaped

their ends

at

the

(Fig.484).

These

be

when

or

The

keep

lashed

bands

tight.

notched

ends

with

keep them
485.

Detail

"

of

Diagonal

in

braces

from

Figs. 483

from

with

their centers
the

thread

will hold
cloth

The

frame
the

or

from

them.

thread,as

lashingswith
its

paper

to

splitting.
around

sticks

frame

485, will keep the

slippingaway
positionfor

the proper

Coat

and

be

Braces.

the
shown

of

thread

Lashingsof thread
Fig.

the

diagonals should

the

as

they

so

paper

stretched

A,

this way

In

will

frames

cloth

sticks

trifle long

put in place.
the

proper

the sticks

fit,
over

to

they should

Fig. 485, and

temporarily

measure

Then

B.

in

sprung

glue

the

uprights B,

Bind

the

shown

in

after

ends

braces

A,

as

the

of
which

is

togetherat

Figs. 482

winding them,

and

484.

and

the

positionbetter.
bands

stick with

should

be fastened

tacks

placed near

two

to each

the

zontal
hori-

edges of

bands.

There

are

Attaching

several
the

methods

Bridle, but

generallyconsidered

the most

kite

side up,

is flown

other

of
that

shown

in

satisfactory.Of
with

the

is

Fig. 482
course,

the

bridle underneath.

HANDY

The

attachment
three-point

outer

of

corners

the outer

kite.
and

cords

The
tied at

of the

bridle

good plan

to

are

short

stick
is

figure8
for

take

which

on

flyingsmall

that

of kite-hne

amount

much

handle

to

be

of the

the kite.
to

ring.

the

boy

fishown

string. The

in the

for the

the

as

doesn't

who

of his

wound

It is

fancy-work

kite flier

stringis

of

brought together

ends

care

two

center

corners

the

the best of

hexagonal

largerkind

for the

to

good enough winder

outer

also be tied to the

can

the

the

to

3 feet from

bridle

the

at

ment
four-pointattach-

the

four

fisherman,and

reel cannot

good

cord

should

important

as

line reel is to the

a

the

the kite-line

Kite-Reels

the

of about

connect

fastened

third

cell;and
at

distance

ring; then

the other

307

cords

attached

ends

KITES

has

cell,and

one

edge of

has

BOY

form

of

stringused

cotton

diamond-shaped kites,but

and

requirea heavy cord, the

necessary

is too

easily.

Besides, the stick winder

be

cannot

quicklyas

operated

regularreel.

Figure 486
A

is

Simple

the

shows

Kite-Reel

quickly

as

made.

that
Cut

upright pieces

two

about

8 inches

bevel

off their

shown

in

boring

the

long,and
ends,

Fig. 487.
holes

Fig.

Fig.

486.

Fig.

487.

Fig.

486.
A

"

Simple

Detail

"

487.

Kite-Reel.

of End.

as

Then

make

two

holes

through both pieces at

the

through each,
same

time

to

3o8

THE

get them

HANDY

another.

opposite one

flag-staffs,
or
dowel-sticks,
in

diameter,for

the

handle
of

sort
A

allow

end

one

the

operated by

other

Fig.

size

of the

cut

hole

Then

cut

inch

saw

wish

not

off

the

octagonal.
piece.

Tack

to

take

four
Bore
the

rounds,

to

about

yi

can

Good

for

in

inch

ject
pro-

operatingthe reel,

the reel is turned

with

the

disks

with

through

Get

out

the

trouble

to

each

and

"^-lb.

cut

them

through
the exact

the

(Fig.489).
for the
If you

round, just
the

center

center

the

can-opener

of thin wood.

diagonally,making

to

in diameter

5 inches

hole

hand

one

Fig. 488.

end, and

be cut

cover

in

winding-spool,locate

may

i-inch

held

Kite-Reel.

Hand

bottom

comers
a

crosspieceto

In

be

can

in diameter

wooden

two

"

can

spoolflanges. These
do

that

and

cover

handles.

is shown

488.

baking-powder

center

chair

movement.

Kite-Reel

Hand

of each

hand, and

is held in each

hand-over-hand

Good

old

sticks whittled

(on oppositesides)for
one

Use

through
crosspieces.Slipthe crosspieces

the

uprights,and

BOY

of

pieces
of each

one

disk,

HANDY

shown

as

other.
cloth

in

Fig. 490,

Then

fit the

heavy

or

and

the

cover

on

around

paper

working off,and

from

Figs.

The

handle

broom-handle
holes

the

spoolin
For

lo

to

can

joint to keep

or

the

be

Details

of Hand

the

spool

so

in

and

center

the

489.

which

the exact

can,

Fig.

-^

309

the

spool wiU

inches

its proper

KITES

the

490.

through it in

two

pins.

489 and

upon

BOY

of the

glue a stripof
the

completed.

Kite-Reel.

turns

is

piece

length (Fig.490).

shown,
positions

place. Wooden

cover

pegs

winding handle,pivota spoolon

for

of

Bore

pins to keep

can

the

be cut

for

right-hand

THE

3IO

by

disk

of

means

spool handle
Both

it when

do

to

but

to

491.

Fig.

drop

492.

Fig.

493.

have

an

"

"

"

off

in

shown

as

inner

The

screw.

bring a kite

it pullsvery

Fig.

Fig.

cut

or

BOY

frequently needed

are

quicklyenough
handle

be

may

hands

nail

HANDY

the hand

Fig. 488.
to

around

flangeof the

haul

into the

in

string

wind,

to

or

strong, and then there is nothing

reel upon

ground, unless

the

Fig.

492.

you

493.

Kite-Reel.

Body

Detail

of Axle

Detdl

of Crank.

assistant

to

Support.
Fig.

give it

to.

This

is where

the

491.

tage
advan-

of
A

Body

Kite-Reel

waist,it will go
reach.
of

this is made

in

Fig. 488.

you

can

wherever

Figure 491

use

in.

comes

shows

similar

that

largercan

than

of

wish
the

the

strapped about

always be within

simple

one

If,however, you
a

it

go, and

you

to

With

to

make.

The

the

hand

reel

easy

spool
shown

largerwinding-spool,
baking-powder

can

"

XXII

CHAPTER
BOY

HANDY

CAMP

CRAFT

'""Mi,

handy boy

The

tenderfoot,because

camp
he

quickly adapt

can

generallyable
make

For this

You

and

than

of

useful

at

will think

"

cord, and

home,

to how

and

not

and
difficulties,

has

had

never

allowed

make

thingsto

fail to take

smoothly for

more

sizes

"

rope,

for

less waste

tools

and

in

shown
duffle-bags

suggestionsin

in either the home

the

or

bags

axe,

hammer,

staples,wire,

made

Figs. 518

camp

sponsibili
re-

includinga supply

illustrations wiU

camp,

the

in camp,

working material.

in small

to

make

shirk

to

be carried in tin cans,

space

to

while

along an

is

be done.

thingsshould

has been

of several

resourcefulness,

tacks,screw-hooks,screw-eyes,

similar to the
The

of

out

who

of the

surroundings,and

new

way

boy

of lots of

hooks,.and staplesmay
pack with

to

as

for the

nails
jack-knife,

spikes,

guess

should

therefore

saw,

himself

thingsusuallyprogress

reason

handy boy

learned

having

discover

pretty good

himself

to

the awkwardness

overcomes

soon

be

but

Nails,
they wiU

of canvas,
and

519.

found

in the woods

ful
helpor

at

the lake.
The

Wall

Tent

isithe most
312

coinmonly used

form

of tent,

HANDY

and

of these 7 feet

one

is limited this is

good

CRAFT

7 feet in size

by

deal to pay

Home-Made

which

will

be used

Wall

serve

as

for the cloth

Fig.

sheetingcan

would

shed

woven,

but

writer

distinct
The

the

494.

in

the
it

"

you

be used.

water,

will,and

the

on

has

National

advantages

or

are

Wall

might

You

been

not

of

account

used

it
to

Sportsman

and

one

burlap

can

going to

camp

Tent.

take chances

can

singlepieceof

easilymade,

if you

the weather,

on

think

that

being

so

burlap
loosely

great satisfaction.

claims

number

of

for

Burlap Tent, after giving it

followingfrom

spending-money

Canvas

Home-Made

purchased in

showing

am

shelter.

material;or

yard,where

in the back
old

good

I
is

that

Tent

be

can

for

out

in Fig. 494
equipment; therefore,
A

313

$6.00; but when

locaUties for about

most

CAMP

BOY

his article:

"

The

season's
tent

trial. I quote

is made

of

very

of
lightquality of burlap, or gunny-sack, and on account
the lightnessof the material,the tent packs closer and

HANDY

THE

314

lighterthan
Then

will find

you

tight,you

fresh air goes

With

the

ordinary canvas

similar

middle

of the tent
and

Then, too, I

the waUs

and

and

making

what

see

is

While

private myself.

going on

occasional

an

approaching storm, knowing

it arrives.

The

have

covered

none

within,because

"

tent

After

around

had

blown

wind

had

the

glance through

the

flies know

front

windstorm
me

had

down,

tent

my

to

but

"

be

bare

raining,and make

going
and

the
fire

through

out

inconvenience

whatever.

look out

through

outside,yet be perfectly

front
that

the

back

and

tent.

nearly smother

writing this,I

am

an

when

top of the

in

tent

up

the

place

smoke

no

shut

within, because
and

scrape
it is

this tent

would

you

sit here in my

can

air

walls

breakfast,the

the top of the tent

"

the

floor,when

my

keep

you

tent

conditions.

get

tent, for transporting.

perfectlyfresh

rightthrough

under

there

when

that

have

can

duck

or

canvas

any

BOY

flap of

my

tent

at

fuUy protected

am

is

storm

walls

enjoying

am

coming,

and

thickly,but

I have

ago,

every

canvas

one

of them

is closed.

few

nights

straightenedup

mine

needed

fixingbecause

no

partlypassed through it,and

"

it had

thus

the

offered

less resistance.
"

I have

the

benefit

lightthat

is robbed

the brown

color of the

If you

can

get

pinch. Splitthem
a

piece as

is

of

of aU

some

the

cool

morning breezes,and

disagreeableglare on

of

accoimt

burlap."
potato-sacks,they

open,

and

requiredfor the

sew

tent

them

may

be used

togetherin

covering.

as

in

large

HANDY

The

and

into the

ground

poles nailed

two

CAMP

CRAFT

Supports. Figure 495

Wall

driven

are

BOY

of the wall
or

burlap

to

the tw;o sides and

of

The
of

in

Fig. 494.

Then

stripof

495.

Fig. 496.

Tent

be

may

the

at

ridge either

on

on

or
ridge-pole,

stretched

rope

two

tween
be-

for the

be used

Fig.

may
Figs.

and

495

496.

tical
ver-

supports,

pitch

.^-"^

trees.

Clothes-posts

Wall

Wall

The

the

in

of

back

the

piece of cloth,sewed

lower

wall

pieces and
should

parted

be braced

framework

Fig. 494.

and

at

to

the

strip,while
be

Supports

of the

Tent.

if
tent

your

496.
The

"

back

Tack

yard.

edges of the covering to the side poles of

in

canvas

as

supported

one

tent,

Upper Portion

the

you

of the

this

framework,
in

stakes

is tacked

end

shown

four

corners

Fig.

one

how

their tops, to support the walls

across

shown

tent

shows

the four

at

315

the

to stakes

upper

front

in the

the

should

tent

corners

driven

with

enclosed

covering and
be

The

made

with
to

in

th,e
two

wall framework

ropes

into the

lower

the wall framework.

be

should

middle.

the

fastened

to

the

ground, as shown

The

Lean-To

that may
in the

is a

HANDY

THE

3i6

shown

Tent

be raised

daytime,

or

popular form

in

BOY

Fig. 497,

to

horizontal

as

rain

of tent.

with

flapin

positionas

shield

during

shield

sun

lightshower,

how

illustration shows

The

front

fire

be built in front

can

in

of the tent

chilly

weather, with
A

Fire

of

Screen

behind

green

logs

it to

reflect

heat

into the tent.

is the

This

man's
backwoodsmethod

of

keeping warm.
Make

To

497.

"

Lean-To

Tent

and

Fire

pitched roof, and

three

be

may

tapes alone, may

be

along the center, of

of the

end

the

to

the

illustration shows

fastened
of

provided

to

the

for

tree, and

front

horizontal

the

form

one

end

other

|,thefront

and
on

tent

pole

on

of the

rear

tapes, or

edge,

stakes,to

the

front

ridge-pole
may

in the crotch

pole driven into the ground. Of

Tapes

the' bottom
to

The

pieces.

connecting them.

largepiece,and

how

piece

one

eyeletsand

pieces,for fasteningthe

and
ridge-pole,
The

together,or

provided along

be

must

sewed

Three

"

triangular end

two

in

Screen.

to

and

Lean-

Tent

Pieces
Fig.

the

on

course, if you

the
can

and

edge
the

flap.
be
end
find

HANDY

two

close

trees

fastened

across

to which

the

to

over

crotches

edge

on

this tent

Dig

end,

one

Trench

497).

and

to

prop

Maybe

the

This

trench

is

wiU

into your

tent; but if you

can

lowest,for
catch

bed.

spot selected
of these

crotches

the
form

the

be made

cot

of

have

or

canvas

center.

your

on

(Figs.494

drain

surface

rain

water

it off.

Do

caught unprepared,

are

to

drive

which

the

ground,

for

the

cot, and

the

shown

Stuff these

of the

the

crotches
comers

poles

Fig. 499.
bags

should

rightwidth

hay,

straw

in

These

pole supports and

bags with

very

four
two

covering,two

heavy burlap,of

the ends

with

rest

in

shows

makes

the

at

yovir

nevertheless.

stakes

into

For

transport

sleepon

four

stakes,as

to

Figure 498

cot

in your

use

this will be inconvenient

team

Cot.

of

can

you

distance

cot

tj^e

supports.

length to slipover
the

pitch

opening

an

will carry

you

have

you

First

ends

the

which

cot

Camp
this

of

in their upper

the

If you

flap.

to

sure

going some

Backwoodsman's

modification

of

these

it.

xmless

You

comfortable

extend

pole

for
clothes-poles

use

tent, and

small

are

carry,

equipment.
A

the

Outside, with

the

ground

have

you

to

of the

couple of poles having

up

tent, be

surely will regret

you

end

fastened,and

can

be

ridge-polecan

each

to

use

put off this trenching,for,if

not

at

else

Around

it floods

before

or

317

props.

side where

the

CRAFT

rope

yard, you

pitchingyour
a

of the front is

in the back

After

Tie

trunk;

and
tent-poles

CAMP

enough together, the

them.

tree

BOY

or

and
meet

dried

THE

3i8
grass,

spreading it

making

of

is that
to

Making
the

from

and

Figure

500
an

ground

be

may

used

the

Open

backwoodsman's

of the

by side,with

Fig.

498.

"

Fig.

499.

"

ends

A
The

about

one

pair of

and
fireplace,

of

bags,

set

across

largerones

placed
close

upon

together

498.

Pole

Cot.

Camp

Supports

inches

them
at

ends

for

499.

Comfortable

12

logs are

of

the

apart,

fireplace.By slantingthe logs in

utensils ca"i be

form

scheme

Two

Fireplace.

Fig.

the other

in the

advantage

for packing equipduffle-bags

ment

as

Fig.

and

One

fortable
com-

ag

camp.

shows

side

for.

wish

could

one

will have

you

covering material

the

up

they

as

BOY

evenly, and

out

mattress

HANDY

at

the wide

the

Cot.

to form

this

fashion,small
end

narrow

end.

the sides

For

of the

suspending

sible to

wish, by hooking

two

together,and

three

or

the fire that

height above

utensils at any

hang

BOY

HANDY

THE

320

food

hang cooked
the proper

out
with-

it warm,

503.

"

simple

Oftentimes

Campfire

can

be

can

be notched

bent

hook

wire

makes

camp

saplingwill be

Camp

the

Stove

crane.

pailor
to

in such
The
kettle

food
a

furnishes

503
over

fire.

positionthat

end

of the

handle,or

it

crane

small

it.

like that

shown

in

Fig.

504

ing
cookeasier

much
the

open
its

campfire, and
great

suspending

be fastened

may

Sheet-Iron

of

to catch

in

shown

that

Crane.

for such

over

than

method

small

Crane

Campfire

Fig.
another

it.

iW
"'";;,;ii/"--

like
Fig.

at

heightto

burning
.

thus

can

you

keep

you

convenience

generallyrepays
for the

one

of

taking

trouble

it

along,

when
especially

the

remain

camp

is to

in

place. These

one

little stoves,
one

..^

with

Fig.

can
lengthof stove-pipe,

504. -A

be

Sheet-Iron

Camp

Stove.

purchased as cheap

as

$1.50.

HANDY

The

Camp

Fireless

popular, because
meal

in it

made

and
2

supper

of the

one

fire,the food

the

before

cooker

the

Dig

is made.

high

feet square

sides of

and

bottom

pit in

Fig.

and

this hole
S07.

gether
to-

form

cover

that

will

down

into

the

slip
COVER

hole

STONt'
LININ"

507),

and

four

fasten
wire

to

it

(Fig.

handles

for

within

more

batten

to

pieces of

tend

to

ground, about

camp

line the

boards

(Figs.505

the

requiringany

(Fig.

Then

several

the cooker

and

stones

506).

cook

possibleto

placed

and

more

day's trip.

of your

deep,

with

it

321

becoming

in camp

and

the

dry part

and

remain

to

is the way

feet

is

Cooker

it makes

ready

startingupon
Here

CRAFT

CAMP

during the day, without

camping party
being

BOY

Fig.

Fig.

505.

Fig.

505.
Section

"

through

the

506.
Fireless

Camp

Cooker.

507)-

Fig.

pot of beans,

Your

kettle

good

bum

fire in

wood
into

down

and

in
over

Cooker

Pit.

-The

Cooker

Cover.

hot

the

embers

your

the utensil with

set

food,

the

allow

it to
your

cooker, raking

in, and

coals from

must

cooking,build

quickly transfer

Then

ready, into
for it to

it is

pit, and

cooker

embers.

other

or

campfire. While

your

cooking utensil,when
hole

^^"^- s"7-

The

potatoes, oatmeal, mush,

of

be started upon
a

s"6.

your

fill in

around

large fireplace.

HANDY

THE

322

The

wooden

the space
with

between

this and

earth, to make

and
site,

If this creek

Httle creek

the

over

is not

perfectas possible.

as

is often

in the

vicinityof

it at

near

wide, it is a simple matter

very

desired

the

top, and

level shoiold be fiUed

ground

handy crossingis not always

logs across

two

the

insulation

the

Log Bridge.

camp

be fitted down

should

cover

BOY

point

of

at

hand.

to

throw

crossing. Boys
Fig.

do not

Fig.

508.

Fig.

509.

Bridge for

in

driven

into the

driven

into

should

be

If your

Fig. 508.

ground

spiked to
camp

Pier, and

The

and

on

the

short

to

for

one

a
can

if girlvisitors

provide a railinglike

that

railinguprights should

be

these, and

the

near

Refrigerator.

bridge,but

other

logs to keep

is located
a

such

end

ground,

the

Cord

good plan

509.

Creek.

and

Snap-Hook

"

is

shown

Log

requirea railingon

expected it

are

"

pair

side of the
them

from

of

stakes

log ends,

roUing.

lake,you wiU probably want

be built

on

the

plan

of the

HANDY

creek

bridge. Of

supported

upon

couple

ends

of stout

into the lake bottom

more

CRAFT

the outer

course
a

CAMP

BOY

and

323

of the

sticks driven

connected

be

logs must
foot

or

the top with

at

crosspiece.
the

Use
which

lake, creek, or

Refrigerator. Drive

The

with

cord

cords

pailsto

should

become
A
of

covers

from

them

do

away

the

cord

of your

its end

piece

(Fig.509).

lengthsto

allow

placed upon

stone

paUs

the

The

from

and
wUl

untie

to

handles

paUs.

This

be

located

should

shade

shore, in the

keep

around

having
the

the

wiU

snap-hooks

with

removing

tied to

the proper

adjusted to

bobbing

upsetting.

near

partlysubmerged

in the water.
the

side

the

of these nails fasten

each

to

snap-hook

be

nails into

few

log pier or bridge,and

of stout

of water

stream

for

camped,

are

you

whatever

of

when

erator
refrignear

tree

or

reeds.
A
tree

trunk,

and

soap,

that

bracketed

Wash-Shelf

hold

to

is

should

wash-basui
convenience

camp
not

to

be

overlooked

Fig.

510.

"

Handy

Camp

Wash-Shelf.

(Fig.510).
above
to

hold

the

Fasten

your

basin,and

towels

and

drive

mirror
a

few nails into the tree

wash-rags.

trunk

HANDY

THE

324

is necessary

Broom

Camp

with

boughs bound
cord.
some

how

stick for

to

such

"

Camp

have

lightingyour

lantern, and

tin can,

empty
of

Camp

the

Candle-stick.
^^

burns

the

sand

Can,

or

earth

cheap

are

can

any

one.

how

to make

of

out

branch

wire
Set
and

^^^.^.j^^^

down, it

with

an

by binding a piece

green

with

handle.

dark,

tJ
Fig.

twisted

side

locating

bother

to

to

handy

after

Candle-Stick

Camp

be

allowed

or

the

to

to

it.
up

in the

fillin around

puUed

the

cord, for

candle

support

use

fireless

very

the tent

shows

or

jobs,

which

for

these

as

afford to carry

can

and

small
for the

wish

not

Figure 513

candle

will

camp

about

do

you

boy

S13"

tent, and

many

in

hand,

at

for

Flash-Light is

Electric

wire

necessary

refuse.

camp

evergreen

for the broom.

throw

when

Fig.

not

digging pits into

thiags in and

Broom.

your

digging the hole

as

article to
511.

is

for

some

are

tidy

be made

may

this with

of

trees

Shovel

handy

one

cooker, and

An

Fig.

end

long grasses,

or

Camp

in

easUy

one

If evergreen
weeds

grounds in

the

handle, and

trenching around
come

keep

to

shows

Fig. 511

condition,and

BOY

Shovel.

center

it with
As

out

fiU in beneath

fast
of

512.

'^^^^^

sand
as

the

it.

of

the
can,

XXIII

CHAPTER
BOY

HANDY

CRAFT

SCOUT

SSSkT'-*
One

of the finest achievements

has been

awakening

the

and
fields,forests,

Httle

of their Hves

most

spent

organizationof

"

"

hikes

Scout

Boy
"

of interest in

to the

who

have

by paved streets,with

visit nature's

workshops, and

camping tripsto

and

ment
move"

hikes

city boys

among

surrounded

opportunityto

no

or

mountains

of the

take

the

them

there.
The

limch

fairlystarved

can't

both

carry

usuallyrequirea day's time,

be

taken

before

of lunch

bag

things to permit

of

way,

that

514),in
A
see

be

or

packed

the back

"

course

needs

too

full

lunch

for

"

in

some

regularknapsack

army-fashion(Fig.

it.

to carry

Knapsack

"

is to have

scheme

hikers

pocket is
enough

the

so

for he

in

be

must

Of

hand,

coat

crowding

strappedupon
is not

by Figs. 515, 516,

mother
you

can

which

Scout

the best

and

"

the

or

is over.

in his
and

hungry boy. Therefore,food

other

of

care

the tramp

for other purposes,

hands

of other
a

"

hikes

propositionmust

win be

boy

"

best

sister to do

and
the

will be relieved of the

difl"cultto make,
517,

and

sewing

on

if you

her

can

as

you

get

your

sewing-machine,

biggestpart of the work.

32s

will

Any

326

THE

handy

HANDY

boy, however,

will

BOY

not

find

sewing hard

the

to

do.
For

Material,

use

brown

or

white

khaki,

canvas,

or

denim.

Figure 517 shows

pattern for cutting the

the

front,back, ends, and

with

all of

the

dimensions.
hnes

necessary

The

indicate

cloth is to

dotted

where

be

the

cutting
aU

around, outside

should

sewing

of

to

done

linen

tape

into

the

stitchingas
314.

Scout

Knapsack.

515.

ments,
compart-

stitched

to

they

may

so

the

flap and

be tied to

pocket-frontof
keep

the

pocket

rows

shown

Tapes
the

shut.

side
in-

be divided

jiap may
three

bind

to

braid.

or

by making
"

with

thread,

pocket upon

of the

Fig.

for
All

it is best

with

The

of the

prevent the fraying

edges

them

allowed

seams.

be

must

stout

very

of

be

measurements,

making

and

In

cloth, about

inch

the

the

folded.

yi

given

flap,

should

in

of

Fig.
be

large pocket,
Small

pock-

THE

328

edges
and

of the

The

The

of

and

be

readjustedat
with

provided

are

which

scatteringabout.

from

from

in width

3 to

for the
the

finished

bag,

then

bottom;

for which
should
Knife

be

Packing

likelythat

But

small

hem

along

four

the

one

the

across

duffie-

keep

take

one,

twice

so

usuallysupplied.
them

of these

varying
piece of

width

desired

side and

across

top for

pieceof heavy cord, knotted

should

be

made

at

the

string,
draw-

ends,

you

will carry
add

you

of

matter

take

tin

as

shown

in

Fig. 520,

out

canvas.

For

Knapsack.

the

articles that
if you

piecesof heavy

or

lunch, unless
Then, the

make

stitch

shown,

used.

Sheaths

of leather

the

and

shoulders

depth, and

make

have

heavy clothing.
two

are

5 inches in

the

four

you

as

and
articles,

of
drilling,

or

be tied

show

519

To

with

your

knapsacks have

Army

5 inches.

light-weightcanvas

over

to

strong job.

very

to fit over

small

little bags, measuring about

wide

Fig. 516.

togetherwhen

knapsacks

hold

to

in

be reenforced

they may

and

inches

their centers

at

reach

time

any

Figures 518

of the form

They

length to
or

positionsshown

be sewed

can

arms;

your

Duffle-Bags.

bags

about

them

to make
cross-stitching,

under

they can

in the

the proper

down

Cut

straps should

of the tapes

determined

BOY

stitch them

long,and

of these

rows

ends

firm.

knapsack,

sewing
five

or

them

inches

30

back

make

to

HANDY

short

much

more

plate,knife

packing is

not

"

hike," it is

than
and

not

package of

fork,and

cup.

important, except that

might

rattle

together should

small

outfit

along,it will

be

wrapped.

be necessary

to

HANDY

BOY

in order
pack carefully,
load carry

easily.The

distribution

careful

articles must

will not
A

be

rub

folded

nothing

to

Such

but

There

are

Getting

learn

can

if the

and

strong

current

to

has

stream

facing up-stream

and

allow

the

into your

to

run

of

way

belt,or

ient
conven-

have

you

carrying it is
to

on

end

an

quickly there

more

be

can

of

than

of

With

Cup.
from

little practice,

creek

lyingflat,

while

it,it is only
head

water

it

of

your

to turn

necessary

back."

pocket within
case

they

so

form

hike,"because

your

of ways

suck water

to

knapsack

In

by

knapsack.

without

Drink

to

the

pointed

hole in your

15 cents.

be reached

can

number

solid and

convenient

handiest

the

in the

packed

were

you

It

in your

costs

on

most
"

on

stuck

handle

suspender.

is the

when

tin cup,

wear

make

evenly balanced

"

and

cup

329

the front of the

Cup

carry

be

heavy things,and

placed in

by slippingthe
if it

of

compactly, and

reach.

your

weight must

Rubber

drinking cup

CRAFT

get everything in and

to

againstyou

Flexible

SCOUT

mouth.
If you

wear

similar

hat

soft fatigue

to

the

regula- Fi"-

S2i--You

Drink

can

Scout

the

this
to

your

Hat.

boy-scout hat, the top

tion
of

from

can

crown

be

pushed down

filled with
partially

run

out

over

water, the

the hat-brim

cup-shaped, and
water

into your

can

mouth

be

with

allowed

(Fig.521).

know

in

Fig. 522.

how.
Tear

{Step2),fold
fold

the

comer

and

of

of every

every

know

to

"

so

steps back

in

as

Fold

Step 5,

and

turn

is

4, turn

down

Paper Drinking-Cup.

the

upper

completed.

blaze

woods,

and

"

in the

understanding of which
boy

how

trail that

to

read

is famUiar

belongs in
these

territoryshould

able

It is very

every

with

them, in order

he will be

startingpoint.

mountains,

Every woodsman,

scout.

frequenterof unfamiliar

use

to his

in the

native of the wilds

every

signs,and
how

the cup

an
prairie,

the education

Indian,and

to

Trail, used

the

the

on

How

Step

Step 3,

various

are

Signs

"

in

positionshown

the

in

positionshown

to the

over

oppositecorner

to the

over

9 inches

or

opposite side {Step 6), spread

the

edges apart,
There

522.

shown

are

it will be 8

so

paper

corner

comer

upper

on

the

to

over

Fig.

pieceof

corner

corner

down

and

when

simple to make,

diagrams for folding one

The

{Step1),fold

square

BOY

Paper Cup is extremely

Folded

you

can

HANDY

THE

33"

to

that

retrace

necessary

he
his

for the

HANDY

leader

of

those

You

read

to

of

means

an

"

trunk

cut

to

Turn

to
"

Ahead!
"

"

Left!

Warning!

mean

followers

"

of

Figure

is
"

is cut
three

523

meaning
upon

Turn

Right!

to

"

blazes

in
be

to

the

each.

of

side of

the
"

blaze

is

blaze,and
"

left of

the

is the

shows

chopped

to

caution

the

trunks

That

StraightAhead!

"

oflf tree

directions.

method.

blaze

blaze

or

for the

chopped

blazes,with

"

blaze, while

is

indicate

to

of

right side

out

cuts," etc., he is making,

bark

the

the
facing the trail,

the

and

to

of

StraightAhead!

the

indicate

to

behind

distance

some

short

marking

forms

common

how

know

to

331

aright.

them

axe,

trail

woodsman's

CRAFT

equal importance

Trails,where

Blazed

The

of

all heard

have

fom:

"

vision,the turns,

be able

by

"

hike

naturally it is

and

"

on

followinghim, perhaps

of his

to

"

party

SCOUT

BOY

row,

watchful

Straight

vertically,
for

danger

ahead.

broken

bushes

in

shown

as

pointed away

ends

of trail

you,

and

are

524,

with

thus

the

or

broken

taken, and

the

marking is that, in

leaves of the broken

silver sides of the

the

toward

Fig.

branches

tree

the direction to be

from

advantage of this method

are

of

Signs consist of ends

Twig

The

turning,
re-

twigs

fromfthe
easilydistinguished

surroimding leaves.
The

Knotted-Grass

marking
to

trail across

Signs shown
a

or
prairie,

in

Fig. 525,

where

there

are
are

used
no

in

trees

blaze, and
The

Stone-Heap Signs shown

in

Fig. 526

are

used in simi-

Signs

STRAIGHT

TURN

ahead!

Trail.

the

of

TURN

TO

RIGHT!

Straight

turn

ahead!

TO

WARNING!

LEFT!

to

right!

STRAIGHT

TURN

TURN

TO

RIGHT!

AHEAD!

TO

WARNING!

TO

WARNING!

LEFT!

Fig.

526.

"""K_ott.-

"*"!"

STRAIGHT

TURN

AHEAD!

TO

TURN

RIGHT!
Fig.

523.

Fig.

524.

Fig.

525-

Fig.

526.

"

"

"

"

Tree

LEFT!
Blazes.

Snapped

Twigs

Knotted

Bunches

Stone

Heaps.

332

or

Branches.
of Grasses.

HANDY

lar

in

places,and
is

there
and

when

you

the

in

Fig.

the

into
12

the

the

hour

by

which

usually comes

can

Hold

keep
time,

need

you

it

use

it in your

pointed

hand

to

no

hand

as

toward

shown

the

sun;

ure
fig-

hours,

the

mark

always lay in
of

direction

South;

but

as

into

divided

one-half that

it is

only
many

FiG.

hours,

at

South

P.

M.

"

Using

Hold the watch

Then half-way between

between

527.

with

point half-way
Thus,

you,

left behind, when

you

with

compass

places,with

unknown

there

of

of

o'clock

would

to

divided

were

24

apply it

to

and

face

watch

signs,

South.

will be
the

of

sets

that

tween
be-

o'clock

12

been

Compass.

with

hand

hour

it is easy

guide near

emergency

point

the

If

an

haK-way

then

the

has

as

527,

of all these

one

in

straight;but

such

Watch

Your

of

will notice

You

code

about

other

compass

In

badly.

code

tramping

directions

when

the

333

good plan to always have

stream, railroad,or
your

CRAFT

signs.

it is a

course

SCOUT

mountains.

learningthe

all four sets of

Of

the

in
similarity

after

BOY

the

it

Watch

for

Compass.

hour

is necessary

hour

will lie

the
hand pointed towards
the hoiu- hand and 12 o'clock is south.
the

hand

and

take

to
12

approximatelyin

sun.

the

o'clock.
the

di-

THE

334

rection of

o'clock,while

in the direction
In

of

been

Lost

in

the

forth

set

boy

"

It is curious

types of

by

while

others

all will be

the late

Edwyn

"

no

the moss,

Uterature

sooner

later

or

man

I have

and

happen

may

read

and

one

the

and

of themselves

care

more

less of

or

when

life,
yet

any

yet

side of any

to meet

side.

That

the hour

book

it is not; that

of

knowledge

winds
the

elms, maples,

came

preponderance

characteristic
from

the

standing isolated

in broad

tree

of

of heavier

would

extremely

how

often

In

limbs

seen

dogwoods, basswoods, oaks,

the full

cases

any

the prevailing
has

much

magnificent
and

conifers,

fury of every
as
though carefully
s)mimetrical

pastures, exposed
as

toward

wind

large.

develop

other

that

mean

are

at

will best

The

by

always upon

are

sunUght.

oppositequarter.

blows, yet remaining

steer

again there

interestingand

growth

shaping of trees,yet
sycamores,

Then

side of

for miles

could

ordinary tree

of any

direction of the greatest amoimt

any

where

never

can.

of

north

is,as appliedto the woods

in the

probable that
side of a
particular

who

both

found

it is

tree.

man

be

the

upon

be in woods

branches

would

the branch

that

moss

to

I have

that

to take

all have

forest

the

study

theory that the heaviest

do with

how

possessionof them,

upon

useful if true, which

wind

But

know

men

treatingof

fine to say

lost

moss

its southern

to

and

being lost upon different

make, lightof the matter,

die mists of the morning.

the tree, but

is the

laugh

Probably they

fear takes
as

is

which

to

give heed.

instantlyafraid.

emergency.

an

It is all very

there

it is advice

author, and

fact is that few

The

comes

vanishes

Sandys, distinguished

howling for help,and finally

charging through
go aimlessly

the voluminous
trial

followingpracticaladvice

the

first will

at

become

the woods.
in

it will lie approximately

M.

similar is the effect of

how

Some

men.

A.

Woods,

should

scout

at 8

Chicago Record-Herald, entitled

hunter, sportsman, and

every

BOY

o'clock.

10

article in the

an

Getting
has

HANDY

to

CHAPTER

is

Here

with

boy

the
on

boy

the

after dark

can

from

the street,or

across

ground;

companions

LANTERN

simplepieceof apparatus with

communicate

can

SIGNAL

BOY'S

HANDY

THE

XXIV

and

when

you

go

it to flash messages

use

window

camping
from

and

you

box

inches

long,

wide,

inches

deep

The

while

"

Fig. 529,

The

Signal Lantern.

and
cross-section,

inside of the lantern

box, explain
336

shows

completed piece
apparatus, with

key that
the

528.

Box.

size.

Figure 528

Fig.

be the most

convenient

the

and

for

Lantern

ThiswUl

of

your

about

inches

the

place to place.

Get
12

with

tree-hut

your

boys

you

bedroom

your

from

which

trols
con-

lengths of

the

signal flashes

(_4)

in

Fig. 530,

Operation,
view

of the

THE

How

the

Flashes

that when

by

of

means

through
of the

BOY'S

HANDY

key lever

cord

its center

B,

the

532),and

(Z")coincides

about

Shutter

bore the hole D

529.

hole

block

above

hole

under

hole E

The

than

Key

through
into

screw-eye

shutter

C, until

with

hole

hole

the

(") in

the

up,

bored

the front

531.

the

(Fig.

in size

5 inches

in diameter.

S3I

Fig.
"

S30,

Inside

of Lantern.

Candle-Holder.

front, of equal

box

center

(F),another
(G),and

by

through it i^i inches

Cross-Section.

"

Fig.

the illustrations

by

see

pushed down, it puUs

shutter

Fig.

Bore

is

Z31

box.

Make

Fig.

LANTERN

will

You

Made.

are

the

SIGNAL

of two

size.

opposite edges

into the inside of the box

another

Screw

into the bottom

of

the

inches

of the box

(H, Fig. 530).

Lever

the inside

Stick

depth

(Fig.533)should

of the lantern box

so

be

enough longer

its key will stick

i"^ inches outside

about
the

key end

of the

in

shown

as

BOY

HANDY

THE

338

(Fig. 529). Prepare

box

Fig. 533,

stick

the

/,

at

hinge the

yi

box

tom
the bot-

above

inch

end

square

of the

front

and

inside of the

the

to

into

screw-eye

screw

(Figs.529

and

530).
The

tions.
Connec-

Key
Tie

piece

cord

of stout

to the

F,

screw-eye

upper

slipit through screwG,

eye

tie to

and

532.

Shutter.

"

Fig.

enough length so
the

two

when

the

spring the

heavy

shown

in

box

the

at

them
another

Light

and

key

end

to

of

Drive

proper

height so

Lantern

and

with

come

(7).

The

zontal,
perfectlyhori-

opposite one
and

the

positionshown

in

the

lever stick to

the

couple of

the
D

shutter
and

"

other.
an-

screw-eye

rubber-band

the

raised until holes

{K, Figs.529
your

will

"

screw-eye

Fig. 529.

when

lever stick is

key

lower

back

Stick.

530), allowing just

rubber-band

shutter

raise the

and

Key Lever

"

the

holes D

Connect
B. with

533.

(Fig.

screw-eye
Fig.

small

Fig. 530,
position

nails into the

will strike
come

wiU

against

oppositeone

530).
a

tallow

candle.

Tack

can

HANDY

THE

with

cover,

as

will carry

off the heat

it best

fasten

hole

to

for

of

the

Screw

of

means

by

the

the

key, and

holding

Use

key
the

code,a

short

for

code

Fig.

and

flashes

code,

correct

upon

stripO

in

the lever stick to

stripO

as

means

is carried
short

on

by

flash is

graph
tele-

534,

as

for

and

the
your

dashes.

copy

of the
Fig.

S34.

"

Signal Code.

piece of paper,

paste this

Fig. 528, so

to

of

of which

flashes for the

a

edge

pieces(O,

stant.
in-

an

short

Make

in the

flashesof light. A

your

long

of three

out

button R

signal code, making

the

529).

rightsize,for

your

dots of

Box

in this

removed,

upon

Morse

copy

in

is shown

ends

long flash by

the

(M, Fig. 530),and it

Communication

Lantern.

quick tap

top of the box

door.

long and

made

of the

the

in the

and

notch

the wooden

locking the

Operating

Cut

from

center

of the lantern

the candle

Lantern

339

the bottom

having both

can,

place,and

in.

LANTERN

largehole

from

Q, Fig. 528).

the proper

for

Back

the

and

work

chimney (iV,Figs. 528

Make

P,

531),to

and

candle-holder.

SIGNAL

carpet tack driven through its

{L, Figs.529

bottom
box

BOY'S

you

to

the back

will have

operatingthe light.

of the

lantern

it before you

box, as

shown

for reference

in

when

XXV

CHAPTER

Every

back

boy

yard

at

in

or

are

hut.

Not

of the
has

fact

been

that

when

removed

The

tramps

is

nor

ladder

hidden

unfriendlyboys
of

the

Aerial

important part

must

be very

carefully
planned
whether
Where

for supports.

the

crotch

of

two

large tree, or

extendingbrackets

more

tree-

appeal

entrance

is inaccessible

from

the

to

that

it.
for

tree-

of

This

course

securelyput together.
the size of the

three

or

the

because

but

disturb

can

and

or

three

trees

hut,

but

used

are

close

enough

build the hut between

them;

satisfactory
plan is
a

hut

of the work.

two,

one,

together,it is advantageous to
most

to

the

Foundation

depend largelyupon

principally
upon

or

feelingof securityin knowing

is the most

again,a

leading to

the

hut

will

one

handy boy's nature,

the

and

Construction

Its form

where

the tree branches

location upon

side of the

passers-by,there
neither

lot,and

shanty in

preferenceis generallygiven

only does

to the romantic

builds

another

or

near-byvacant

available

trees

time

one

TEEE-HUTS

BOY

HANDY

to

trees

to

are

construct

the

build it around

trunk

to

hut

the

in

tree,

all four sides of the

platform.
The-tree

hut

shown

in the

course
340

of construction

in

Figs.

Fig.

S3S.

"

A Handy

Boy

Tree-Hut
342

with

Two-Tree

Foundation.

HANDY

BOY

pieces of 4-inch board

of board
feet

long, and
with

Then

the

Fig.

of
to

should

horizontal

536.

be

the bracket

Floor

One

on

spiked

to

exact

be

inches

four

be

Two

set

the

their lower

one

upon

Walls

pieces

wide, and

opposite sides

the trees, and

between

should

10

should

of the

another.
the

tops

in Position.

piecesC spiked
ends.

Cut

and

piecesC.

Joistsshould be laid

of these

The

level with

Platfonn, with

near

343

member.
or

an

spiked to
blocks

-HUTS

be 8

piecesB

Tree-Hut

The

"

fasten the block

B.

be

their tops

these,and

The

for each

(Fig.537),should

trees

TREE

on

top of horizontal

fastened

on

the outer

pieces
face of

THE

344

each

tree,

one

in the space

two

The

inner face

piecesF

Then

between.

of each

tree, and

one

should

spiked

be

or

(Fig.536).

their ends

to

the

on

BOY

HANDY

should

Struts

be

of the

cut

from

pieces

should

have

C, and

to

notches

have

been

in

cut

pieces

(Fig.538).

fit in

these

for these

their ends
to

reach

rightlength to

When

securely

spiked in place.
Cut

the

Floor

nail them
FiG.

Fig.

537.

S37-

Detail

"

538.

ing them

of Struts.

Detail

the
of

means

and

539

rope

show

wall

sections should

You

will

that

the
to

where

there

side

of

boards

the
to.

the

up

how

the

built

up.

Side

boards

be
is

are

over

an

upper

tion
posilimb

window,

placed
to

each

nail

the

on

the

battens
.

into

are

Fig.
.

Sections, build-

hoistingthem
and

of the

diagrams
boards

opening
The

thrown

in

Walls

battens;also,that

is to

batten

extra

an

of

board

nailed

be

these

by

ends

then

the

ures
supports. Fig-

540

see

Tree-Hut

ground, and
a

of the tree

one

joists.

Platform

Construct

upon

by
of

"

the

It is easiest to

of the

Supports.
Fig.

to

and

Boards

set

S39-

"

Batten

the

mches

wails

like this

End

HANDY

the

from

ends, as shown,

overlap the

ends

apart,

stripsat top
are

turn

the

frame

In

side.

the

pitch of

for the

roof,and

on

in

the

to

them

up

the proper

piecesat

square,
other
square

angles

which

the

cated
doorway is loshould

be

opening for

tended
ex-

^^'^' ^'^"'' "Batten

the

across

brace

(Fig.539),and

fastened in

place.

the boards

and

Use

the

the

Side

be sawed
nails

Walls

like this.

off after the wall

long enough

battens,and

to extend

clinch them

upon

face of the battens.

the inner

Erecting

the

Walls.

the side walls may

one

end wall may

end

wall,and
a

Board

The

end walls may

two

be nailed

and
position,first,

Make

side boards

walls,build

fit in

are

that

of the

wall

been

corners

see

The

board

through

then

end

their

to

the

end

has

that

checking up

line

them.

bottom

after

horizontal

off the

saw

comers

with

and

tances
dis-

the proper

ground, at

nail the

of the

case

(Fig.539);

shown

as

and

over

of the side walls

temporarily with

and
exactlyparallel,

they

345

the ends

the

them

bottom,

-HUTS

walls.

flat upon

connect

and

TREE

because

of the end

battens

the

Lay

BOY

the end

to

be set up

and

be set up, then

then

the second

be
side

be set up in

tree-supports; then

fastened

waU,

to

then

them;

or

the second

side wall.

Roof, by fasteningfirst

one

layerof boards

346

THE

HANDY

BOY

place,and

in

then

layerso
jointsof
the

roof in

workshop

of

detail of

in the

8, page

second

Fig.

place

In

13.

the

layer,

first

the

shown

as

lap the

to

as

ond
sec-

of

layer
tack

covering of tar-paper

to

boards,

you

the first
The

may

layerboards.

Window

Opening

be made

may

size for

old

an

shutter

the

the

For

wooden

be

can

closingup

used

Door,

boards

workshop door

the

in

for

Fig.

26.

24, page

The

batten

shown

maimer

for

opening.

several

together
in the

cannot

sash, a

right

window-

if you

sash; but
find

of the

post H

(Fig.536)

is
A

Newel-Post

oneseK

by

from
Fig.

544.

"

Tree-Hut

Dumb-Waiter.

to

the tree

when
and

to

steady

ing
descend-

ascending

platform,and

HANDY

should

be

BOY

TREE

securelyspiked to

-HUTS

347

the

platform supports.
A

Dumb-Waiter

excellent
and

be

can

service

in

constructingit

to

put

tree-hut,

and

ting
opera-

it will afford its builder

deal

great

useful for
and

of

fun.

wiU

It

before

entirelyfinished

be

supplies,

carrying up

if built

the

is

hut

be used

may

for

materials.
hoistingthe finishing
Get

small

The

packing-casefor

Dumb-Waiter

top of this box

front

of the

have

the

nailed

Find

the

sides

of

it should

(Fig. 546)

it to
from

keep

exact

of

center

box, by

the

to

these
of the

and

screw-eyes

into each

into

the

546).
(C
end

both

at

from

each

of

the intersections

"

diagonal lines

screw-eye

out.

drawing

them

and

comer,

centers

small

dropping

diagonallyacross

comer

545

the open

and

car,

board

articles

lines

will be

across

The

Car.

box

Also

and

"

screw

screw

two

D, Fig. 546)

of the

'1*1HAV\!iw"^

{B, Figs.

box,

one

Fig. 545.
Hut

"

Section

through Tree-

showing Dumb-Waiter

Car,

ance.
Cables,Pulleys and Counterbal-

THE

348

HANDY

BOY

directlyover

the

in line with

other,and
B.

screw-eyes

The

Lifting

Cables, for

which

strong

clothes-line

should
to

used,are fastened

be

B, and

wire

provided

for

screw-eyes

guides

are

C and

screw-eyes

to slide

on.

Shaft-Opening in the

The

floor of the

is cut

tree-hut

justenough largerthan

ance
plenty of clear-

to allow

car

for it and
To

the

the

guides.

get the rightposition

for

the

Cable

pulley),in

the

roof of the

hut,

fasten

the

for

use

Ufting

as

hang
and

in

Details

of Dumb-

Cables, Guides,

etc.

Waiter

cable

the

to

top of

then, using the

plumb-bob,
the

hold

the hut
"

in

the car, and

car

going to

are

you

screw-eye

546.

(a

clothes-line

rope which

Fig.

Sheave

the

floor
rope

let it

opening
against

ceiling.Then

shift

Car,

the

position of

the

rope

HANDY

THE

3SO

from

tor

546)

the

should

to

The

Wire

swinging

of

do
the

sheave

stake

sheave

for

E,

(Figs.- 545

into

driven
this

the

lower

and

ground

lifting

for

these.

hut,

ends

carefully,
wires

ends

into

stakes

cable

into

wiU

the

use

then,
for

spike

be

the

roof

to, and

the

fasten

to

located

very

vertical.

perfectly

and

wire

ground,

must

be

can,

guides

the

screw-eyes

you

themselves,

upon

of

of

into

from

car

kind

any

screw-eyes

ends

top

guides

as

two

driven

The

the

tight

as

the

to.

that

so

the

Fasten

fasten

to

Almost

about.

the

keep

to

necessary

are

twisting

and

lower

the

into

top

Guides

screw-eyes

the

the

The

through.

run

will

screwed

below

directly

level.

ground
be

BOY

twisting

after
lever

Pull

twist

to

the
them

tighter.
Build

when
shown

top
A

the

in

around

Railing

Fig.

car

544,

the

has
the

been

car

elevator
lowered.

can

be

for

opening
this

If

reached

tion
protecbuilt

is

from

beneath

as

the

rail.

similar

dumb-waiter

ground
platform,

to

with

second-story
the

same

this

to

window

plan

of

one

be

may
or

porch,

construction.

built

or

from
to

the
tree

XXVI

CHAPTER

When

be

to

productive of

neighborhood rigged up

our

their

between

conveyor

in

boys

two

the

homes,
much

so

CONVEYOR

AERIAL

BOY'S

HANDY

THE

fun

Some

of the

forth

along a
of

means

others

little

baskets, or

wire

stretched

cords

enough

hold

to

conceived

glassof
to

send

so

you

water

Perhaps
yovir house

wireless
one

to

dish

see

written

idea

the

of

of

his

of ice-cream

have

and

that

his

another; but

even

so, you
351

of

the

boys

sending a

led another

than

to

are

his

lad

partner;

one.

telephone line between

chum,

telegraph outfit by which

over

just large

and

street

purposes

of your

and

run

rope

one

success

the

established

by

cars;

made

were

then

across
more

and

windows

the

larger car

friend,and

of

Ught

or

cars

making

their

pulley clothes-lines

messages;

the toy served

you

the

other

between

two

end

cord

in which

manner

first most

At

up.

the

seen

pulled back

were

between

either

at

operated by heavy

were

pulleys after
put

attached

toy

upper-story windows.

cars,

taut

once

dozen

conveyors

operated from

of these

Most

at

was

half

that

boys immediately installed similar

homes.

idea

or

you

cannot

each

of you

communicate

exchange

has

with

book,

or

return

it is

HANDY

THE

352

borrow

or

How

of the

the

Aerial

glove by

baseball

entirelypossibleto

BOY

do

so

with

toy

these,though

conveyor.
one

of aerial

forms
satisfactory

most

shows

Figure 548

Conveyor Operates.

simplestand

either of

veyors.
con-

will

You

this illustration,

by

see

and

diagrams
to

549

of

Figs.
that

552,

singlewire
from

detail

the

extends

point

one

communication
the

of

to

car

by

runs

"

from

force

the end

gravity

is

that

other,and

the

of

which

the

started

car

being

hoisted

enough

higher than

the

end
wire

the

give

to

the

posite
op-

sary
neces-

pitch. Figures

Fig.

The

Screw

548.

"

Device
or

screw-eye

Handy

for

Boy

Raising

nail the block

B

and

Aerial

and

A,

pulley D

Conveyor.

550,

show

the details for

551

making.

Lowering
into which

in the

and

549,

the

you

Ends

have

of the

Wire.

screwed

positionsshown,

to

the

THE

HANDY

casing upon
screw

outside

second

under

the

BOY'S

two

face

above
directly

one

{F, Fig. 551), and

into

screw-eye

{G, Fig.551),and
of

piece

running

the other

in block

eyes

it taut, and

This

left slack

enough

its ends.

You

to

sag

enough
The

to

and

over

to

the

fasten

A,

so

loop made

one

wire

and

to

after

through

which
to

the

the

Car

screw-eye

wire

be

must

permit raising
probably

the purpose.
Tie

screw-eye

pulley D,

and

Jpiece of

549- -The

can

be

window-casing, to keep the

rope

This

Lowering

to

E,

it up

run

within

is the

foot

lifting
rope.

slippedover
within

the

Cable.

Conveyor

bring it down

for

Device

and

in the top of block

(Fig.549).

in the free end

pie.

Raising
.

m-

of the window-sill

or

the

to

Lifting Rope.

clothes-hne

one

will find that it will

serve

.,

(", Fig.

block

into the

extent, and

some

smaU

it.

along

(Fig.551).

directly

window-sill,
pull

is attached

Travels

window-sill

E, slipit through

fasten

Cable

and

third

heavy
end

C in the

screw-eye

The

of

(Fig.550);

opposite face

in block

screw-eye

into

fourth

another

353

the other

top {H, Fig.551). Then

end

Cut

screw

the

the

mto

screw-eyes

CONVEYOR

the window

screw-eye

551),screw
"

of

(C, Fig. 549).

AERIAL

easy

nail in

reach.

Fig.

Figs.

sSo

and

^^''- ^S^-

S50.
551.

"

Details of Device for Raising and Lowering

Conveyor Cable.

Fig.

SS^-

"

"^^^ Conveyor
354

Car.

^^
the

THE

small
wood

Neat

of

box

grocery

fasten

Car

be

used

may

in

cover

Then

upright

screw

/, and

Fig.

in

for

Cut

with

the

car

"

will

Detail

of

this.
ends

clothes-line

SS3'

is shown

the

across

place

CONVEYOR

AERIAL

Conveyor

diagonally

fit

the

hinges.
each

Form

to

BOY'S

HANDY

be

pair

355

Fig.

strips

two

(/, Fig. 553),

of

pulley

iron
into

completed.

Conveyor

Any

552.

Car.

or

the

of

and

leather

end

of

XXVII

CHAPTER

the ice has broken

When
and

streams

yachting,there
boy
can

make

boy

who

doesn't

is

yacht

or

have

vacant

and

of

be

built

from
slightly

that

wagon

illustrated in

Fig. 554

of

to

fastened

pair of
The
or

and

12

two

wide

pair of

for the wheels.

side of the

sailboat.

And

for the

sail a

boat, the land

and

his

panions
com-

fun, coastingalong

the

of

its construction

simple coastingwagon.

The

is steered

just

will be

This
end

rear

at

from

the rear,
makes

to,

the bow

so

and

it
the

the

sary
neces-

solidly
pivotal

the stem.

at

Wagon-Bed.
inches

until he

quickly,as

around

pair of wheels
wheels

time

is controlled.

boat

the wagon

turn

the

property.

sail-wagon can

the rudder

yacht for

ice

the

over

will afford him

amount

differs

as

boating or

land

opportunityto

an

unlimited

and

streets

sailingcanoe

lakes,ponds,

the

unfit for either

tide

fair substitute

an

while

to
sailing,

is

of his

use

and

-WAGON

the home-made

remains

hobby

whose

up,

sluggishand

are

SAIL

BOY'S

HANDY

THE

Get
and

wagon,

pair of planks 2

about

long,for

the

thick,10

wagon-bed,

velocipede,or baby-carriagewheels

Figure 555

wagon-bed

8 feet

inches

with

shows

plan view

the wheels
356

in

of the imder

place.

HANDY

THE

358
of the

end

bolt

or

piece of gas-pipe,as
in

them

rivetingthe

Fig.

,^^^i'Bolts

the

fasten
staples,

Fig. 557,

axle, and

gas-pipewill

the

to

in

shown

place. Cutting

halves

With

25 cents.

BOY

and
drilling

cost

not

to

Fig.

SS7

than

more

gas-pipeaxle

the

rivet

and

2-by-4

556.

CgasPipe

^
"

Fig. m,

Fig.

555.

Fig.

556.

Fig.

wagon-bed

The

Stem

556),and

of axle

and

the

the

to

the

through

Bow

Stem.

Axle.

screw

extreme

nail this wooden

or

end.
and

(Fig.556).

Nail

of the

wagon-bed

another

wagon-bed,

and

12

through
bolt

size

same

inches

^-inch hole through

5, and

axle to

requirea 2-by-4 axle (5, Figs.555

crosspieceC

bore

at

Wheels

crosspieceC
Then

The

"

Side of Wagon-Bed.

of Under

Section

"

{A, Fig. 555),and

axle
the

SS7.

Plan

"

the

the

the

its stern

from

of the

center

center

axle

to

of

end.

length

crosspieceC

the

wagon-bed

THE

with

HANDY

wooden

with

axle

The

round

for
end

Make
which

of

form

hard

then

and

the

Nail

the

hole

through it

may

be

the

the

near

of broom-

piece

lower

the

crosspiece
of the

end

Fig. 554,

through

far

enough
be

this

into the

on

axle, and

pin' through

post

to

keep

Fig.

it from

SS9-

level
drive

hole

in

558.

Detail

"

of Tiller and

Tiller-Post.

ping
drop-

Fig.

SS9-

Loop

"

in Rope

Tiller-Post

shown.

farther,as
tiller stick

the

{D)

them

Fig.

iron

an

tiller stick

tiUer-postthrough.

wheel

the

with

which

in detail

wagon-bed large enough

spool F will

so

the

spool (F) (j^

in

hole

stern

shown

as

Slipthe post
hole

to

screw

bore

stick

to

(")

the

the top of the

and

to

shown

are

of the

end

bore

wood, fasten

of post E.

wagon-bed,

axle

the three wooden

together,and

to

359

iron

the

Connections
one

handle, and

for the post

handle.

end

and

Fig. 558. Whittle

in

disks

-WAGON

staples.

Tiller,Tiller-Post

other

SAIL

^-inch carriage-bolt.Fasten

out

BOY'S

to

the

and

necting
Con-

Axle.

Fasten

top of the post with

another

iron

connect

the

pin.
Get

some

strong manila

rope

with

and axle ends, loop it

tiller-post

loops over

the
to

couple of

the

spoolon

screw-eyes

the

as

which
shown

to

in

Fig. 559, slip

and
tiller-post,

screwed

tie its ends

into the wooden

axle.

THE

360
Drive

nail

it will be

in

does

be made

the

The

the

deep

under

of

permit

of

axle

side

each

stripon

the wheels

The

axle farther

stern

the

them

permit

edge,

this may

but

by mounting
will

axle,

turn.

can

sharp turns,

or

that

the iron

as

extending the

wagon-bed,

wooden

wheels
to

turn

wagon-bed.
is made

Mast-Step

be about

so

either

possibleby

side

upon

not

555,

Fig. 559,

slipping.

wide

as

away

and

Figs.554

arrangement

saw

is

in

loop, as

from

the rope

wagon-bed

to

necessary

shown

each

of the

BOY

side of the

one

spool,to keep

plank

If the

as

through

into the

and

HANDY

8 inches

high

and

in

shown

as

wide.

8 inches

nailed
of

the

ends

the

edges
brace.

of the

edges of

is

front

step for

the

to

board

The

to

the

Nail

It should

Fig. 560.

step

the wagon-

bed.
Fig.

562.

"

Loop
and

on

End

of Gaff

Boom.

An

the

Excellent

sail-wagon

made

of

out

Mast

for

may

be

rug-pole,

but, lacking this, cut

pole

about

diameter
Bore
center

and
Fig.

560.

ceive

"

the

Mast-Step.

Fig.

561.

"

and
hole
of

another

inches

8 feet

of the

the

mast-step,

through

the

Cleat.

wagon-bed plank,
bottom

in

long.

through

the

mast.

The

lower

hole

to

should

re-

be

THE

trifle

the

forward

and

top
A

of

Brace

mast.

its

HANDY

to

but

another

form

The

hoom

and

the

will

serve

for

it

of

the

gaff
or

feet

and

S6i.

to

along
heavy
is

light-weight

strap-iron
in

shown

as

them.

procure

of

loop

long,

feet

Curtain-poles

can

all

rope

fasten

luff,

the

wire,

is
these

best

edge

or

for

Fig.

the

respective

head

and

foot.

make

ened
fast-

562,

to

for

ropes

block

for

sheets

and

may

be

mast,

lengths

Make
feet
of

Curtain-pole

satisfactory
a

sail.

the

the

along

and

for

right

material

good

edge,

outer

or

of

wire,

wish.

you

long.

you

have

and

is

the

along

pulley

which

should

if

if

mast.

boom

loops

each

feet

to

illustrated,

about

be

to

mast-step.

substituted

these

the

rake

fastened

sail-wagon

should

about

for

muslin

leach,

the

pole,

of

the
be

may

rig

^screws

with

Unbleached
this

sail

excellently

end

upon

cat-boat

top

or

end

over

shown

shght

shro'uds

rope

each

361

give

to

with
at

of

the

gaff,

mast

fit

is

hole,

mast

WAGON

SAH.-

upper

screw-eyes

Rig

to

the
the

Cat-Boat

The

BOY'S

the

made

rings,

mast-top,

halyards.
as

shown

on

the

rings,
line
clothesand

Cleats
in

on

Fig.

XXVIII

CHAPTER

skatemobile

The
and

in

is the latest idea in home-made

immensely popular with

is

Devised

one.

by

spread

suburbs,

barely had

and

before
a

the

Toney,

skate, and

of

skating; so

he set to

skate

that

course

discovered

once

home-made

his novel
The

him

saw
"

machine

author

has

cities,
through
little
almost
The

as

passed

the

city to

the

after its first appearance

evidence

everywhere

was

but
of

singleroUer-

no

use

for roller-

thinking,and, by bringinghis

far greater

than

wagon

who

boys

from

inventor, owned

genius into action,evolved

at

Chicago, the idea quickly

in

was

wagon

built

of fifteen miles.

radius

Young

the

week

has

foreignparentage, living

neighborhoods,then

other

to

districts of

wagons,

who

boy

every

of

handy boy

of the poorer

one

within

SKATEMOBILES

BOY

HANDY

the

skatemobile.

for
possibilities

"

fun

in his

in the

the

tell

in the

about

cityof

manufacture
362-

sidewalk

boys

the skatemobile
as

the
in

recognizethe fact.

all
articles,

now

popular elsewhere

rapid growth

to

opportunity to

his newspaper

machine, and

slow

not

were

the

Toney

roUer-skatingafforded,and

scootingswiftlyalong

had

tive
inven-

of

of other

this

derful
won-

has become

its birth.

skatemobiles

Fig.

oijo."

At

thk

stakt

off.

race

of

the

Lincoln

Park

Club.

Skatemobile

^.^^.")^"d

Fig.

564."

Skidding

at

the

tuuns
MORE

makes
thrilling.

skatemobile

racing

all

the

THE

3^4
the

machine

minutes'

and

work.

HANDY

its

originalform

front wheels

of the skate

restored

The

BOY

to

with
are

few

fastened

JACHINES5H0U1.0
5e

NuMecRED

4
Courtesyof
Skatemobile

to
rear

the front end

end.

of the

"

The

ci'LrNOCT'

Races

ChicagoTribune

"

Suggestions.

machine,

and

the

rear

wheels

to

the

HANDY
A

Popular Type

BOY

of

SKATEMOBILES

For
4

is

the

is shown

Skatemobile

details of its construction

Reach-Board,

shown

are

bottom

or

36s

in

in

Fig. 565,

Figs. 566

to

and

568.

platform,a pieceof 2-by-

best,but lackuig

ness,
material of this thick-

boys

many
a

board

and

thick

inch

use

6 inches wide.

should

It

3 feet

be about

long.
To

Separate

Skate

Wheels,

only

the

is

it

to

necessary

loosen the nut

the

on

for

provided

screw

adjusting

then

steel frame

the

Figures 567

apart.
and

length

skate,and

of the

pull

the

FiG.

The

show

568

566"

View

"

driver

"

of Skatemobile

small

the

sits upon

from

the Side.
box

when

coasting.
How
Wheels
to

the

Skate

the
are

Attached.

end

forward

EiG.

567.

"

How

The

toe

end

of the frame

of the'reach-board,and

the Roller-Skate

Wheels

are

is

the

Attached.

clamped

rear

por-

HANDY

THE

366

tion of this is secured

board

and

frame

is held

bent

the

to

nails driven

with

metal.

The

reach-board

by

the

over

BOY

strap

and

568).

In

set

the

heel

of

means

side

edges of
in

the heel

to cut

the

jecting
pro-

plate wUl

heel

the

away

reach-board,

the

Fig. 567, so

tips of

(Fig.

nails

make

to

skate-

the

bent-over
order

reach-

the

portion of the

flat,it is necessary

shown

as

into

clear the sides.

The

Hood,

mobile, is
inches
Fig.

of Heel

Attachment

s68.-

long, 12

wide,

inches

jj^^j^^g ^

^^

skate-

of the

grocery-box about
is

^^
^'

of Skate.

End

front

or

24

and

SeCUrely
-'

nailed to the reach-board.

Handle-Bars

The

Use

pieceof

round

at

the

clinch

short box

The
A

ends, about

stick to the

and

through

which

Seat

from

car

momentum

back

to

Several

569

to

572.

the

carry

top of

boys

add

it

hood.

the

stick

shaped

these.

long enough

to

In

drive

side of the box.

of the reach-board

rear

long, for

nails

for

(Fig.566) is

coasting. After pushing

considerable

and, holdingfirmlyto

the

Other

box, use

inches

standingpositionuntil

to

on

on

24

the under

on

many

jumps aboard

the

across

curtain-pole,
broom-handle,or

the

nailingthis

nailed

are

it has attained

enough

distance,the driver
the

handle-bars,drops

seat.
Makes

of

Skatemobiles

are

shown

in

Figs.

Figs.

5"!9-572."

Several

makes

of

Skatemobiles.

HANDY

for

Headlight

small

for the

asking from

opening

upon

the

upon

headlight

"

Fig.

573

hook

and

574

chimney
A

Drive

575.
can

to

on

how

shows

The

with

Then
and

mark

Vamish-Can

which

to

hooks

do

the

same

way

front

of the

and

fasten

"

s7S-

passed diagonally

can,

as

in

shown

the

candle.

of wire

Fig. 566

shows

into the top of the box

spout of the varnish-can

lard-pailwill

cut

Headlight.

stick

made

be

lar
circu-

large carpet-tack through

headlight,and

for the

the

of wires

through

larger square

it in the

cut

can

pencil,and

Fig.

means

and

nails driven

edge.

by

can

comers

of the

back
over

front

573-573-

the

can

from

out

574.
of

Details

"

Mark

plate will

camera

Fig.

of the

Figure
the

4-by-S

inside of the

across

of the

made

of these

One

piece of glass for

573.

Figs.

it to the

small

be

can

painter.

opposite face
a

367

575).

to

(Fig.573).

can-opener

Get

bottom

face

one

(Fig.574).

to

skatemobile

(Figs.573

opening

Figs.

the

SKATEMOBILES

varnish-can

procured

it with

BOY

fastened

are

how

hood,

provides

near

these
the

did
splen-

headlight.

make

another

good form

of

headlight.

^^mi^

XXrX

CHAPTER
BOY

HANDY

SAILS

ROLLER-SKATE

."."--;:^-'^C-."gg

Have
for

you

boys

roller-skate

idea of

thought of the

ever

sailingalong

sailingis
fun

almost

skates, and
it is

wind

with

sails

be

should

be

handled

of

sail,and
a

and

easier
"

Sailingwith

RoUer-Skate

Square
account.

Sail.

368

smaller

they

portions
pro-

be

can

shows

boy

square-shaped
Fig. 580

former

area,
576.

of ice-skate

shows

triangular-shapedsail.

The

Fig.

The

easily.

Figure 576
using

used, but they

so

"#^-

at

speed.

forms
can

fair

pavement

delightful
common

ice-

on

possibleto spin

the

along

sail

much

as

sailing

as

RoUer-skate

sidewalk?

the

making

to

the

has

larger

latter is the

handle

on

this

THE

370

To

the

Fasten

spars A

on

the

the

and

spars A

the

to

stays

spreader,then

nails

the

on

run

ends

of

tie them.

Hand-Straps

be made

of braid

Method

sewed

or

of

of you

in back

the side of the

on

spreader ends

The

The

BOY

Spreader, first tie the rope

the

to

to the nails
on

ropes

Sail

HANDY

to

piecesof

is shown

in

Fig.

cloth folded

the

Holdmg

face of the sail cloth may

the

Sail

when

into several

the

wind

nesses.
thick-

is from

left hand

Fig. 576. The

grasps

578.

jtROPE

-z:;^

"

NAILS

_ROPE:
Fig.

Fig.

578.

Fig.

579.

"

"

Square RoUer-Skate

The

Spreader.

the

spreader,and

sail

sideways by

lifted around

to

sail of
The

spars

end

extended

to

the

whichever
way

same

Spreader.

The

sail

positionsof
direction

that you

the

spreads out

hand-strap.

side,and

either

from

the hands

the

would

be

can

is

wind

handle

the

sailboat.

Three-Comered
"

of the

means

in the

Sail Detached

righthand

the

reversed, according

blowing from,

579-

The

Sail

shown

C, 5 feet long, and

of the

spreader spar

in
3

Fig. 580 requirestwo

feet 4

(Z?)slipsinto

inches

long.

socket

on

The

spar

C,

Fig.

582

Fig.

581.

Plumber's
"TPlPEriTTINO

Fig.

sSo.
Fig.

580.

Fig..581Fig.

582.

"

Three-Comered

The

"

"

How

Spar

RoUer-Skate

Sail.

Connections.

the Sail Cloth

371

is Fastened

to

the Spars.

THE

372

and

HANDY

BOY

the
by detachingthe sail,

rolled up

in the

cloth

in

sticks

compact

as

be

can

separated and

form

the

as

other

sail.
For

the

Connecting Socket, go

pipe fitting(Fig.581).

broken

threads

him, yet
(C) so

serve

the

along the
The

"

your
"

be

reenforced

dotted

lines in
same

Fig. 580.

580).

haven't

that

to

the spar

sail may

the sail in
like

eyelets
along the edge of

tapes directlyto the cloth.

the

saU

be

(Fig. 582).
spreader,sew
pulledtaut
of the
of the
that
The

buckle

buckle,you

sail,instead,and

wiU

not

Method

slipand yet
of

to

is

Fig. 577

either

the

fasten

tie it to

be easy
the

that illustrated for the square

that

case

edge

fastens

sail

the

the

of

to

the

can

be

spreader. If you

rope

nail driven

the purpose

serve

Holding

through,or

strong piece to it

(Fig.

in metal

set

run

Then
on

by

along spar
lashed

are

sail which

strap

be

fastened,or it

either

must

In

can

wiU

"

indicated

as

be tacked

(Fig.582).

be buckled

spreader,which

cloth

by.sewing

point of

and

find

cannot

reenforced
the

To

"

the

spreader D

to

the sail for tapes to

sew

must

to

use

selvageshould

regularsails

lashing the sail,you

For

with

one
no

drive

is fastened

piece of

The

way

be lashed

may

with

the vertical spar

snugly,and

which

corner

Cut

of

get

center.

that

edges

the

should

fit it

be

wUl

exactly.

purpose

find

probably

can

and

plumber

shop, which

the exact

Cloth

and

hemmed,

his

will
fitting
to

spar

Sail

C in the

about

He

to

to

the

corner

into the end

if you

tie

knot

to untie.
Sail

sail.

is somewhat

Spar

similar

C is held with

to
one

HANDY

hand
is

and

held

to

in

is

the

supported

with

the

shoulder,

and

direction

of

coming

from.

the

on

other

SAILS

ROLLER-SKATE

BOY

hand.

the

saihng,

The

hand

and

shoulder,

holds

according

is

saU

to

spreader

the

shifted

reversed,
which

373

der
shoul-

from

with

way

the

change
wind

XXX

CHAPTER
BOY

HANDY

THE

GARDENER

SlL"-.

handy

Every

carryingearth

boy gardener needs

and

wheelbarrow

for

fertilizer,
removing rubbish,and various

other

garden work, and lackingone, the first thinghe should

do

provide himself

is
A

This

Home-Made

is

with
like that

Wheelbarrow

barrow

Fig.

made.
substantially

shown

in

designed for practicalpurposes,

583.

"

And

Home-Made

as

the
374

Fig. 583.
and

is

the

il-

Wheelbarrow.

model

from

which

THE

lustration

wUl

you

An

made

was

it

see

wheel

from
the

course

running
form

and

broken

wagon

soft soil.

of wheel

served

the

which

makes

Lacking
be used

can

excellently.

purpose
a

be used

may

of its rim

narrowness

over

time,

pulley wheel

grooved sheave, or

usuallybe purchased at

can

hour's

one

for

Wheel,

of these

375

quitesimple to put together.

used

Barrow

GARDENER

built in less than

cast-iron

(Fig.588),was
One

BOY

was

was

ii-inch

The

HANDY

hardware

store.

instead,but

it less desirable

for

third

wheel, a

wagon

of

is

TIN

Figs.

wheel

This
II

584-586.

saw

is made

them

piece close
arrows

to

marked

produced,as

for

Making

made
in two

in diameter

inches

and

Details

"

Wheel,

Wooden

Fig.

584.

Fig.

the
i

a
saw

12-inch

as
circle,

by the

arrow

the

586.

Wheel.

Figs. 584
describe

board

off the four

Fig. 584, then

indicated

in

pieces. First

line of the
in

Wheelbarrow

Wooden

shown

as

upon

apart; then

Fig.

585-

to

circles

two
2

586.

feet

long,

of each

comers

indicated

by the

eight comers

thus

marked

in the dia-

gram,

wheel
chisel
a

then

and

pieceswUl

little rubbing with

Nail

the
in

shown

center

two

Fig.

587.

"

Fig.

588.

"

Fig.

589.

Detail

"

^-inch

hole

plates(Fig.586).
tin,as
The

Iron

Bind

Wheel,

of

cut

the

and

smooth.

hole

through

as

the

Wheelbarrow.

Axle

and

to

Bearing Blocks.
Braces.

Legs and

Wheelbarrow

fasten

with

grain crossed

the

^-inch

of the

Framework
An

and

bore

then

trimming

them

make

to

The

3.

perfectlyround,

together,with

wheels

of the wheel

tin with

of

sandpaper

Fig. 585;

little

them

make

to

marked

comers

requireonly

then

wood-rasp

or

small

sixteen

the

BOY

HANDY

THE

376

each

through
edge

side

the

small

piece of

center, for bearing

of the wheel

with

strips

shown.

Framework

of

the

Wheelbarrow

is shown

in

Fig. 587,

is,it

be

must

placed so

identical

shape and size,with

be

wiU

there

in these

variance

it is

temporarily,first,and
the

the barrow

stripF lyi

and
that
and

are

then

box,

inches

at

from

off their ends

they

G.

aU

fit

be about

properly.
from

strips

take
in

nail them

the

to

inches,

24

It is easiest to

is necessary,

parts

equal

away

should

Uttle

9 inches

the bars

distance

which

little longerthan
saw

be

may

assemble

to

whether
to

correctly,

place,

the sides of bars A.

flush with

detail of

The
The

find out

ends, stripG

forward

length of

good plan

connecting stripE

the

Fasten

there

as

of

made

are

the axle hole bored

but
diflSculty;

no

If blocks

ends.

of the

the center

with

to line up

as

handle

the

between

space

BOY

HANDY

THE

378

Legs is shown

in

Fig. 589.

the short

Cut

uprightsU

long by 1.% inches

9 inches

wide,by \yi inches thick,

fasten

and

with

them

the

together

crosspieces/,

which

should

proper

length so

be

between

stripsF

be

trimmed

side
of

so

the

as

off

Detail

of the Wheelbarrow

Box.

driven

on

to fit the

bars,but

A,

and

ends

triangularwedge
"

legs

against bars

The

the

the

will set

(Fig.590).

Fig. S91.

of

may

may
one

angle
small
be

in to fill the space,

HANDY

BOY

leg ends

to

THE

instead.

them

Nail

with

the

stripsE

cross

of the brace
The

and

boards
the

8-inch

show

the

coat
The

in

of

589).

ends

of

24

box

grocery

inches

long.

about

at

the

front, cut

Re-nail
crease
in-

piece of

{K,
of
it

labels
a

Madeira

did
splen-

morningand

cucumber,

A worn-out
is past

which

should
ribs

for

vines.

umbrella

shown

Bower

makes

glory, wild

used.

If

broken,

it is

be

are

pair
re-

Fig.

simple

matter

to

piece of heavy wire

if the connections

back

the

the

to

fasten

paper

Umbrella

support

Notch

paint to aU parts.

Fig. 592

any

box

box, then apply

the

the

inFig.583.

in placeas shown
Remove

the

means

fit between

to

/.

wide, and

of the box

Fig. 591),and by

brace

signs of coming loose; then, to

height of
equal

379

handle-bars,then
cut

and

is made

Box

that

battens

and

inches

board

the two

(Figs.587

18

inside width

from

to fit over

deep,

the

diagonal strip/

Wheelbarrow

inches
any

the

GARDENER

into

bind
to

have

592-

"

An

Umbrella

Bower.

them,
rusted

place well enough

to

so

as

to

stiffen

through,they
serve

your

them; and

may

purpose.

be wired

THE

38o

of

Instead

wire

binding
inches

12

splicethe
in

handle

unwind

the

the handle.

Then

and

long,and

by

lower

end

Run

of the

cord

shpping it through
cord
each

this

to

these cords
with
inches

the

or

wire, so
cut

the

points at

farther

Transplant

lawn

ends

of each

driven

which
from

away

cord

another

into the

they

are

of the

the

ground

for

tie

vine

piece of

in the

of

center

other

end

ground directlyin

of
line

above, but about

the broom-handle.

morning-glory shoots,

your

wire,

or

umbreUa-ribs,

tie the

tied

lo

together.

suitable

rib; then

(Fig. 592), and

stakes

of wood

into

broom-handle

cord, at each rib,and

to

and

the

preserve

blocks

two

the

cut

straw,
to

as

of them

the

the eye

the

broom.

old

an

vunbrella-handle

on

around

between

space

above

means

and

spot in the garden

rack.

support get

off the

broom-handle

the

Set

BOY

part of the

sawing

length of

fuU
or

lower

the

For

HANDY

whatever

or

speciesof

/\

wish

have

to

the

over

the

vine

you
run

side
frame, beand
stakes,

entwine

the

tendrils around

small
the

stringsto give the

vines

vines
on

Fig.

S93.

"

Vine

Trellis.

start.

The

mentioned

the

page

grow

and

by

preceding
rapidly,
carefuUy

THE

HANDY

trainingthem, guiding the

to the

spread over
has

been

GARDENER

little

fingersso each

the
adjoiningstrings,

and by
interlaced,
frame

BOY

reached

the

381

spaces

be

may

will
pletely
com-

time the top of the imibrella

will have

you

vine

thickly covered

bower.
A

Small

Trellis

of laths

made

(Fig.594);
notched

the

or

on

as

should

be

mesh, and

in

for

be

the

covered

vine,may

be

manner

shown

in

be

Fig.
cord

Fig. 596.
Peas

FiG.

with wire-

Fig. 597
made

other

brads

in

Sweet

simple framework
should

together in

lashingsof

shown

Trellis

or

edges may

shown

as

595 , to receive

put

climbingrose,

laths may

together with

nailed

be

fastened

The

Fig. 593.

for

shows
to

of

Figs.

Fig.

596.
594-596.

Two

"

Trellis Together.

tack

stripsat

the

wire

least

This

to.

i}4

framework

inches

the

and

corners

should

be

shown

in the drawing.

had

with

number
meshes
"

Trellis for Sweet

Peas.

the

pieces
braced

Wire-mesh

597.

and

square,

upright

Fig.

S94-

o" Fastening

Ways

be

can

of

mesh

of sizes
are

as

(the

the openings),

the three

com-

THE

382
sizes

mon

HANDY

BOY

being i inch,i^ inches,and

in various

widths

should

stretched

be

running from

appearing job, and

should

in

tacked

be

6 feet.

to

The

possible,to make

tight as

as

foot

inches,and it comes

wire
neat

place with

small

staples.
Flower-Boxes

are

possiblysome
for their

easy

of the

windows,

to

make,

and

neighborswill give you

if you

let them

know

mother

your

for boxes

orders

that you

make

can

them.

dentally
inci-

And

might

that

say

and

good

this

is

for

way

handy boy

to

earn

money,

as

there

always

demand

for

is

well-made

boxes.
The

ence
only differbetween

the

construction
A Window
Box

WINDOW-FRAME

Fig.

598.

Fig.

S99-

It to

"

"

Window

Detail

of Box

and

Method

of

Anchoring

in

and

and
narrow

bottom

of

the

ends, instead

flower-box
of

stripis nailed

nailed
around

is fitted between
to

the
the

bottom

that

to

Figs.598
and

599,

Window-Frame.

grocery
the

Flower-

similar

shown

Flower-Box.

of

box

is that

the

edges,

sides
and

top edges. It is the

THE

band

top

narrow

HANDY

BOY

which

GARDENER

gives

383

flower-box

pleasing

style.
Eight inches is
and

the

the

entire

length should

be such

length of

the

method

of

simple

shown

in

of the

bQx, on
the

the

will extend

each
at

end, and

in

along

positionis

screw

side,in

each

each

Care

plenty deep,

into the top band

screw-hook

window-frame,

screw-hook.

that the box

anchoring the box

back, near

receive

position to

is

inches

window-sill.

Screw

Fig. 599.

into

eye

good width,

the

Fig.

screw-

proper

602.

must

to set the flower-

be taken
box

far

enough

out

siU

so

it will

not

the

fere
inter-

raisingof

the

with

on

the window-screen.
Bore

drain-holes

through the

bottom

hole

box, providing a
about

of the

every

for

square

Fig.
600.

inches
The

yi

of bottom

holes should be about

inch

in diameter.

Painting
A

surface.

dark

the

Flower-Box.

shade

of

green

Fig.

600.

Fig.

601.

Fig.

602.

"

"

"

always looks well upon

flower-boxes, although it is sometimes

paint them

the

same

color

as

the

house

Plant

A
The

Plan

Box.

Comer

Strips.

of Box.

thought best
trimmings.

to

You

THE

384

can

use

your

heads
before

the

The

build

box

the
sides.

the

so

and

tops
lower

the

chisel.

to

make

plan

the
of

drain-holes.

the

the

holes

the

strips

can

comer

good

corner

Make

be

cut

strips
equal.
arrangement

off
in

between

should

long

enough

of

the

bottom.

by
place,

Figure
for

you

strips

top
the

below

if

job

them
the

above

inches

projections
and

the

of

out

boards

bottom

the

inch

made

appearing

neater

how

the

lower

box,

nail-

all

putty

be

may

together.

about

fastening

In

shows

project

of

comers

upper

600

fitting

fastened

ends

Fig.

have

601

will

Drive

and

wood,

the

in

yourself,

and

this.

paint.

will

you

Figure

prepared

about

of

shown

but

be

the

Plant-Box

soap-box,

the

surface

applying

BOY

judgment

own

below

HANDY

The
of

means

be

box,

careful

602

spacing

shows

the

INDEX

386

element,

Carbon

Bracket, iron, 57.

Brad, 56.
Breaking a match,
the trick of, 229.
Bridge,a log, 322.

then

Bridle for

302,

another

130;

restoringit,

plunge, 127; grav127;

ity,
home-made
sal-ammoniac,
larger sal-ammoniac, 131;
bi-chromate, 132.

129;

home-made

Cells, common
methods

forms
of

of battery, 125;

connecting,123,

Butt-hinges,59.

Chain, jack, 57; flat coil,57.

Chest-handle, 57.

Buzz-saw

Chimney

whirligig,a toy, 185.

for

paradox, the,
Chisel-rack, 40.
Christmas

and

broom,

Camp

craft, 312;

pen-tray,

316;
around
open

the
wall

313;

wall

tent, 312;

tent, 313;
the lean-to

316;
camp

stove, 320;

320;

the

tent,

trenching
cot, 317;

fire-place,
318; pothooks,
crane,

fireplace,

Christmas

standard, 206.

tree

lightoutfits,203;

tree
light outfit, 203;
a
the cell
battery lamp outfit, 204;
connections, 205; the lamp connections,

switch

for, 206;

circuit

lamp outfit, 206; purchasing lamps

the tent, 317;

campfire

Claus

Claus

Christmas

and

fire screen,

Santa

Santa

tree

205;

324.

burlap tent,

198; Christmas

no.

cot, 317.
home-made

205.

226.

ideas, 193;

airship,193;
a

135,

cabin, 248.

newspaper

Chinese

Cabin, a newspaper
(see Log-cabin).
Cabinet, a bath-room'
toilet-,88;
tool-,40.
Cabinet trick,the, 237.
Cable, toy conveyor,
353.
Cables, dumb-waiter, 348, 349.

chromate
126; bi-

Cell, dry, 126; sal-ammoniac,

127;

306.

Broom, a camp, 324.

Broom-rack, 87.
Building material,2.
Burr, 56.

Camp
Camp

of,

132.

kites,299,

Calendar-board

form

319;

sheet-iron camp

fireless cooker, 321;

log

sockets, 206.

Circuitlampoutfit,
a Christmas
Cleats, 361.
Cleats, across

boards,

to

tree,206.

screw,

54.

Climbing bar of silver trick,the, 223.

Clinchingnails,53.
Clock, an electric alarm-, 113; a unique
for a, 120.
mantel, 118; a flash-light
Clog-dancer,

toy, 186.

bridge, 322; pier, 322; refrigerator, Clothes-closet,

shelves for, 78.
wash-shelf,323; camp
Clothes-line dryer, a windmill, 83.
323;
broom,
electric
324;
shovel, 324;
Clothes-line pulley,57.
camp
flash-light,
candle-stick, Coasters, 258;
324;
camp
double-nmner, 258;
324261.
single-runner,
Campfire,an open, 318; screen
for,316.
Code, the Morse
telegraph,339.
Campfire crane, 320.
Coil for shocking machine, induction-,
Campfire of newspapers,
lieve,
make-bea
IS7251.

Candle-stick,a camp, 324.

Car, dumb-waiter, 347.
Car, Santa Claus airship,194.
Car, toy conveyor,
355.
Cat-boat rig,361.

Coins

increase to
14,

20, the

trick of

king
ma-

227.

Common

nails,56.
Compass, your watch as a, 333.
Contests, model aeroplane, 292;
for governing,293.

rules

INDEX

Conveyor, aerial,351; how it operates,

device for raisingand lowering
352;
ends

of wire, 352;

3S3;

lifting
rope, 353;

cable,

conveyor
conveyor

car,

3S5-

Door,

camp,

Crane, ^a campfire, 320.

Cricket-rattle,
a toy, 189.
Cup, a flexible rubber, 329;
a, 329;

349.

drinking

folded paper,

Cupboard-catch, 59.
Cup-hook, 56.
Cutting large holes,70.
Cutting slots,71.
Cutting wire, 73.
Cutting wooden
wheels,

330.

coaster, a, 258;

for, 259;

connecting cross-braces

for,

for, 260; handle-bars

for,

seat

260; runner
Drawer-pull,

72.

toy clog-,186.

electro-magnet, 152; the derrick,152;

the hoisting cathe windlass, 152;
bles,
it works, 155.
154; how
case
bookwriting-,92; a combined
and, 96.
Desk
stool,98.
net
Disappearing-doU trick,the, 240; cabidoll
for, 241;
for, 242; performing,
a

242.

measuring instrument, 286;

graduated stick, 287; tripod, 288;
sight-plate,
288; hair-line slide,289;
take
measurement
to
flags, 290;
with, 290.
Dividing a board into equal parts, 66.
Distance

runners

shoes for, 260.

57.

Drinking-cup, a flexible rubber, 329;

folded
drinking without
a
a, 329;
paper,

330.

Dry-battery cell,126.

DuflSe-bags,
328.
Dumb-waiter,
lifting
347;
car, 347;
cables, 348;
shaft-opening, 348;
cable sheaves, 348; counterbalance,
349;

upper

liftingcable, 349;
wire

lower

guides, 350;

Depth-gauge for boring, 72.

for cutting recesses
for
Depth-gauge
hinges,62.
Derrick, a toy electro-magnet,151; the

Desk,

25.

Double-runner

Egg-and-handkerchief trick,the, 221.

Egg-beater motor
winder, 284;

to

operate, 285.
Electric

25.

home-made,

Ufting cable, 349;

railing,
350.

Dancer,

Drop-siding,15.

317.

Counterbalance, dumb-waiter,
Countersinking, 55.

without

batten

DoorJrame,

259;

Conyne kite, the, 296; sticks for, 297;

framing, 298; covering, 299; bridle
for,299; flying-line
for,300.
Cooker, a camp fireless,
321.
Comer
iron,57Cot,

387

alarm-clock,113.

Electrical measurements,
136.
Electrical toys (seeToys).
Electric-bell

outfit,a home-made,
the handy boy, 124;
Electrician,

145.
mon
com-

forms

of batteries,125; the drybattery cell,126; the sal-ammoniac

battery cell, 126;

battery cell,127;

the

bi-chromate

the

plunge battery,
the
gravity
battery cell,127;
127;
the storage battery, 128; a homemade
sal-ammoniac

battery cell,129;

larger sal-ammoniac

cell,131; a
battery cell,
the bi-chromate
battery fluid,
132;
zinc pencil,
a
amalgamating
132;
home-made
a
plunge-battery,
133;
of connecting battery
methods
133;
cells,135; electrical measurements,

home-made

bi-chromate

136; def. of Volt, Ampere,

137;

home-made

and

Ohm,

binding-posts,137;

INDEX

388
a

home-made

switch,

139;

double-

pole knife-switch,140; a home-made

push-button,141; an electro-magnet,
142;

electric-bell,
145;

home-made

electro-magnet, 146 (see,

also, Toys, electrical;Electric-light
outfit; and Light outfit for clock).
Electric-lightoutfit,a battery, 204; a
a

horseshoe

Frame,

truck,

toy

(see Motor

workshop,

for

Foundation

window-,

window-,

23;

Framework

8.

home-made

22;

home-made

for

door-,25.

workshop,

plumbing the,
Front

circuit,206.
Electric motor

salbattery, 132;
Fluid, bi-chromate
ammoniac
battery, 130; soldering,75.
kite, 300.
Flying-line,

18;

11,

12.

elevation, 5.

Fuselage,270,

281.

277,

truck).
a
Electro-magnet, 142;
horseshoe, 146.
Electro-magnet derrick, a
toy, 151;
electro-magnet for, 152; the derrick,
windlass
for, 153; cables for,
152;
operation of, 155.
154;
Elevation, front, 5; side, 5.
Elevator, model
aeroplane, 272, 279,

281.

Elevator, tree-hut (seeDumb-waiter).

Escutcheon-pin, 56.

"

Films
212;

"

for

moving-pictiu-e theater
preparation of, 213.

Fin, 273.
Finishing-nail,56.
Finishing woodwork, 29, 102, 383.
Fireless cooker, a camp,
321.
Fireplace, a camp,
318.
Fireplace, a Santa Claus, 198; mantel
framework
for, 200; mantel-shelf for,
framework
for, 202;
201;
upper
hearth
for, 202;
covering material
for,203.
Fire screen,
a camp,
Flags for distance

316.

measuring

ment,
instru-

290.

Flashing, metal, 29.

Flash-light for a clock, 120;

Gable

roof,18.

GafF, 361.
Gardener, the

handy

umbrella

boy,

374;

wheelbarrow,

home-made

bower,

379;

an
374;
small trellis,

trellis for

sweet
381;
381; a
peas,
flower-boxes,382; a window-flowerbox, 382; painting flower-boxes,383 ;

plant-box,384.
Gauge, depth-, a home-made, 62.
Gauge-board for shingling,15.
Gauging with a carpenter's square
a

pencil,65.
Gauging with

rule and

Gifts for the handy

a

and

pencil,65.

boy

make,

to

thermometer-board,

103;

102;

board,
key-

spool-holder,105; a
a
spool-rack, 105;
simpler spoola
rack, 107;
paper-spindle,107; a
necktie-rack, 107; a match-box, 108;
104;

post-card rack,

board

rack,
Graduated

and

109;

pen-tray,

no;

calendara

letter-

III.

stick for distance

measuring

instrument, 287.
Gravity battery cell,127.
Guides, dumb-waiter, 350.

for camp,

324-

Flooring, matched, 15.

flowerFlower-boxes, 382; a window
box, 382; painting,383; a plant-box,
384.

Hair-line

slide for distance

instrument, 289.
Halyards, 361.
how to hold, 52Hammer,

measiu:ing

INDEX

Handle-bars, double-runner
260; skatemobile,366.

coaster,

how

Hinge,

drive

broad

butt-, 59;

narrow

butt-,

back-flap,59; square backflap, 59; table, S9" loose-pinbutt-,

S9; strap-, 59; t-, 59; box-, 59; nail
namental
box-, 64; orpivot, 64; home-made
59;

Handle, chest-,57.
Hand-straps, 370.
Hand-untying trick,the, 236.
Handy ways of doing things,46; nails
and

389

broad

box-, 64.

them, 46; how to

drive nails into thin wood, 48; how
to drive nails into hard
wood, 49;

Hinge-hasp, S9Hinges, attaching,60.

Hip-rafters,28.

how

to

49;

what

Hood, skatemobile, 366.

Hook,
56; clothes-line,57;
screw-,
wardrobe, 57.

to

nails while

support
do

to

withdrawing,

driving,

when

nails bend, 49;

right and wrong

49;

nailing,50; how to hold hammer, 52;

clinching,53; toe-nailing,
53; blindnailing,S4; how to attach cleats and
into
battens, 54; how to drive screws

Hook-and-eye,

hard wood, 54;

Horseshoe

heads, $s;

Household

to

withdraw

to

lock

cotmtersinkingscrewspacing screws, 55; how

rusted

screw,

screws,

how

ware,
boy hard-

handy

55;

$$;

55; jlinkboxes, 58; hingesand

hinging, 58; how to attach hinges,

60;
a

nail

home-made

depth-gauge, 62;
pivot hinge, 64; home-made

box-hinge,

64;

ornamental

box-

Hook-hasp,
Hooks, bow,
Horses

59.

59.
271;

pot-,

319.

for toy merry-go-round, 176.

electro-magnet. 146.
conveniences, 78; additional
shelves for clothes closet,78; a platerefrigerator,
80; a. window
warmer,
mill clothes-dryer, 83;
81; a wind
a
soap-grater, 87; a broom-rack, 87;
toilet-cabinet,
a bath-room
88; a pot
shelf,91.

Huts, tree-, 340.

'

hinges, 64; gauging with rule and

pencil,65; gauging with square and
pencil,6s; how to divide a board into
of equal parts, 66; a jacka number
knife plumb-bob, 67; a spinning-top
plumb-bob, 67; a plumb-board, 68;
home-made
level,69; a post-hole
a
digger, 69; how to bore large holes,
how

70;

to cut

how

slots,71;

to cut

wheels, 375; a depth-gauge

anvil,
boring, 72; a hatchet-head

wooden
for

how

72;

wrench,

to cut

73;

wire, 73;
small

to

keep tools from

how

to

remove

how

rusting, 73;

sash putty, 74; how

specks of paint from glass,

remove

74;

to

Hardware,

Indian

tepees for a,

village,
newspaper

249.

Induction-coil

for

toy

shocking

the
primary-coil,157;
157;
158.
secondary-coil,
Interrupter for toy shocking machine,
160.

J
28.
Jack-rafters,
Joists,workshop, 10;
Jxmiping-jack,a toy,
Junk boxes, s8-

tree-hut, 343.
188.

solder,74.

55.

Hasp, S9Hatchet-head

anvil,72.

Headlight, 367.

chine,
ma-

the

makeshift

pipe-wrench,73;

how

to

Hydro-aeroplane, the model, 283.

Kettle tripod,a newspaper

Key-board,

104.

,"2
so.

INDEX

39"

Kite-reel,
a
simple,307;

good hand,

308; a body, 310.

Kites, 296; the ConjTie kite, 296;
sticks,297; framing, 298; covering,
bridle, 299;
flying-line,
299;
300;
the Malay
kite, 300;
sticks, 300;

bow-stick,301;

ering,
covframing, 301;
the
bridle,302;
box-kite,
302;
side frames, 303;
sticks,303;

302;

covering,

305;

bridle,306.
Kite sticks,297,
Knapsack,

assembling,

sheaths

the

the roof framework, 248;

chimney, 248.
Logs for newspaper
cabin, 246.
Lost in the woods, when, 334.
Lug-pole, a campfire, 319.
Lumber, how to purchase, 5; standard

walls, 247;
the stick

sizes of, 5;

material

scout, 325;

shoulder

for,

straps

duffle-bagsfor,328; knife
for,328; packing, 328.
double-

Knotted-grass signs,331.

Lamp, battery,122, 204;

Lamp cord, battery, 122,
Lantern, a signal,336.

home-made,
tent, a
316;
trenching around, 317.
Letter-rack, in.
Level, a home-made, 69.
Light outfit, a Christmas
tree, 203;
a
battery lamp outfit,204; the cell
connections, 205; the lamp connections,
for, 206;

circuit

lamp outfit,206; purchasing lamps

sockets,206.
for clock, 122.
outfit
Light
Line, kite flying-,300.
Lock, mortise-, 59; half-mortise,59;
cupboard, 59.

Log bridge,322.

breaking

contents

of

229;

glass

trick,233; a clown assistant,23s;

the hand-untying trick, 236;
the
cabinet trick,237; turning paper into
coffee, 238; the
disappearing-doU
cabinet
for disappearingtrick,240;
doll trick,241;
the doll and how
to
perform the disappearing doll trick,

Lean-to

and

227;

of

roof,6.

switch

20,

restoring it,

circuit,206.

latch-string,
25.
model
aeroplanes,286.

20s;

match,

to

then

206.

Leach, 361.
Lean-to

increase

transforming the

341.

and

2.

Magazine-rack, a, 99.
ing
Magician, the handy boy, 220; learntricks by patience and practice,
220; a side-table,
220; a packing-box
table,242; a magic-wand, 221; the
egg-and-handkerchieftrick, 221; the
climbing bar of silver trick, 223;
coin
the marked
the
trick, 224;
Chinese
paradox, 226; making 14
coins

Launching

second-hand,

303.

sheaths, 328.
home-made
Knife-switch, a
pole, 140.

Latch

ing
prepar-

logs, 246; building the

305;

Knife

Ladder,

245;

newspaper,

paper

M
300,

326; pocket for,326;

for, 327;

Log-cabin, a

water,

230;

the

paper-shower

242.

Magic wand,

221.

electro-,142;

Magnet,

horseshoe

tro-,
elec-

146.
Main
plane, 271, 279, 281.
Malay kite, the, 300; sticks for, 300;
bow-stick
for, 301;
framing, 301;

covering,302;

bridle

for,302.
(seeFireplace).
Mantel
clock,a unique, 118.
Marked
coin trick,the, 224.
Mast, sail-wagon,360.
Mast-step, 360.
M'atch-box, 108.
Mantel,

Santa

Claus

INDEX

siding,15.

Matched

391

Moving-picture projector,an

Measuring instrument, 286; tlie graduated

sticlc,
287; the tripod,288; the
sight-plate,
288; the hair-line slide,
take measureto
ment
289; flags, 2go;
with, 290.
Mechanical
toys for handy boys (see

Moving-picture

theater, the

handy
proscenium, 208; the
the picture
stage framework, 209;
the
film
rollers,
guide
sticks,
209;
boy's, 208; the

"

attaching the prosceniimi, 211;

211;

Toys).
toys for small

scenario,
213;

handy boys

(see Toys).

213;

Merry-go-rotmd,
platform for,

toy, 173;

173;

base

revolving
for, 174;

riders for, 176; how

horses

and

horses

gallop,176; pulley,supports,

belts and

control lever for, 177;

preparing a
preparing the pictures,

scenery,

214;

aroof

216;

the

214;

scene,

street

215;

captured-dog

scene,

forest scene,

216;

scene,

imitation
pivoting figures, 217;
an
moving-pictureprojector,218.

the

tent

for, 178.

aeroplanes, 265;

recent

opments,
devel-

Nail, wrought-iron, 56; common-,

56;
gle-,
finishing-,
56; escutcheon-, 56; shin56; roofing,56.
how
Nailing, right and wrong,
to
50;
hold hammer,
for, 52.
Nails, 46; kinds of, 47; sizes of, 47;
to drive into thin wood, 48; to drive
into hard wood, 49; to support while

materials

for, 267;
267;
the Wells model, 269; fuselage,270;
thrust bearings,270; bow hooks, 271;
main
plane, 271; elevator, 272; fin,
blank,
274; propeller
273; propellers,
276; motors,
propeller-shafts,
Nealy model, 277; fuselage,
276;
277; thrust bearings,279; elevator,
main
propellers,
plane, 279;
279;
275;

the

279;

"

the picture " films," 212;

Mechanical

Model

imitation,

218.

when

driving, 49;
withdrawing,

281; motors,
propeller-shafts,

number

to

49;

use,

they bend,
staggering,

49;
51;

clinching,53;
52;
blind-nailing,
54.

281; the Selley model, 281; fuselage,

toe-nailing,
53;
281; planes, 281; propellers,282;
Nealy model
aeroplane, the Arthur,
the
other
models, 282;
aeroplane, 277; fuselage, 277; thrust bearings,
hydrowinder, 284;
283; motor
main plane, 279;
279; elevator, 279;
distance measuring instrument, 286;
propellers,
propeller-shafts,
281;
.

279;

launching, 286; contests,

for contests, 293;
Morse

rules

stability
in, 293.

telegraphcode,

Mortise-lock, 59;

292;

339.

half-,59.

Motor, water-, 168.

Motor
base, 270.

tor,164;

seat

Newel-post, 346.
Newspaper playhouses for handy
(see Playhouses).
square,

boys

56; hexagonal, 56.

O

Ohm,

137.

and

canopy-top,
166; levers,167.
i6s; steering-wheel,
Motor
winder, the egg-beater,284; to
operate, 285.

281.

Necktie-rack,107.

Nut,

Motors, model aeroplane,276, 281, 282.

struction
Motor
truck, a toy electric,
162; conof truck, 163; shafts for,
164; belts for, 164; battery for
motor

motors,

Packing a knapsack, 328.

Packing-case work-bench
cabinet,36.

and

tool-

INDEX

392

Scandinavian, 59.
specks of, from glass,

Padlock, Yale,
Paint,

to

sg;

remove

281.

for moving-picture

Proscenium

Painting flower-boxes,383.
Painting the workshop, 29.
Paper cup, a folded, 330.
Paper-shower trick,the, 233.

shafts for, 276,

281.

Propeller-shafts,
276,

74-

theater,

208.

clothes-line,57;
side, ST,
57;

Pulley,
screw-,

Paper-spindle,107.
Parallel, connecting battery

cells in,

sash-, 57;

spool,

173, 176.
home-made,

wooden, 171,
Push-button, a

177;

141;

pear-shaped, 122.

I3S-

calendar-board,

Pen-tray and
"

Picture

"

films

for

Putty,

no.

moving-picture

theater, 212; preparation of, 213.

Pier, a camp,
322.
Pipe-wrench, a small, 73.
Pitch, propeller,274.
Pitch of roof,to determine, 20.
Planes, model

aeroplane,

271,

279,

281.

Plan

for,275;

blank

274;

for workshop,

how

Plant-box, 384.
Plate-warmer, 80.
Playhouses, newspaper,
for making, 245;
for

tepees

kettle and

material

245;

log-cabin, 245;
Indian
village, 249;

an

make-believe

251;

other

suggestions,

251.

Plumb-board,
Plumb-bob, a

4.

home-made,

68.

jack-knife,67;

Rack,

bit and

87;

book

spool-,los;

a
chisel,
broom-,
40;
a
magazine, gg;
simpler spool-,107; a
a
post-card, 109; a

and
a

necktie-, 107;
letter-,in.

workshop, 13; to determine

pitch of, 20; to lay out length of,20;
putting up, 22; hip-, 28; jack-,28.
for

Railing, tree-hut, 350.

Rattle, a toy cricket-,189.
Reach-board, 365.
Recess

for

hinge, 62.

Reel, a simple kite-,307; a good hand

kite-,308; a body kite-,310.
Refrigerator,a window, 81; a camp,
ning-top,
spin-

67.
Plumbing

old sash, 74.

remove

Pylon, 184.

Rafters

tripod,250;

camp-fire,

draw,

to

to

323-

framework

of

workshop,

Remove
Remove

12.

Plunge battery, 127; home-made, 133.

Post-card
rack, 109.
Post-hole digger, 69.
Post supports for workshop framework,

old sash putty, to, 74.

specks of paint from glass,to,

74-

Ridge-pole, workshop,
315;

lean-to

Rivets,

copper,

Roller-skate

9-

Pothooks, campfire,319.
Pot shelf,91.
Primary-coilfor induction-coil,157.

Projector,

an

imitation

ture,
moving-pic-

218.

Propellerfor Santa Claus airship,197.

Propellers,model aeroplane, 274, 279,
282; how to prepare, 274; pitch of,

22;

wall

tent,

tent, 316.
56.

forms
sails,368; common
method
sail,
369;
square
of holding, 370;
the three-cornered
of holding,372.
sail,370; method
Roller-skate
skatemobiles, 362.
Roof, a lean-to,6; a gable, 18; a hip-,
determine
to
pitch of, 20; a
27;
board, 13, 345; a shingle-,14; a tai-

of,368; the

paper,

15, 346.

INDEX

394
Sills for workshop, 9.

Single-runner coaster, a, 261;

for,262; seat for,262; runner

runner

shoes

for, 262.
Sliatemobiles,362; their invention,362;
skatemobile racing,363; the popular
to
reach-board, 365;
type, 365;
separate
attach

the

the

skate

wheels, 365; to
hood, 366;

wheels, 365;

handle-bars, 366; seat, 366; other

tjTpes,366; headlight, 367.
forms
Skate sails,
roller-,
368; common
sail,369; spars,
of, 368; the square
369; covering, 369; rope stays, 369;
to fasten sail to spreader, 370; handmethod
of holding sail,
straps, 370;
the
three-cornered
sail, 370;
370;
spreader, 370; connecting
socket, 372; sail cloth,372; method
of holding sail,372.
Snow tunnels, 252; where to build, 253;
framework
walls of, 254;
for, 254;
soft snow
for, 255;
tracks, 255;
struction
semaphore signal system, 255; conof semaphores, 256; telltale,
lanterns for coasting after
257;
dark, 257.
Soap-grater, 87.
Soaping screws, 54..
Socket, battery lamp, 123, 204; circuit
lamp, 206.
Soldering, 74; flux and fluid for, 75.
Soldering outfit,75.
Solution, sal-ammoniac, 130; bi-chrospars, 370;

mate,

out

Stays, 196, 369.

Stone-heap signs, 331.
Stool, a desk, 98.
Storage battery, 128.
Stove for workshop,
Strap-hinge,
Struts, 344.

370.

Spool pulleys, 177, 359.

Spool-rack, 105; a simpler, 107.
Spreader, roller-skate sail,369, 370.
Square roller-skate sail,369; spars, 369;
spreader, 369; covering, 369; rope
stays, 369; to fasten sail to spreader,
method
hand-strap, 370;
holding sail,370.
Stabilityin model aeroplanes,293.

30.

59.

for boy magician, a side-,221;

packing-box, 242.
Tacks, double-pointed, 56; cut-, 56;
gimp, 56; round-head, s^J ^ug-j
Table
a

56.
Tar-paper roofing, 15.
Telegraph code, Morse, 339.
Telltale for snow
tunnels, 257.
Tent, wall, 312;
a
burlap,
313;
trenching around
Tepees,
Testing

home-made

wall,

lean-to, 316;
313;
outside of, 317.
a

249.

newspaper,

of

squareness

workshop

ners,
cor-

7.

boy's movingTheater, the handy

picture (seeMoving-Picture Theater).

Thermometer-board,

103.

T-hinge, 59.
Three-cornered

sail, 370;

roller-skate

spreader, 370; connecting

socket, 372; sail cloth, 372; method
of holding sail,372.

Spool-holders,105.

370;

workshop, 6.
Staple,netting-,56; matting-, 56.
Staking

370;

spars,

132.

Spars, roller-skate sail,369,

Stage for moving-picture theater, 209.

Staggering nails,51.
102.
Staining woodwork,

of

Thrust

bearings,270, 279,

282.

Tiller,3S9.
Tiller-post,359.
Toe-nailing, 53.
Tool-cabinet, 36, 40.
Tool-chest, 40.
Tools, the selection of, 43;

important,
of, 44;

to

43;

medium-sized

keep from

the

most

outfit

rusting, 73.

INDEX

Toys, electrical,
151;
derrick,151;

net
electro-mag-

an

shocking machine,
electric
motor
an
truck, 162.
iSS;
for
Toys
handy boys, mechanical, 168;
a

168; merry-go-round,
aeroplane, 178.
Toys for small handy boys, mechanical,

395
Turtle, a toy, 190.
Twig signs,331.
U

water-motor,

Umbrella

bower,

173;

185;

190.

Trail

buzz-saw

whirligig,185; a
clog-dancer, 186; a jumping-jack,
188; a cricket-rattle,
189; a turtle,
a

379.

^^

signs,

Volt,

38.

34,

137.

Sails,331;

blazed

330;

bench-

Vise,a

twig signs,33-r';knptted-grasssignSr'
stone-heap signs;33r.
Wagon-bed, sail-wagon,356,
331;
of a glass,
Transforming the contents
Wall tent, the, 312; a home-made, 313;
the trick of, 230.
burlap for, 313; wall supports, 315;
Tree
blazes, 331.
the upper
portion,315; ridge-pole,
the
aerial
outside
Tree-huts,340;
foundation,
of,
trenching around
315;
the Cotter
hut, 341;
ladder,
340;
317platform framework, 341; floor
341;
Wand, a magic, 221.
floor
joists,
boards,
struts, 344;
Washer, 56343;
'"

constructing walls in sections,

344;

erectingwalls, 345; roof, 345;

window, 346; door, 346; newel-post,
346; dumb-waiter, 347.
Tree
standard, a Christmas, 206.
a small
Trellis,
vine, 381; a sweet pea,
344;

381.

the
the

around

as

wheel

to mount

egg-and-handkerchieftrick,221;
climbing bar of silver trick,223;

the

increase

the Chinese
14

coins

breaking a,
227;
20,
forming
match, then restoringit,229; transto

the contents
the paper

of

glass,230;

trick,
233 ; the handtrick,236; the cabinet trick,
shower

imtying
timiing paper into coJEEee,
238;
237;
the disappearing-doU trick,240.
Trim
for workshop, 16.
ment,
Tripod for distance measuring instru288.

toy electricmotor, 162.

Tunnels, snow
(seeSnow Tunneb).
a

333.

of,171;

upper

ing
shaft-

for,172; pulleysfor gearing, 173.

Wells

coin trick,224;

323.

case
for,168;
Water-motor, 168;
shaft
water-wheel
for, 171;
for, 169;

boy magician, 220;

paradox, 226; making

camp,

compass,

motor

frame,

tent, 317.

for the handy

the marked

Truck,

Watch

Weight-box

Trenching
Tricks

Wash-shelf, a

for

window-

home-made

23.

distance

Harry,

measuring

instrument,

286.

aeroplane,the Harry, 269;

fuselage, 270; thrust bearings, 270;
main
bow
plane, 271;
hooks, 271;
fin, 273;
propellers,
elevator, 272;
blank, 275; propeller274; propeller

Wells

model

shafts,276; motors, 276.

motor
winder, the Harry, 284.

Wells

Wheel,

to cut a wooden, 375.

Wheel, water-motor, 169.

row
Wheelbarrow, a home-made, 374; barwheel, 37s; wooden
wheel, 375;
framework, 376; bearingblocks,377;
wheel
barrow
axle, 377;
legs, 378; wheelbox, 379.
Wheels, pulley,173, 359.

396

INDEX

sail-wagon,

Wheels,

Whirligig,

toy

Winder,

egg-beater

clothes-dryer,

Window

flower-box,

Window-frame,
a

lay

to

22;

2S;

wooden

2S;

siding,

Workshop

25;

latch

with

construction,

22;

and

door-frame,

20;

Wrench,

ters,
raf-

the

made
home-

and

door,

15;

trim,

makeshift,

ering
cov-

73;

dow-frames,
win-

frame,
door-

16;

stove,

14;

dow
win-

home-made

roof

tar-paper,

home-made

outside

ing,
paint-

30.

small

pipe-,

73-

Writing-desk,
and,

weight-box,
batten

13;

walls,

the

up

installing

29;

11;
12;

15;

23;

25;

roof,

rafters,
up

window-frames,

window-frame
23;

of

putting

22;

of

ports,
sup-

floor

shingling,

13;

22;

work,
frame-

18;

pitch

length

out

ridge-pole,

roof,

gable

determine

to

10;

boarding,

gauge-board,

frame,

40.

with

18;

roof

floor

to

of

post

joists,

framework,

boarding

is;

31;

fasten

to

4;

framework,

boards,

shingle

home-made,

wall

13;
of

49.

9;

the

plumbing

23;

8;

floor

ing
build-

plan,

squareness

foundation,

sills,

6;

the

testing

6;

10;

81.

36;

hinges,

7;

rafters,

Workshop

home-made,

nails,

packing-case,

corners,
g;

346.

Work-bench,

out,

roof,

drawing

2;

staking

boards,

382.

refrigerator,

Withdrawing

20;

to

83.

22;

tree-hut,

Window

with

284;

motor,

lean-to

material,

185.

285.

operate,
Windmill

with

Workshop

358.

357,

buzz-saw,

92;

combined

case
book-

96.

Wrought-iron

nail,

56-

latch-string,

26.

28;

hip-roof,
roof

27;

framing,

wall
28.

Zinc

pencil,

battery
a,

133.

cell, 126,

129;

gamating
amal-